B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
1
Outlines of Tests, Syllabi and Courses of Reading in the
Various Subjects for Examination 2011-12
English (Compulsory)
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Texts Prescribed
1. Tales of Life (Guru Nanak Dev University, Amritsar)
The following tales are excluded:
A. The Egg
B. In Another Country
2. Prose for Young Learners (Guru Nanak Dev University,
Amritsar)
The following chapters are excluded :
A. He Was A Man of The Trees
B. Conservation of Wild Life
C. Women Empowerment
3. Murphy's English Grammar, (Raymond Murphy), 3rd Ed.
CUP 2004, Rept. 2005, Unit 1-41, 49-52, 69-91
Instructions for the Paper Setters/Examiners
Note : The question paper will consist of three sections and the
distribution of marks will be as follows:
Section-A
:
20 Marks
Section-B
:
48 Marks
Section-C
:
32 Marks
Section-A : It will consist of ten (10) questions on usage of Grammar
related to units 1-41, 49-52, 69-91 of Murphy's English Grammar
(Raymond Murphy) 3rd Edition CUP 2004, Rept. 2005. Each question
will carry two (2) marks. All questions will be compulsory.
Section-B : It will consist of eleven (11) questions. Students will be
required to attempt eight (08) questions. Each question will carry six
(6) marks. The total marks for this section will be 48.
2
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Eight questions (Q. I to VIII ) will be set from the two literary texts
(four from Tales, four from Prose. The students will be required to
attempt any five choosing at least two questions from each prescribed
text. The questions (Q. I to VIII) from literary texts will be answered
in about 15 lines each.
The next three questions (IX-XI) will be set on vocabulary
and composition as given below. All the questions will be compulsory.
Question IX will be set on the vocabulary introduced in two
prescribed texts. The question should test meaning and usage of
items glossed in the text.
Question X will be Translation of a short passage from
English to Hindi/Punjabi.
Or
Precis of a short passage (only for foreign students who do
not know Punjabi/Hindi).
Question XI will be writing a Personal Letter (with internal
choice).
Section-C: It will consist of four questions, each carrying eight
marks. Total marks for this section will be 32.
Questions I-II will be set from the two literary texts, one from
each. Each question will have internal choice. It has to be answered
in not more than 300 words (app. two pages). Question 3 will be
writing a paragraph with internal choice.
Question IV will be Comprehension of a passage (about 200 words)
selected from either the prescribed book of Prose or Tales. Four
short questions of 2 marks, each shall be asked on the given passage.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
3
ENGLISH (ELECTIVE)
Paper-A
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks 100
Prescribed Books :
1. Apple Cart : G.B. Shaw
2. Spots of Time : G.N.D.U Publication
The following poems are deleted :
(i) The Pulley, (ii) MacFlecknoe, (iii) Strong Son of God, (iv)
Dover Beach, (v) Nightingales, (vi) To the Indians who died
in South Africa.
3. Glossary of Literary Terms (eighth edition) by M.H. Abrams,
Wadsworth CENGAGE Learning Publishers, 8th Edn., 2008.
The following literary terms are prescribed for study :
Alliteration, Allusion, Allegory, Ballad, Burlesque, Character,
Comedy, Conceit, Connotation, Epic, Elegy Hyperbole, Irony,
Metaphor, Narrative and Narratology, Paradox, Plot, Poetic justice,
Pun, Point of View.
Instructions for Paper Setters :
Section-A
1. Five questions, each to be answered in not more than 60
words, will be set from the Play Apple Cart. Each question
will carry 2 marks. The examinees will be required to answer
all the questions.
(2x5=10 marks).
2. Five questions, each to be answered in not more than 60
words, will be set from the book Spots of Time. Each question
will carry 2 marks. The examinees will be required to answer
all the questions.
(2x5=10 marks).
4
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Section-B
1. The examinees will be required to answer two questions on
reference to the context out of the three set from the Play
Apple Cart and two questions on reference to the context
out of the three set from the textbook, Spots of Time.
(4x6=24 marks)
2.
The examinees will be required to write notes on any four
out of the six literary terms given from those prescribed in
the syllabus.
(4x6=24 marks)
Section-C
1. The examinees will be required to answer in 500-600 words
one essay-type question out of the two set from the Play
Apple Cart.
(16 marks)
2. The examinees will be required to answer in 500-600 words
one essay-type question out of the two set from the textbook
Spots of Time.
(16 marks)
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
5
English (Elective)
Paper-B
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Books Prescribed
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain
Study Reading : A Course in Reading Skills for Academic
Purposes by E.H. Glendinning and B. Holmstrom, Cambridge Uni.
Press, South Asian Edn. 2007, Sept. 2008.
Instructions for paper setting :
The question paper will comprise three sections.
Section-A will comprise 10 questions. Each question carrying 2
marks, the total weightage of this section will be 20
marks. The examinees will be required to answer all the
questions. The division of marks and the nature of questions
to be set from each text will be as follows :
1. Five questions, each to be answered in not more than five
sentences, will be set from the Novel, Huckleberry Finn.
2. Five questions, each to be answered in a word, a phrase, or a
sentence but not more than three sentences, will be set from
the textbook, Study Reading. The questions must be based
on or relate to the tasks given in the textbook, Study Reading.
Section-B will comprise eight questions, each carrying 6 marks.
The total weightage of this section will be 48 marks.
1. Six questions related to incidents, anecdotes, minor characters,
the use of figures of speech, tone etc. will be set from the
Novel, Huckleberry Finn. The examinees will be required
to answer any 4 questions.
2. Six questions related to the tasks in the section text
exploration in each unit of the textbook, Study Reading,
will be set. The questions must be of practical nature.
The examinees will be required to answer any 4 questions.
6
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Section- C will comprise 2 questions, each carrying 16 marks.
The total weightage of this section will be 32 marks.
1. Two essay type que stions will be set from the Novel,
Huckleberry Finn. The examinees will be required to
answer any of the two in 500-600 words.
2. Two questions, each consisting of two tasks related to the
section application in each unit of the textbook Study
Reading, will be set. The examinees will be required to
answer any of the two questions.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
7
Functional English (Vocational)
1) a) Time Allowed
2½ Hours
Practical
Theory Paper-A
Paper-B 3 Hrs.
Paper-A
30 Minutes
Paper-B Nil
b) Maximum Marks
Theory Paper-A :
Practical
60 Marks
: 40 Marks
Theory Paper-B :
100 Marks
Practical
Nil
Credit hours for teaching
Theory Paper-A :
3Hrs
the subject per week
Practical :
3 Hrs
Theory Paper-B :
100 Marks
(with practical devilling)
8
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Functional English
Paper-A
Phonetics and Phonology
Time : 2½ Hours
Max. Marks (Theory) : 60
Max. Marks (Practical) : 40
Instructions for the Paper Setters :
The question paper shall consist of three sections as follows:
Section-A will consist of 8 very short answer type questions. All
questions will be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks.
Total weightage of this section being 16 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer type questions. The paper
setter will set 7 questions and the candidates will be required to
answer 4 questions. Each question will carry 6 marks; total
weightage of this section being 24 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions. The paper-setter
will set 4 questions and the candidates will be required to answer 2
questions. Each question will carry 10 marks; total weightage of
this section being 20 marks.
Objectives
* to familiarize learners with the functioning of English sounds.
* to enable learners to achieve accuracy in oral production.
* to enable learners to achieve an optimum level of intelligibility
and fluency in speech.
Course Content
Unit-I
:
The phonology of English :
Phonetic Symbols for Consonants Vowels and
Diphthongs Consonant clusters
Unit-II :
The Syllable
Unit-III :
Weak Forms and Contractions
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Unit-IV :
Unit-V :
Unit-VI :
9
Word Stress
Sentence Stress
Intonation : Patterns of Intonation in Simple
Sentence Types.
Suggestions for Teaching
1. Lists of minimal pairs may be used (eg. cot-court, ship-sheep,
etc.) for practice in listening and speaking.
2. Emphasis is to be placed on the use of spoken language rather
than on theory. Once the learners are familiar with the speech
sounds, patterns of stress and intonation, they must be given
intensive practice in these areas.
3. It must be made clear that the model of pronunciation is not
strictly R.P. Learners should follow the dictionary as closely
as possible but wherever there are differences between R.P.
and the sounds used in Indian English, these differences can
be accepted if they do not interfere with intelligibility and
clarity of speech. (Teachers may not insist on a perfect
articulation of RP sounds.)
Mode of Examination
Written :
60 Marks
Practical :
40 Marks
Total
:
100 Marks
Written :
Giving symbols for sounds, breaking
words into syllables, marking stress in
words and sentences, etc.
Practicals:
Speaking and listening tasks.
Books Prescribed
1. O'Connor, J.D. Better English Pronunciation, OUP.
2. Hornby, AS : Advanced Learners Dictionary Fifth Edition,
Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1996.
3. Jones, Daniel : English Pronunciation Dictionary I Ed.,
University Books Stall, New Delhi, 1991.
10
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Functional English (Vocational)
Paper-B (Remedial Grammar)
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Instructions for the Paper-Setters
The paper shall consist of 3 Sections. Section-A carries 20
marks, Section-B 48 marks and Section-C 32 marks.
Section-A will consist of 10 short question of 2 marks each in doas-directed format testing the learner's ability to rephrase transform,
combine 2 sentences, identify figures of speech etc.
Section-B will consist of 8 questions of 8 marks each. Students
will be required to attempt any Six (6). Questions can be set to
evaluate the art of narration, expansion of an idea, paraphrasing,
letter writing, and precise writing etc.
Section-C will consist of 2 questions with internal choice of 16
marks each to test paragraph writing, report writing or
comprehension.
Course Contents
I. Parts of Speech : Nouns : Singular & Plural; Articles-definite/
Indefinite; Verbs-Linking Verbs; Intrasitive/transitive verbs,
regular/Irregular verbs; Auxiliary Verbs; Tenses and their use
Adjectives, Adverbs, Prepositions and Pronouns Confusion
of Adjective-Adverbs.
Difficulties with comparative and superlative
Confusion of gerunds and participle errors of concord.
II. Types of Sentences : Transformation-Negative,
Interrogative Passive/Active Voice; Question-Tags.
III. Usage : Use of Who-whom, much-many, still-yet, so that, so
as, make and do, errors in use of individual words; requests,
greetings, use of courtesy words-introduction, complaints,
refusals.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
11
Exercises in all the above aspects of grammar, knowledge
and usage should be administered.
Books Prescribed
1. Collins Cobuild Eng. Grammar Work Book.
2. F.T. Wood—Remedial Grammar for Foreign Students,
Macmillan, 1965.
12
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
pM j `bI (l`zmI)
sm~ : 3 GM t y
ku l EM k : 100
p`T-kR m Eqy p`T-pu s qk~
1. coxvyN pMj`bI inbMD (sMp`. f`. joigMdr isMG puE`r, f`. prmjIq
isMG is@DU), pµj`bI wUnIvristI, pitE`l`|
2. glIey ickVu dUir Gr (vxj`r` bydI) nvwug pbilSrz, id@lI,
1985.
3. pYrH` rcn`
4. pYrH` pVH ky pRSn~ dy au#qr
5. ivE`krx :
(a)
pMj`bI DunI ivauNq : auc`rn Eµg, auc`rn sQ`n qy ivDIE~,
svr, ivEMjn, sur|
(E)
B`S` vMngIE~ : B`S` d` tks`lI rUp, B`S` Eqy aup-B`S` d`
EMqr, pµj`bI, aup-B`S`v~ dy pC`x-icMnH|
(e)
Sbd-bxqr Eqy Sbd-rcn` : pirB`S`, muFly sMklp
(s)
Sbd-SRyxIE~
Eµ k -vM f qy py p r sY t r leI hd`ieq~
1.
iksy inbMD d` s`r j~ ausd` ivS` vsqU (do ivcoN iek) 20 EMk
2.
smk`lI ieiqh`s, dyS-vMf, lok-D`r`, kl`qmk gux, svY-jIvnI
s`ihq nUM dyx|
20 EMk
3.
pYrH` rcn` : iqMn iviSE~ ivcoN iksy iek auqy pYrH` ilKx leI ikh`
j`vy|
10 EMk
4.
pYrH` dy ky aus b`ry pMj pRSn~ dy au#qr|
5.
nMbr 5 auqy id@qI ivE`krx dy E`D`r 'qy vrxn`qmk pRSn 20 EMk
6.
auprokq lVI nMbr 1 Eqy 2 dIE~ pusqk~ ivcoN sMKyp au#qr~ v`ly
10 pRSn pu@Cy j`xgy| hryk d` au~qr 50 Sbd~ qoN v@D n` hovy|
10x2=20 EMk
10 EMk
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
13
Punjab History & Culture
(from Earliest Times to 1000 A.D.)
(Special Paper in lieu of Punjabi Compulsory)
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Total Teaching Periods : 75
Note : Each question paper may consist of two Sections
viz. A and B as under :
Section-A : The examiner shall set 10 questions and the candidates
will attempt any 7 questions carrying 4 marks each. Answer to
each question shall be in 10 to 15 sentences. The total weightage of
this section shall be 28 marks.
Section-B : The examiner shall set 8 questions which will cover
the entire syllabus. The candidates will attempt any 4 questions in
atleast 5 pages each. Each question carry 18 marks. The total
weightage of this section shall be 72 marks.
1. Physical features of the Punjab and their impact on history.
2. Sources of the ancient history of Punjab.
3. Harappan Civilization : Antiquity, Extent, end, important places,
script, town planning; Political, social, economic and religious
life of the India Valley People.
4. The Indo-Aryans: Original home and settlement in Punjab,
Social, Religious and Economic life during the Rig Vedic Age,
Social, Religious and Economic life during later Vedic Age.
5. Teaching and impact of Buddhism and Jainism in the Punjab.
6. Alexandar’s invasion and its impact.
7. Punjab under Chandragupta Maurya and Ashoka.
8. The Kushans and their contribution to the Punjab.
9. The Panjab under the Gupta Emperor.
10. The Punjab under the Vardhana Emperors.
14
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
11. The Punjab from 7th Century to 1000 A.D. (A Survey of
Political and Socio-cultural History of Punjab.
12. Development of Art and Architecture of Punjab.
Suggested Readings
1. L.M. Joshi (ed) : History and Culture of the Punjab, Art-I,
Patiala, 1989 (3rd edition)
2. L.M. Joshi and Fauja Singh (ed); History of Punjab, Vol. I,
Patiala, 1977.
3. Budha Prakash : Glimpses of Ancient Punjab, Patiala, 1983.
4. B.N. Sharma : Life in Northern India, Delhi, 1966.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
15
pµ j `bI (ielY k itv)
prc`-ey
sm~ : 3 Gµ t y
ku l Eµ k : 100
p`T-kR m Eqy p`T-pu s qk~
1. suKn dy sUrj (E`Duink pµj`bI k`iv sMgRih : 1901-1995)
(sMp`. f`. bljIq kOr Eqy f`. tI.fI. joSI)
40 Eµk
gurU n`nk dyv wUnIvristI, EµimRqsr, 2007.
2. pivqr p`pI (n`nk isMG), n`nk isMG pusqkm`l`, EµimRqsr|
30 Eµk
3. E`Duink iek~gI : (sMp. roSn l`l E`hUj` Eqy mnjIqp`l kOr),
gurU n`nk dyv wUnIvristI, EMimRqsr, 2007.
30 Eµk
EM k -vM f Eqy prIiK Ek leI hd`ieq~
1. suKn dy sUrj (E`Duink pµj`bI k`iv sMgRih : 1901-1995)
(a) pRsMg sihq ivE`iKE` (c`r ivcoN do)
10+10=20 Eµk
(E) iksy iek kivq` d` ivS` vsqU, kvI b`ry j`xk`rI qy ausd`
wogd`n (do ivcoN iek)
10 Eµk
(e) mltIpl cox pRSn
5x2=10 Eµk
2. pivqr p`pI
n`vl d` ivSY-vsqU/kQ`nk/p`qr (do ivcoN iek)
20 Eµk
3. E`Du i nk iek~gI
iksy iek iek~gI d` ivS`-vsqU/kl`/iek~gI lyKk b`ry j`xk`rI
qy ausd` wogd`n (do ivcoN iek)
20 Eµk
4. auprokq pµj`bI n`vl Eqy iek~gI sMgRih ivcoN p`T E`D`irq sMKyp
au#qr~ v`ly pRSn (Cy ivcoN c`r)
4x5=20 Eµk
16
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
pµ j `bI (ielY k itv)
prc`-bI
sm~ : 3 Gµ t y
ku l Eµ k : 100
p`T-kR m Eqy p`T-pu s qk~
1. pMj`bI s`ihq d` ieiqh`s (1901-1995)
(f`. jsivMdr isMG qy f`. m`n isMG FINfs`), pMj`bI wUnIvristI,
pitE`l`, 1998.
2. (a) GrylU ic@TI p@qr
(E) B`rqI k`iv S`sqr n`l sMbMiDq 10 mUl sMklp : EiBD`
lkSx`, ivEMjn`, rUpk, aupm`, EOicqw, vkoRkqI,
s`D`rnIkrx rs, ElMk`r
3. (a) nzm, gIq, Zzl, rub`eI, Ku@lHI kivq`
(E) s`ihq rUp : n`vl, iek~gI, n`tk
4. ivE`krx : ivSr`m icMnH, Sbd-joV, v`k soD, bhu-ErQk Sbd,
sm`n`rQk qy ivroD`rQk Sbd|
EM k -vM f Eqy prIiKEk leI hd`ieq~
1. pMj`bI s`ihq d` ieiqh`s (1901-1995)
(a) s`ihqk D`r`v~ Eqy pRivrqIE~|
(E) s`ihqk rUp~ dy smu@cy ivk`s b`ry pRSn pu@Cy j`xgy|
(ivEkqIgq s`ihqk`r sMbMDI pRSn nhIN pu@iCE` j`vyg`)
(a) qy (E) doh~ B`g~ ivcoN do-do pRSn p@uCy j`xgy, ijnH~
ivcoN prIiKE`rQIE~ ny iek-iek pRSn h@l krn` hovyg`|
20+20=40 Eµk
2. (a) GrylU ic@TI p@qr (do ivcoN iek)
10 EMk
(E) B`rqI k`iv-S`sqr n`l sMbMiDq 10 mUl sMklp
(c`r ivcoN do)
5+5=10 EMk
3. (a) pirB`S` qy l@Cx aud`hrx sihq (do ivcoN iek) 10 EMk
(E) pirB`S`, pRikrqI qy q@q (do ivcoN iek)10 EMk
4. ivE`krx : pMj-pMj EMk~ dy c`r ivSlySn`qmk pRSn|
4x5=20 EMk
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
17
pR k `rjI (PM k Snl) pµ j `bI
pR w o j n :
1. pµj`bI B`S` dy auc`rn Eqy ilKq n`l mu@FlI j`x-pC`x|
2. auc`rn Eqy iLKq d` EiBE`s
p`T kR m
prc` - ey (iQaU r I)
sm~ : 2 Gµ t y
ku l Eµ k : 50
1. auc`rn ENMg~ dI bxqr Eqy k`rj, DunIE~ d` vrgIkrn-sÕr,
ivEMjn, EKMf DunIE~, auc`r KMf| pMj`bI sÕr, ivEMjn~ qy sur~ dy
auc`rn qy vrqoN dy nym|
20 Eµk
2. gurmuKI EOrQogr`PI : EOrQogr`PI dy q@q; gurmuKI EOrQogr`PI dy
nym; pMj`bI auc`rn qy gurmuKI ilpI|
15 Ek
3. Eµqr-r`StrI DunI ilpI : mu@FlI j`x-pC`x qy vrqoN| pµj`bI
auc`rn nUM Eµqr-r`StrI DunI ilpI Eqy gurmuKI ivc ilKx dy
20-20 sqr~ dy 10-10 EiBE`s|
15 EMk
18
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
pR k `rjI (PM k Snl) pM j `bI
prc`-ey (pR Y k tIkl)
sm~ : 2 Gµty
kul Eµk : 50
ividE`rQIE~ nUM pMj`bI d` auc`rn krn leI v@fy p@Dr 'qy EiBE`s
krv`ey j`xgy| ieh EiBE`s do qrH~ dy hoxgy :
1. au~cI E`v`z ivc ilKq nUM pVHn d` EiBE`s|
2. zub`nI bolx d` EiBE`s|
(a) w`d SkqI dy E`D`r 'qy zub`nI bolx d` EiBE`s|
(E) ibn~ iqE`rI qoN iksy Gtn`, Kbr, siQqI, idRS j~ ivEkqI
b`ry mOiKk vrxn|
3. pRYktIkl prcy ivc ividE`rQI dI pMj`bI auc`rn dI smr@Q` dI
mOiKk prIiKE` leI j`vygI|
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
19
pR k `rjI (PM M k Snl) pM j `bI
prc`-bI (iQaU r I)
p`T-kR m
sm~ : 2 GMty
kul EMk : 50
1. pRs`rx dy mu@Fly inwm
10 EMk
2. ryfIA-sMc`r dy m`iDEm vjoN
10 EMk
3. tI.vI. sMc`r dy m`iDEm vjoN
10 EMk
4. B`rq ivc tI.vI. nYtvrk Eqy ies dI Ek`dimk izMmv
y `rI 10 EMk
5. pRs`rx sMc`r Eqy sm`j
10 EMk
20
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
pR k `rjI (PM k Snl) pM j `bI
prc`-bI (pR Y k tIkl)
sm~ : 2 Gµ t y
ku l Eµ k : 50
Ky q rI k`rj
1. ryfIA Eqy tI.vI. stySn 'qy mOky auqy j` ky siQqI sMbMDI j`xk`rI
pR`pq krnI|
2. E`v`z isKl`eI
pM j `bI dI vrqo N sm`jk siQqIE~ ivc
1. SuB sMdyS, Sok sMdyS, bYNk, f`kK`ny, rylvy stySn, b@s E@f`, hv`eI
E@fy 'qy pu@Cig@C krnI, sIt bu@k krv`auxI E`id|
2. ivE`h sm`gm~ ivc Eqy injI p@Dr au#qy pR`huixE~ nUM jI E`ieE~
kihx` Eqy ivd` krn`|
3. hotl, rYstorYNt ivc K`xy leI E`dyS krn`, kmr` bu@k krv`aux`|
pR Y k tIkl qy Ky q rI k`rj
v@K v@K Q`v~ 'qy j`x` qy v@K v@K siQqIE~ ivc g@lb`q leI
isKl`eI dyx`|
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
21
SANSKRIT (Elective)
Paper—A ¼x| ,oa dkO;½
(Teaching—Six Periods per week)
Time : 3 Hours
Max.Marks : 100
iz'uiz=k dk ek/;e fgUnh gksxkA mÙkj laLÑr@fgUnh@iatkch@vaxzsth esa gks
ldrs gSaA
I. fu/kkZfjr ikB~;Øe %
1- iaprU=k ¼vijhf{krdkjd½ laLÑr xzUFkkxkj fnYyh ¼2004½ --- 50 vad
2- uhfr'krd ¼HkrqZgfj½ ¼1&50 'yksd½
--- 50 vad
II.
iz'u&i=k fuekZ.k funsZ'k %
iz'u&i=k ds 3 Hkkx gksaxs&
izFke Hkkx&20 vad
f}rh; Hkkx&50 vad
r`rh; Hkkx&30 vad
1- izFke Hkkx %
bl esa iaprU=k ¼vijhf{krdkjd½ rFkk uhfr'krd ls 10 iz'u vfr laf{kIr
mÙkjksa ds fy;s iwNs tk;saxsA izR;sd iz'u ds 2 vad gSaA
(10x2=20)
2- f}rh; Hkkx %
¼d½ iaprU=k ¼vijhf{krdkjd½ esa ls 6 i| nsdj 3 dk lizlax ljykFkZ iwNk
tk;sA izR;sd i| ds fy;s 6 vad fu/kkZfjr gSaA
(3x6=18)
¼[k½ iaprU=k ¼vijhf{krdkjd½ esa ls 4 lwfDRr;ka nsdj 2 dh lizlax O;k[;k
iwNh tk;sA izR;sd ds 6 vad gSaA
(2x6=12)
¼x½
fufr'krd ls 6 i| nsdj 3 dk lizlax ljykFkZ iwNk tk;sA
izR;sd ds 6 vad gSaA
(3x6=18)
¼?k½ fufr'krd ls 4 lwfDr;ka nsdj 2 dh lizlax O;k[;k iwNh tk;sA
izR;sd ds 6 vad gSaA
(2x6=12)
22
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
3r`rh; Hkkx %
¼d½ iaprU=k ¼vijhf{krdkjd½ esa ls 2 dFkk,a nsdj fdlh ,d dFkk dks f'k{kk
lfgr fy[kus ds fy, dgk tk,A
blds 10 vad gSaA
¼[k½ uhfrf'krd ls 2 iz'u nsdj ,d dk mÙkj iwNk tk;sA blds 10 vad gSaA
III. uksV%&r`rh; Hkkx ds fy, lEHkkfor fcUnq %
1- iaprU=k ¼vijhf{krdkjd½
¼d½ dFkklkj ¼[k½ dFkk dh f'k{kk ¼x½ dFkk dk egRo bR;kfnA
2- uhfr'krd
¼d½ fofo/k izfr ik| fo"k;A ¼[k½ f'k{kkvksa dk lkj ¼x½ vU;ksfDÙk;ka
¼?k½ lkoZHkkSe lwfDr;ksa dk ifjp; ¼³½ 'kSyh ¼p½ eqDrd dkO; dh ifjHkk"kk
,oa uhfr'krd ----bR;kfnA
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
23
Sanskrit (Elective)
Paper—B ¼O;kdj.k rFkk vuqokn½
(Teaching—Six periods per week)
Time : 3 Hours
Max.Marks : 100
iz'u&iz=k dk ek/;e fgUnh gksxkA mÙkj laLÑr@fgUnh@iatkch@vaxzsth esa gks ldrs
gSAa
I.
fu/kkZfjr ikB~;Øe %
1- o.kksZ dk mPpkj.k LFkku
4 vad
2- Loj lfU/k
10 vad
3- 'kCn :i
20 vad
¼d½ jke] gfj] ifr] lk/kq] fir`] Qy] okfj] yrk] unh] ekr`] jktu~] la[;kokpd
'kCn & ,d] f}] f=k] prqj ¼rhuksa fyaxksa esa½A
4- la[;kokph 'kCn
10 vad
¼d½ 1 ls 100 rd laLÑr esa la[;kA
5- /kkrq:i ¼yV~] yksV] y`V~] y³~] fof/kfy³~ ydkjksa esa½ 20 vad
¼d½ Hokfnx.k&Hkw] iB~] gl~] fy[k~] on~] xe~] ir~] n`'k~] Le`] ip~A
¼[k½ vnkfnx.k&vlA
¼x½ tqgksR;kfnx.k& nkA
¼?k½ fnokfnx.k&fno~] u`r~] u'k~A
¼³½ Lokfnx.k&'kd~] JqA
¼p½ rukfnx.k&Ñ
6- dkjd ¼dsoy lkekU; Lrj ds fu;e½
10 vad
7- vO;;ksa dk okD; esa iz;ksx
6 vad
dq=k] ;=k] r=k] loZ=k] ,d=k] i'pkr~]
p] [kyq] fpje~] uuq] iqqu%] á%]
'o%] ij'o%] lnk] loZnk] dgk] ;nk]
rnk] ;Fkk] rFkk] ,oe~] ,o] u vfi] v/kquk] fpr~A
24
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
8- Ñr~ izR;; ¼ÑnUr 'kCn fuekZ.k½
10 vad
Dr] Drorq] DRok] Y;i~ rO;r~] vuh;j~] rqequ] 'kr`] 'kkup~ izR;;ksa dk ikB~;Øe
esa fu/kkZfjr /kkrqvksa ds lkFk ;ksxA
9- laLÑr esa vuqokn
10 vad
II. iz'u&i=k fuekZ.k funsZ'k%
iz'u&iz=k ds 3 Hkkx gksaxs&
izFke Hkkx
&
20 vad
f}rh; Hkkx
&
60 vad
r`rh; Hkkx
&
20 vad
1- izFke Hkkx%
blesa ^o.kks± dk mPpkj.k LFkku* ls 2 iz'u] ^vO;;ksa dk okD; esa iz;ksx* ls
3 iz'u rFkk ^Loj lfU/k* ls 5 iz'u vFkkZr~ dqy 10 iz'u iwNs tk;saA izR;sd ds 2 vad gSaA
10x2=20
2- f}rh; Hkkx%
¼d½ 8 'kCn nsdj 4 ds :i iwNs tk,aA izR;sd ds 5 vad gksaxsA
4x5=20
¼[k½ 8 /kkqr nsdj 4 ds :i fy[kus ds fy, dgk tk,A izR;sd /kkrq ds :iksa ds fy,
5 vad gSaA
4x5=20
¼x½ 10 /kkrqvksa ds lkFk izR;; nsdj 5 ds ÑnUr 'kCn fy[kok;s tk;sAa izR;sd ÑnUr
'kCn ds 2 vad gksaxsA
5x2=10
¼?k½ (i) 1 ls 100 rd la[;kvksa esa ls 10 la[;k;sa nsdj 5 ds laLÑr 'kCn iwNs tk;sAa
izR;sd ds fy;s ,d vad fu/kkZfjr gSA
5x1=5
(ii) ,d] f}] f=k] prqj] esa ls nks 'kCn nsdj fdlh ,d 'kCn ds :i lHkh
foHkfDr;ksa esa iwNs tk;saA blds 5 vad gSaA
1x5=5
3- r`rh; Hkkx%
¼d½ dkjdksa ds lkekU; Lrj ds fu;eksa dks /;ku esa j[krs gq, laLÑr ds 10 v'kq)
okD; nsdj 5 dk v'kqf) la'kks/ku djok;k tk;sA izR;sd ds 2 vad gksaxsA
5x2=10
¼[k½ ikB~;Øe esa fu/kkZfjr 'kCn] /kkrq] vO;;] izR;; vkfn dks /;ku esa j[kdj 10
fgUnh okD; nsrs gq, 5 dk laLÑr esa vuqokn djus ds fy, dgk tk;sA izR;sd
okD; 2 vad dk gksxkA
5x2=10
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
25
Functional Sanskrit (Vocational)
Paper-A
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Note : Paper will have 3 Sections i.e. Section A, B & C.
Section-A
In this Section 10 questions of 2 marks each will be asked.
All questions will be compulsory with a total weightage of 20
marks.
Section-B
In this Section 12 questions will be asked. Candidates will
have to attempt 8 questions carrying 6 marks each with a total
weightage of 48 marks.
Section-C
In this Section 4 questions will be asked. Candidates will
have to attempt 2 questions. Each question will carry 16 marks
with a total weightage of 32 marks.
12345678910-
iz'u i=k izFke
Hkkjrh; laLd`rs % LFkqy ifjp;
Hkkjrh; laLd`rs % xzk/kkf.k rRokfu
/kkfeZd fofo/kuk mn~ns';k % iz;kstukfu;
lU;k oUnukew
iz.kk;ke fof/k
furfgdkfofo/k fo/kukfu
lkekU;nso iwtk fof/k
?kksM'kksipkj fof/k
fof'k"kV nsoiwtk fof/k
fofo/k nsorklg=kuk Hkkfu
26
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Functional Sanskrit (Vocational)
Paper-B
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 84
Practical : 16
Note : Question Paper will be divided into Three sections :
Section-A
In this Section 10 questions of 2 marks each will be asked.
All questions will be compulsory with a total weightage of 20
marks.
Section-B
In this Section 12 questions will be asked. Candidates will
have to attempt 8 questions carrying 6 marks each with a total
weightage of 48 marks.
Section-C
In this Section 4 questions will be asked. Candidates will
have to attempt 2 questions. Each question will carry 8 marks
with a total weightage of 16 marks.
1234567891011-
iapkax ifjp;
T;ksfr % 'kkL=k ifjp;
tkrd jpukizdk'kd
iz"k;kgok;ue~
'kkfUr gksxk
psonetics
"kksM"k laLdkjk.kk lkekU; ifjp;
laLdkjk.kke~ mnn~s'kk iz;kstuap
xHkZ/kkue~
izaloue~
otkZJeo;;oLFkk;k % ifjp;
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
27
fgUnh isij ,
vk/kqfud dfork vuqokn O;kdj.k
le; % 3 ?kUVs
dqy vad % 100
uksV % ;g iz'u&i=k rhu Hkkxksa essa foHkDr gksxkA
[k.M&,d
bl Hkkx esa ls 10 iz'u iwNs tk,axsA bl dk ikap iafDr;ksa esa mÙkj nsuk gksxkA
bl Hkkx ds lHkh iz'u vfuok;Z gSaA izR;sd iz'u nks vadksa dk gSA dqy vad 20 gSaA
[k.M&nks
bl Hkkx esa 12 iz'u iwNs tk,axs ftu esa ls 8 iz'uksa dk mÙkj nsuk vfuok;Z
gksxkA izR;sd iz'u dk mÙkj nks i`"Bksa rd lhfer gksxkA izR;sd iz'u ds N% vad gSaA dqy
vad 48 gSaA
[k.M&rhu
bl Hkkx esa 4 iz'u iwNs tk,axs ftu esa ls nks iz'uksa dk mÙkj nsuk vfuok;Z gSA
izR;sd iz'u dk mÙkj ikap i`"Bksa dk gksxkA izR;sd iz'u lksyg vadksa dk gksxkA
dqy vad 32 gSaA
fu/kkZfjr ikB~;Øe
ikB~; iqLrdsa
1- dkO; iFk % laiknd&MkW- lq/kk ftrsUnz] izdk'kd xq# ukud nso ;wfuoflZVh]
ve`rlj ds igys 12 dfo j[ks x, gSaA
2- vkn'kZ fganh O;kdj.k rFkk lS)kafrdh % MkW- ,p-,e-,y- lwn] okxh'k izdk'ku]
tkya/kjA
¼d½ lS)kafrd O;kdj.k & laKk] loZuke] fo'ks"k.k] fØ;k] milxZ] izR;;A
¼[k½ O;kogkfjd O;kdj.k & foijhrkFkZd rFkk lekukFkZd] vusd 'kCnksa ds
fy, ,d 'kCn] 'kCn ;qXeA
¼x½ v'kqfn~/k 'kks/ku
3- vuqokn % vo/kkj.kk Lo#i vkSj mi;ksfxrk
fo"k;kuqdwy vad foHkktu
1- izFke [k.M esa O;kdj.k] rFkk ikB~; iqLrd esa fu/kkZfjr dfo;ksa rFkk mudh
dforkvksa esa ls iz'u leku vuqikr ls iwNs tk;saxsA
28
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
2- nwljs [k.M esa pkj lizlax O;k[;k,a gksaxh ftuesa ls nks djuh gksaxhA pkj iz'u
dfo ifjp; ,oa dforkvksa ds gksaxs] muesa ls nks iz'u djus vfuok;Z gksaxsA nks
iz'u O;kdj.k ds rFkk nks iz'u vuqokn ds gksaxsA ftuesa ls ,d ,d djuk
vfuok;Z gksxkA
3- rhljs [k.M esa fu/kkZfjr dforkvksa ds dkO;&ewY;kadu rFkk fu/kkZfjr dforkvksa
lEcU/kh foLr`r iz'u gksaxsA
4- O;kdj.kka'k ds fy, izkf'ud fu/kkZfjr ikB~; iqLrd ^vkn'kZ fganh O;kdj.k rFkk
lS)kafrdh* ls gh iz'u iwNsaxsA
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
29
isij ch
x| lkfgR;]lS)kafrdh rFkk i=kdkfjrk
le; % 3 ?kUVs
dqy vad % 100
uksV % ;g iz'u&i=k rhu Hkkxksa essa foHkDr gksxkA
[k.M&,d
bl Hkkx esa ls 10 iz'u iwNs tk,axsA bl dk ikap iafDr;ksa esa mÙkj nsuk gksxkA
bl Hkkx ds lHkh iz'u vfuok;Z gSaA izR;sd iz'u nks vadksa dk gSA dqy vad 20 gSaA
[k.M&nks
bl Hkkx esa ls 12 iz'u iwNs tk,axs ftu esa ls 8 iz'uksa dk mÙkj nsuk vfuok;Z
gksxkA izR;sd iz'u dk mÙkj nks i`"Bksa rd lhfer gksxkA izR;sd iz'u ds N% vad gSaA dqy
vad 48 gSaA
[k.M&rhu
bl Hkkx esa pkj iz'u iwNs tk,axs ftu esa ls nks iz'uksa dk mÙkj nsuk vfuok;Z
gSA izR;sd iz'u dk mÙkj ikap i`"Bksa dk gksxkA izR;sd iz'u lksyg vadksa dk gksxkA dqy
vad 32 gSaA
fu/kkZfjr ikB iqLrdsa
xn~;&=k;h % lEiknd MkW- e/kq la/kq % izdk'kd] xq# ukud nso ;wfuoflZVh]
ve`rljA
vkn'kZ fganh O;kdj.k vkSj lS)kafrdh % MkW- ,p-,e- yky lwn] okxh'k izdk'ku]
tkya/kjA lS)kfUrdh % fucU/k] dgkuh] ,dkadh] ifjHkk"kk Lo#i] rRo izdkj
i=kdkfjrk % vo/kkj.kk rFkk Lo#iA
fo"k;kuqdwy vad foHkktu
1- izFke [k.M esa ikB~; iqLrd rFkk lS)kafrdh ls leku vuqikr ls iz'u iwNs
tk;sxa As
2- nwljs [.M esa dgkfu;ksa rFkk fuca/kksa ls nks&nks O;k[;k,a iwNh tk;saxh ftuesa ls
,d&,d djuh vfuok;Z gksaxhA 'ks"k esa rhu iz'u lS)kfUrdh rFkk rhu iz'u
ikB~; iqLrd ls rFkk nks iz'u i=kdkfjrk ls iwNs tk;sxa As izR;sd {ks=k esa ls de ls
de ,d iz'u dk mÙkj nsuk vfuok;Z gksxkA
3- rhljs [k.M esa nks iz'u ikB~; iqLrd rFkk nks lS)kfUrd leh{kk ls iwNs tk;saxs
vkSj muesa ls ,d&,d iz'u djuk vfuok;Z gksxkA
30
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
QaD'kuy fgUnh
isij&,d
Hkkjr ljdkj dh jktHkk"kk uhfr] iz;ksxkRed] laoknkRed fgUnh vkSj
vkfndkyhu fgUnh lkfgR; dk fo'ks"k lanHkZ
le; % rhu ?k.Vs
iw.kk±d % 100
d½ ;g iz'ui=k rhu Hkkxksa esa caVk gqvk gSA igys Hkkx esa ls nl iz'u iwNs tk,axAs bl
Hkkx ds lHkh iz'u vfuok;Z gSaA izR;sd iz'u 2 vadksa dk gSA dqy vad 20 gSaA
[k½ bl Hkkx esa ckjg iz'u iwNs tk,axs ftuesa ls vkB iz'uksa dk mÙkj nsuk gSA bu
iz'uksa dk mÙkj nks i`"Bksa rd dh lhek dk gksxkA izR;sd iz'u ds N% vad gSaA
dqy vad 48 gSaA
x½ bl Hkkx esa pkj iz'u iwNs tk,axs ftuesa ls 2 iz'uksa dk mÙkj nsuk vfuok;Z gSA bu
iz'uksa dk mÙkj ikap i`"Bksa rd lhfer gksxkA izR;sd iz'u ds 16 vad gSaA
dqy vad 32 gSaA
fu/kkZfjr ikB~;Øe
¼d½ Hkkjr ljdkj dh jktHkk"kk uhfr
fl)kUr %
& jktHkk"kk
& jktHkk"kk fgUnh dks ykxw djus lEcfU/kr laoS/kkfud izko/kku ¼vf/kfu;e&343½
& jktHkk"kk vf/kfu;e&1963 vkSj mlds 1976 esa cuk, x, fu;eA
& jktHkk"kk dk vkns'k&1960
& jktHkk"kk ladYi (Resolution), 1968& jktHkk"kk fgUnh % dk;kZUo;u lfefr;ka
& fgUnh izf'k{k.k (Training) vkSj izkRs lkgu (Incentives)
¼[k½ fgUnh dk iz;ksxkRed O;kdj.k vkSj laoknkRed fgUnh
fl)kUr %
& fgUnh Hkk"kk dk Lo:i
& okD; lajpuk lEcU/kh fu;e
& fyax] opu] fØ;k] fo'ks"k.k dk lkekU; ifjp; milxZ] izR;; dk O;kOgkfjd i{kA
& Lou izfØ;k (Phonology) v{kj (Syllable) cy?kkr (Accent) vkSj
lEidZ@,d vkSj lw=kh; Hkk"kk (Connected Speech)] y;kRedrk
(Rhythm) vkSj vuqrku (Intovation)
& fofo/k fLFkfr;ksa esa fgUnh dk iz;ksxkRed :i
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
31
¼x½ fgUnh lkfgR; dk lanHkZ
& fgUnh lkfgR; ds vkfndky dh fo'ks"krk,a] ifjfLFkfr;k¡] ukedj.k]
jklks&dkO; ijEijk] jklks xzUFkksa dh izkekf.kdrk vkSj vizkekf.kdrkA
¼?k½ iz;ksx
& 'kCnksa vkSj okD;ksa dh lkekU; v'kqfð;ksa dks 'kqð djus dk vH;kl
& cyk?kkr (Accent) vkSj vuqrku (Intovation) dk v/;;u
& fofHkUu LFkkuksa ij tk dj fgUnh dk fofo/k fLFkfr;ksa esa v/;;u vkSj okLrfod
fLFkfr esa okrkZyki dk vH;kl
& jk"Vhª;Ñr cSadksa@ifCyd lSDVj@vaMjVsfdaXl@dkiksZjs'kal vkSj dEifu;ksa
esa fgUnh esa iz;qDr gksus okys vadM+s ,df=kr dj =kSekfld fjiksZV rS;kj
djukA
vad&foHkktu
& izFke [k.M esa 'kCnksa rFkk okD;ksa dh 10 v'kqf);ka 'kq) djuh gksaxhA
2x10=20
& f}rh; [k.M esa 3 iz'u vf/kfu;e 343] 1960] 1963] 1968] 1976] rhu iz'u
fyax] opu] fØ;k] fo'ks"k.k] milxZ] izR;;] v{kj] cyk?kkr] lEidZ ,d lw=kh;
Hkk"kk] y;kRedrk] vuqrku rFkk 2 iz'u fgUnh lkfgR; ds vkfndky esa ls djus
gksxa As
6x8=48
& r`rh; [kaM esa ,d iz'u jktHkk"kk fgUnh] dk;ZUo;u lfefr;ka] fgUnh izf'k{k.k
vkSj izksRlkgu] fgUnh dk Lo:i] okD; lajpuk lEcU/kh fu;e fofo/k fLFkfr;ksa
esa fgUnh dk iz;ksxkRed :i rFkk ,d iz'u fgUnh lkfgR; ds vkfndky esa ls
iwNk tk,xkA
2x16=32
32
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Qad'kuy fgUnh
isij&nks
iz'kklfud i=kkpkj vkSj vuqokn
le; % 3 ?kaVs
iw.kk±d % 100
d½ ;g iz'u i=k rhu Hkkxksa esa caVk gqvk gSA igys Hkkx esa ls nl iz'u iwNs tk,axAs bl
Hkkx ds lHkh iz'u vfuok;Z gSaA izR;sd iz'u 2 vadksa dk gSA dqy vad 20 gSaA
[k½ bl Hkkx esa ckjg iz'u iwNs tk,axs ftuesa ls vkB iz'uksa dk mÙkj nsuk gSA bu
iz'uksa dk mÙkj nks i`"Bksa rd dh lhek dk gksxkA izR;sd iz'u ds 6 vad gSaA
dqy vad 48 gSaA
x½ bl Hkkx esa pkj iz'u iwNs tk,axs ftuesa ls nks iz'uksa dk mÙkj nsuk vfuok;Z gSA
bu iz'uksa dk mÙkj ikap i`"Bksa rd lhfer gksxkA izR;sd iz'u ds 16 vad gSaA
dqy vad 32 gSaA
fu/kkZfjr ikB~;Øe
fl)kUr
d½ iz;kstuewyd fgUnh
& iz;kstuewyd fgUnh % vfHkizk;] ifjHkk"kk vkSj Lo:i
& iz;kstuewyd fgUnh % vko';drk vkSj fo'ks"krk,¡
[k½ iz'kklfud i=kkpkj
ewy:i esa i=k fy[kuk (Originating letter), i=k dk mRrj nsuk (Reply
to letter), ikorh (Acknowledgement), [email protected] i=k
(Reminder), v/kZljdkjh i=k (Semi-official leter), ifji=k
(Circular), vkns'k (Order), i`"Bkadu (Endorsement), vUrfoZHkkxh;
fVIi.kh (Inter-Department Notes), Lrjh; izk:i (Standard
Drafts), fufonk (Tenders), lwpuk,a (Notices), fjDr LFkkuksa ds fy,
foKkiu (Advertisement for Vacancies), izSl foKfIr (Press
Communiques), izfrosnu (Reports)
¼[k½ vuqokn] 'kCnkoyh vkSj okD;&okD;ka'k
fl)kUr
& vuqokn % vo/kkj.kk] Lo:i] {ks=k] laHkkouk,a] lhek,a vkSj leL;k,aA
& vuqokn izdkj
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
33
& dk;kZy;hu i=kksa dk vuqokn % Lej.k i=k (Reminder), ikorh
(Acknowledgement), izfrosnu (Report), dk;Zlwph (Agenda),
fVIi.kh (Minutes), cSBd dh dk;Zokgh (Proceedings of the Minutes)
& cSad] jsyos] gokbZ vM~Mk] Mkdrkj foHkkx esa iz;qDr dh tkus okyh ikfjHkkf"kd
'kCnkoyh] okD; vkSj okD;ka'kA
& 'kCnkoyh fuekZ.k ds fu;eA
iz;ksx
& dsl ¼izdj.k½ ij izk:i i=k (Draft letters) rS;kj djukA
& cSd
a ] jsyos] gokbZ vM~Mk] Mkdrkj 'kCnkoyh dk vuqokn ¼fo|kFkhZ vkSj izk/;kid
}kjk vkil esa fuf.kZr fdlh ,d {ks=k ls lEcfU/kr 'kCnkoyh ds 250 ikfjHkkf"kd
iqfLrdk tek djuk½A
vad&foHkktu
& izFke [k.M ¼d½ esa cSad] jsyos] gokbZ vM~Mk] Mkd rkj foHkkx esa iz;qDr gksus
okyh 'kCnkoyh] okD;&okD;ka'k dk vaxszth ls fgUnh rFkk fgUnh ls vaxzsth
vuqokn djuk gksxkA dqy 10 iz'u djus gksaxsA
vad
2x10=20
& f}rh; [k.M ¼[k½ esa 2 iz'u iz;kstuewyd fgUnh] 5 iz'u iz'kklfud i=kkpkj
vkSj 1 iz'u i=kksa dk vaxszth ls fgUnh&vuqokn esa ls djuk gksxkA
vad 6x8=48
& r`rh; [k.M ¼x½ esa vuqokn % vo/kkj.kk] Lo:i] {ks=k] laHkkouk,¡] lhek,a] leL;k,a]
vuqokn ds izdkj rFkk 'kCnkoyh fuekZ.k ds fu;eksa ij 2 iz'u djus gksaxsA
vad 2x16=32
uksV % ikB~;Øe esa fu/kkZfjr 'kCnkoyh layXu gSA
34
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Qad'kuy fgUnh
fu/kZkfjr 'kCnkoyh
cSafdax 'kCnkoyh
1.
Ability to Invest
fuos'k lkeF;Z
2.
Acceptance Credit
_.k lk[k Lohd`fr
3.
Acceptor
ldkjh
4.
Accounts, Debt
_.k ys[kk@[kkrk
5.
Accredited
izR;kf;r
6.
Accreditee
m/kkj i=k
7.
Accrued
mikfpr
8.
Advance
vfxze
9.
Agio
cêk
10.
Allotment of debentures
fMcsapjksa dk fu;ru
11.
Amortisation payments
_.k&ifj'kks/ku vnk;fx;ka
12.
Amount claimed
nkos dh jkf'k
13.
Assuser
chekdrZk vk'okld
14.
At par
leewY; ij
15.
At variance with
ls fHkUu
16.
Back data
fiNys@iwoZ vkadM+s
17.
Bad debt
v'kks/; _.k
18.
Balance Book
'ks"k cgh
19.
Balance due
ns;@izkIr 'ks"k jkf'k
20.
Balance of trade
O;kikj larqyu
21.
Balance
jksdM+ tek
22.
Bank, Apex
f'k[kj cSad
23.
Bank bill
cSad gqaMh
24.
Bank cash
cSad jksdM+
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
25.
Bank Credit
cSad lk[k
26.
Bank Debit
cSad ukes
27.
Black list
dkyh lwph
28.
Bring forward
vkxs ykuk
29.
Capita, per
izfr O;fDr
30.
Capital loss
iwathxr gkfu
31.
Capitalisation
iwathdj.k
32.
Case study
o`Ùk v/;;u
33.
Cheque, Bearer
okgd psd
34.
Coin, Base
ghu ewY; flDdk
35.
Consignee
ijsf"krh
36.
Credit Balance
tek 'ks"k
37.
Daily Balance
nSfud 'ks"k
38.
Exchange, Stable
fLFkj] fofu;e nj
39.
Goodwill
lk[k@lquke
40.
House, Clearing
lek'kks/ku x`g
41.
Issue
vofuxZe
42.
Key-word
lwpd 'kCn
43.
Know-how
rduhdh tkudkjh
44.
Life fund
vkthou fof/k
45.
Loan
_.k
46.
Long term rate
nh?kkZof/k nj
47.
Market, Firm
n`<+@etcwr cktkj
48.
Tax base
dj vk/kkj
49.
Year, Accounting
ys[kk o"kZ
50.
Wage
etnwjh
35
36
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
fgUnh ls vaxzsth
cSafdax 'kCnkoyh
1.
dk;Z ykxr
Work cost
2.
ewY; ns;
Value payable
3.
O;kikj fpUg
Trade Mark
4.
le;c)
Time bound
5.
cpr dk ctV
Surplus budget
6.
foØ; LFky
Selling point
7.
lrr izfrHkwfr
Security continuing
8.
vfxze ys[kk
Advance account
9.
lwpuk iqLrd
Advice Book
10.
LFkk;h ifjlEifr;ka
Assets
11.
'ks"k jkf'k
Balance in hand
12.
ykHk 'ks"k
Balance of profit
13.
cSafdax iwath
Banking capital
14.
cSafdax fufr
Banking policy
15.
okgd@/kkjd
Bearer
16.
[kkrk tek
Book deposit
17.
ifjdyu
Calculation
18.
udn cktkj
Cash market
19.
Hkquk;k x;k psd
Cheque cashed
20.
olwyh izHkkj
Collection charges
21.
_.k varjky
Credit gap
22.
pkyw [kkrk
Current account
23.
ukes ckdh
Debit balance
24.
fxjrh dhersa
Declining price
25.
ekax i=k
Demand note
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
26.
ewY; gkl
Depreciation
27.
vkfFkZd eanh
Economic depression
28.
vafdr ewY;
Face value
29.
/ku
Money
30.
[kkrk iUuk
Folio/Ledger
31.
ijs"k.k eky
Goods on Consignment
32.
C;kth
Interest Bearing
33.
la;qDr cSad ys[kk
Joint Bank account
34.
Je ykxr
Labour cost
35.
[kkrk 'ks"k
Ledger Balance
36.
e/;dkyhu _.k
Loan Medium Term
37.
,dkf/kdkj cktkj
Market Monopolist
38.
lksus dh Vdlky dh dher
Mint price of gold
39.
cgqfodYi
Multiple Choice
40.
dVh&QVh gqaMh
Mutilated bill
41.
u gkfu u ykHk ds vk/kkj ij
No loss no profit base
42.
fod`r uksV
Note, Soiled
43.
vksoj MªkQV
Over draft
44.
Åijh O;;
Overhead cost
45.
leewY;
Per value
46.
izfr O;fDr
Per capita
47.
vkthou ikfylh
Policy, Whole life
48.
ewY; js[kk
Price line
49.
ewY; pØ
Price cycle
37
38
50.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Ø; /ku
Purchase Money
jsyos foHkkx dh 'kCnkoyh
1.
vof/k fVdV
Season ticket
2.
vekurh lkeku ?kj
Clock room
3.
vftZr vk;
Earned Income
4.
vkxeu
Arrival
5.
vkeus lkeus dh VDdj
Head on Collision
6.
vkj{k.k
Reservation
7.
vk/kk fdjk;k
Half fair
8.
brj jsyos
Foreign Railway
9.
mi&ekxZ
By-pass
10.
Åijh iqy
Overbridge
11.
vafdr ewY;
Face Value
12.
deZpkjh
Staff
13.
d{k
Compartment
14.
dkMZ fVdV
Card Ticket
15.
[krjs dh tathj
Alarm chain
16.
[kku&iku
Catering
17.
[kqyk eky fMCck
Open wagon
18.
xyr ekxZ
Wrong route
19.
xkM+h iVjh ij
Train on line
20.
xkMZ dk fMCck
Guard's Van
21.
pyrh xkM+h
Running Train
22.
pkyw djuk
Switching in
23 .
fpVduh
Bolt
24.
pqaxh
Terminal charges
25.
tyekxZ
Waterway
26.
fVdV ?kj
Booking office
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
27.
VSfjQ
Tariff
28.
Mkd xkM+h
Mail train
29.
fMCck
Compartment
30.
ys tkuk
Carry
31.
rhFkZ;k=kh dj
Pilgrim tax
32.
nkok
Claims
33.
nq?kZVuk LFky
Site of accident
34.
nksgjh ykbu
Double line
35.
fu;U=kd
Controller
36.
funsZ'ku
Direction
37.
izHkkj
Charges
38.
IysVQkeZ fVdV
Platform Ticket
39.
cqd fd;k ekxZ
Booked route
40.
Hkkjrh; jsy
Indian Railway
41.
eky xkM+h
Goods Train
42.
;k=kk fVdV
Journey Ticket
43.
jksd nwjh
Brake distance
44.
okrkuqdwfyr
Air conditioned
45.
okilh fVdV
Return Ticket
46.
'kk[kk ykbu
Branch line
47.
lk/kkj.k fdjk;k
Ordinary fare
48.
Lyhij
Sleeper
49.
gkFk czsd
Hand brake
50.
gkFk 'kafVax
Hand shunting
English to Hindi
vR;Ur /khjs
1.
Dead slow
2.
Over time
vfrfjDr le;
3.
Seat
vklu
39
40
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
4.
Rest Room
vkjke dejk
5.
Average speed
vkSlr xfr
6.
Points
dk¡Vs
7.
Personnel
dkfeZd
8.
Coach
x}h
9.
Detrain
xkM+h ls mrjuk ;k mrkjuk
10.
Thick fog
?kuk dksgjk
11.
Charge man
pktZ eSu
12.
Sort
NkaVuk
13.
Credit Note
tek i=k
14.
Dispute
>xM+k
15.
Contract
Bsdk
16.
Determine
r; djuk
17.
Class
ntkZ
18.
Rate
nj
19.
Capacitor
/kkjd
20.
Lower class
fupyk ntkZ
21.
Damages
uqdlkuh
22.
Resistance
izfrjks/k
23.
Tourist
i;ZVd
24.
Package
iSd djuk
25.
Replace
cnyuk
26.
Obstruction
ck/kk
27.
Shorel
csypk
28.
Freight
HkkM+k
29.
Despatch
Hkstuk
30.
Quote
Hkko nsuk
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
31.
Arch
egjkc
32.
Commodity
eky
33.
Quantity
ek=kk
34.
Van
;ku
35.
Night shift
jkr dh ikyh
36.
Train
jsyxkM+h
37.
Detain
jksduk
38.
Return Ticket
okilh fVdV
39.
Carriage
okgu
40.
Indicator
ladsrd
41.
Collection
laxzg.k
42.
Stores
lkeku
43.
Through Train
lh/kh xkM+h
44.
Stock Rail
fLFkj iVjh
45.
Push trolly
gFk Bsyk
46.
Hand Shunting
gkFk 'kafVax
47.
Through Booking
lh/kh cqfdax
48.
Notice
lwpuk
49.
Collaboration
lg;ksx
50.
Relief train
jkgr xkM+h
Mkd rkj foHkkx esa iz;qDr gksus okyh 'kCnkoyh
1.
Inland air-mail
varnsZ'kh; gokbZ Mkd
2.
Inland air-mail service
varnsZ'kh; gokbZ Mkd lsok
3.
International post
varjkZ"Vªh; Mkd
4.
Most immediate call
vfr rkRdkfyd dky
5.
No delivery
vforj.k] forj.k ugha
6.
Sectional mail bag
vuqHkkxh; Mkd&FkSyk
7.
Small saving fund
v/; cpr fuf/k
41
42
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
8.
Unclaimed article
v&nkoh oLrq
9.
Unclaimed money
v&nkoh euhvkMZj
10.
Emergency call
vkikr~dky
11.
Inward land rate
vkod ns'k nj
12.
Inward mail
vkod Mkd
13.
Credit care ticket
m/kkj dky fVdV
14.
Extension telephone
miVsyhQksu
15.
Gift coupan
migkj dwiu
16.
Gift parcel
migkj iklZy
17.
Output voltage
mRiknu oksYVrk
18.
Satelite exchange
mixzg&dsUnz
19.
Sub-post office
miMkd ?kj
20.
Cable code
dsfcy dksM
21.
Cable fault
dsfcy nks"k
22.
Cable guard
dsfcy j{kd
23.
Cable house
dsfcy ?kj
24.
Cable terminal box
dsfcy VfeZuy cDl
25.
Call counting meter
dky x.ku ehVj
26.
Code word
dksM 'kCn
27.
Duration of call
dky dh vof/k
28.
Message in code
dksM Hkk"kk esa 'kCn
29.
Misdelivery
xYr fMfyojh
30.
Microphone
/ofuxzkgh
31.
Reply postcard
VsyhQksu dsUnz
32.
Mail agent
Mkd ,stUV
33.
Post
Mkd ls Hkstuk
34.
Postage
Mkd 'kqYd
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
35.
First day cover
izFke fnol vkoj.k
36.
Call bell
cqykok ?kaVh
37.
Call Signal
cqykok ladsr
38.
Indian postal service
Hkkjrh; Mkd lsok
39.
Meter reading
ehVj iBu
40.
Cash certificate
jksdM+ izek.k i=k
41.
Cash counter
jksdM+ iVy
42.
Short circuit
y?kq iFkd
43.
Advice of delivery
forj.k lwpuk
44.
Dry battery
'kq"d cSVjh
45.
Dry code cable
'kq"d dksM dscy
46.
Army post office
lsuk Mkd ?kj
47.
Combined mail
la;qDr Mkd FkSyk
48.
Message code
lans'k ladsr
49.
Ordinary telegram
lk/kkj.k dky
50.
Service post card
ljdkjh iksLVdkMZ
43
Mkd rkj foHkkx esa iz;qDr gksus okyh 'kCnkoyh
1.
2.
vuked lans'k
varnsZ'kh; gokbZ
Inland air-mail
3.
varfo"B iszf"kr
Inland letter
4.
varjkZ"Vªh; Mkd
International post
5.
vfr rkRdkfyd dky
Most immediate call
6.
vforj.k] forj.k ugha
No delivery
7.
vukfir izek.k i=k
Non-Objection certificate
8.
vkifrtud dky
Obnonious call
9.
vuqHkkxh; Mkd&FkSyk
Sectional mail bag
10.
v&nkoh oLrq
Unclaimed article
11.
v&nkoh euhvkMZj
Unclaimed money
Anonymous Communication
44
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
12.
vkikrdky
Emergency call
13.
vkod fons'k iklZy
Inward foreign parcel
14.
vkod ns'k nj
Inward land rate
15.
vkod Mkd
Inward mail
16.
vkorh
Recurring
17.
m/kkj dky fVdV
Credit call ticket
18.
mi VsfyQksu
Extension telephone
19.
migkj dwiu
Gift Coupan
20.
migkj iklZy
Gift Parcel
21.
mRiknu oksYVrk
Output Voltage
22.
mixzg dsUnz
Satelite Exchange
23.
mi&Mkd?kj
Sub-post office
24.
dsfcy dksM
Cable Code
25.
dsfcy nks"k
Cable fault
26.
dsfcy j{kd
Cable guard
27.
dsfcy ?kj
Cable house
28.
dsfcy VfeZuy cDl
Cable terminal box
29.
dky x.ku ehVj
Call counting meter
30.
dksM 'kCn
Code word
31.
dsUnzh; rkj ?kj
Central telegraph office
32.
dky dh vof/k
Duration of Call
33.
dksM Hkk"kk esa lans'k
Message in Code
34.
xYr fMfyojh
Misdelivery
35.
/ofuxzkgh
Microphone
36.
VsfyQksu dsUn
Reply postcardz
37.
Mkd ,stUV
Mail agent
38.
Mkd FkSyk
Mail bag
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
39.
rkj irk
Telegraphic address
40.
izFke fnol vkoj.k
First day Cover
41.
cqykok ?kaVh
Call bell
42.
cqykok ladsr
Call signal
43.
Hkkjrh; Mkd lsok
Indian postal service
44.
ehVj iBu
Meter reading
45.
jksdM+ izek.k i=k
Cash certificate
46.
jksdM+ iVy
Cash counter
47.
y?kq iFk
Short circuit
48.
'kq"d cSVjh
Dry battery
49.
lsuk Mkd?kj
Army post office
50.
la;qDr Mkd FkSyk
Combined mail
45
46
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Russian
Paper-I (Written)
Time : 3 Hours
Max.Marks : 100
1. Translation from English to Russian
30
2. Translation from Russian to English.
40
3. Write a small paragraph (one out of three topics) :
30
Toppics : My friend; About myself; My family; My classroom;
My teacher.
Course of Reading & Prescribed Text-Book :
"Russian" by Wagner V.N. & Ovsienko Y.G.
(Lessons : 1 to 25), PPH, 1991.
Note : Dictionaries are allowed.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
47
Russian
Paper-II
Time : 3 hrs.
(A)
Max.Marks : 100
(Written) Grammar
50 Marks
Course of Reading & Prescribed Text-Book :
- All the cases in singular form (Nouns only).
- Verbs of motion without prefixes :
in simple form
"Russian" by Wagner V.N. & Ovsienko Y.G.
(Lessons 1 to 25)
"Russian" by Ovsienko Y.G. & Skopina (Part-I)
Note : Exercises in the text-book not related with the prescribed
Grammar be excluded while paper setting.
(B)
Oral/Practical
Reading of a text
Dictation
Simple Conversation
50 Marks
15 Marks
15 Marks
20 Marks
48
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
French
Paper-I (Written)
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Comprehension, Composition and Civilisation
1. Questions of general comprehension related to the text.
e.g. :- Qu'est ce que vous faites le dimanche ou
Apprenez - vous le francais
20
2. Questions on comprehension of an unseen passage of
about 200 words.
20
3. Composition of dialogue of one three topics covered
in the Text book.
20
4. Composition of a small paragraph on general topics
pertaining to the text. e.g.: Ma maison, Mon professeur,
Ma famille, Une ville tourstique,
Un pique-nique. (One out of two topics)
20
5. Simple questions of general interest on French.
20
Pertaining to the text. (Questions on important Cities,
Regions, Mountains, Monuments, Rivers, National Day,
National Flag, National Song, Cusine.
Ten questions to be attempted out of 15. These questions are
to be asked in the form of fill in the blanks or multiple choice
questions.
Course of Reading & Prescribed Text-Book :
"Connexions-1" by Regine Merieux & Yves Loiseau,
Published by Didier, 2004.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
49
French
Paper-II
Time : 3 Hrs.
M.Marks : 100
A : (Written) Grammar & Translation
Marks : 50
1. Translation of a simple unseen passage or short sentences
from English to French.
10
2. Translation of a simple unseen passage or short sentences
from French to English.
10
3. Questions on applied grammar pertaining to the text-book.
30
Course of Reading & Prescribed Text-Book :
"Connexions-1" by Regine Merieux & Yves Loiseau
Published by Didier, 2004.
B : (Oral) Viva
Marks : 50
- Reading of a text
10 Marks
- Dictation
10 Marks
- Simple Conversation
20 Marks
- Oral Comprehension
10 Marks
50
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Urdu (Elective)
Paper-A
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Note : Instructions for the paper setters/examiners :
Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows :
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks total weightage
of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question up to two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks; total weightage of the section
being 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to each
question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by the
examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two. Each
question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Prose & Poetry
Explanation of Prose passages
Explanation of verses
Summary of a poem or a lesson
Book Prescribed
Urdu Nisab Part II, Published by M/S Educational Book
House, A.M.U. Market, Aligarh.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
51
Urdu (Elective)
Paper-B
Time : 3 Hours
Max.Marks : 100
Note : Instructions for the paper setters/examiners :
Each question paper may consist of three section as follows :
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answers to each question up to 5 lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weights
of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question up to two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks; total weightage of the section
being 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question up to 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
a) Essay and Composition :
Essay
Letter/Application
Opposite words, Numbers Genders and Idioms.
b) Media and Information :
News paper, Journals, Radio and TV : Introduction and
Importance.
52
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Books Recommended :
1. Guldasta-e-Mazamin-o-Insha Pardazi, Part-II by Dr. Aarif
Mohammad Khan, Published by M/S Educational Book House,
A.M.U. Market, Aligarh.
2. Akhbar Ki Kahani by Ghulam Haider, Tarraqi Urdu Board,
New Delhi.
3. Rehbar-e-Akhbar Navisi by Syed Iqbal Qadri, Tarraqi Urdu
Board, New Delhi.
4. Urdu Sahafat Ki Tarikh by Nadir Ali Khan, National Council
for Promotion of Urdu, R.K. Puram, New Delhi.
5. Television Ki Sahafat by Shakil Hasan Shamsi, Educational
Book House, AMU Market, Aligarh.
6. Television Nashariyat by Anjum Usmani, Educational Book
House, AMU Market, Aligarh -202002(UP) 2005.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
53
Persian (Elective)
Paper - A
Time : 3 Hours
Max.Marks : 100
Note : Instructions for the paper setters/examiners :
Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows :
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answer to each question up to five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question up to two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks; total weightage of the section
being 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question up to five pages in length. Four questions will be set
by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Prose and Poetry :
Explanation of prose passages
Explanation of verses
Bibliographical questions on the poets and writers studied.
Books Prescribed :
Farsi-O-Dastur Part-II by Dr. Zehra Khanlari,
Published by Idara Adabiayat, 5803-Sadar Bazar,
Delhi-6.
Following lessons are included in syllabus
1,2,11.20,26,27,29,30,32,33,38,39,47,49 and 50.
54
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Books Recommended :
1. Sher-ul-Ajam Part-I, (Pages-30-36 and 144-152). Anjuman
Tarriqi, Urdu Hindi, Delhi.
2. Sher-ul-Ajam, Part-II, (Pages 212-298), Anjuman Tarraqi
Urdu, Jama Masjid, Delhi, 6.
3. Tarikh-e-Adabiyat-e-Iran by Raza Zada Shafaq, Tr. By
Mubariz-ud-din Rif'at, Edara Musannifin, Hyderabad, 1998,
(Pages 87-95 and 150-157).
4. Tarikh-e-Islam By Akbar Shah Khan Najibabadi, Part-II,
(Pages 362-380.) Edara Musannifin, Azamgarh.
5. Subak Shinasi Part-II By Malik-ush-Sho'ara Bahar (Pages
124-126)
6. Gulistan-e-Sa'di. Anjuman Tarraqi Urdu, Jama Masjid, Delhi.
7. Qabus Nameh, Anjuman Tarraqi Urdu, Jama Masjid,
Delhi, 06.
8. Marzban Nameh. Anjuman Tarraqi Urdu, Jama Masjid, Delhi,
110006.
9. A Literary History of Persia, Vol. I By E.G. Brown, (Pages
275-289) & Vol. II, (Page-489).
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
55
Persian (Elective)
Paper-B
Time : 3 Hours
Max.Marks : 100
Note : Instructions for the paper setters examiners :
Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows :
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answers to each question up to five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question up to two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks; total weightage of the section
being 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question up to 5 pages in length. Four question will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
a) Composition :
i) Short Essay (at least ten sentences in Persian on any one of
the following)
Rafique Man, Darsgah-e-Man, Watan-e-Azizam, Sha'ir-eMaroof, Kitabi ke Man Pasandam, Fasalha-e-Hind,
Amozgaram, Mashaghil, Khuda-e-bartar & Ahmiyat-oFavaid-e-Riyazat-e-Badani.
ii) Translation of unseen passages or sentences in Urdu/English/
Hindi/Punjabi.
56
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
iii) Translation of simple Sentences into Persian.
b) Grammar : Definitions and kinds :
Nihad-o-Guzare, Fail-o-Zamane Fail (Mazi, Haal, Mustaqbal
& Muzare) Shakhs (Avval, Dom & Som), Shakhs (Mufarrad
and Jama), Fail Ism, its kinds & Numbers and Zamir.
c) Media and Information :
News paper, Journals, Radio and T.V. Introduction and
Importance
Books Prescribed :
1. Farsi-o-Dastur, Zohra Khanlari, Edara Adabyat, Sadar Bazar
Delhi, 110006, (Pages : 18, 32, 33, 43, 44, 52, 54, 63, 64, 75,
76, 91, 92, 101, 102, 111, 112, 120 & 121) (Year 1992).
2. Farsi-o-Dastur Tarjuma, Part-II by Dr. Nargis Jahan, published
by Idara Adabiyat, Sadar Bazar, Delhi.
Books Recommended :
1. Akhbar Ki Kahani by Ghulam Haider, Taraqqi Urdu Board,
New Delhi.
2. Rehbar-e-Akhbar Navisi by Syed Iqbal Qadri, Taraqqi Urdu
Board, New Delhi.
3. Urdu Sahafat Ki Tarikh by Nadir Ali Khan, Urdu Academy,
Delhi.
4. Television Ki Sahafat by Shakeel Hasan Shamsi, 37-Johri
Mohalla, Lucknow.
5. Television Nashariyat by Anjum Usmani, Maktaba Jamia Ltd.,
Jamianagar, Delhi.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
57
History
Paper-A : History of India upto C. 1000
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Note : The question paper shall consist of two sections as
follows:
Section-A: The examiner will set 10 questions and the candidates
will attempt 7 questions carrying 4 marks each. Answer to each
question will be in 10 to 15 sentences. The total weightage of the
section will be 28 marks.
Section-B: The examiner will set 8 questions which will cover
the entire syllabus. The candidates will attempt any 4 questions in
atleast 5 pages each. Each question will carry 18 marks. The total
weightage of this section will be 72 marks.
Important Note : Paper Setter must ensure that questions in
Section-A do not cover more than one point, and questions in
Section-B should cover atleast 50 percent of the theme.
1. Sources : Meaning of the term 'ancient', Literacy sources
Vedic literature, Epics and Puranans, Buddhist and Jain text,
Sangam literature; Accounts of Indians and foreigners;
Archeological Sources; Coins, Inscriptions and Monuments.
2. The Indus Civilization : Origin; Harappa and Mohenjodaro;
Political organization; Town—planning and architecture;
Agriculture, technology; trade contacts with the outside world;
religion; script, seals and figurines, Causes of disintegration.
3. The Indo Aryans : Original home; Geographical area known
to Vedic text; Social Institutions: Family, Varna and the Caste
system, Religious ideas and rituals; Economy; Political
Organization—Changes in the later Vedic period; Emergence
of the republics and kingdoms; Growth of towns.
4. Jainism and Buddhism : Social and political conditions;
58
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Doctrines of Jainism and sectarian development; Teaching
of Gautam Buddha; The Sangha organization; Spread of
Buddhism; its decline Legacy of Buddhism and Jainism.
5. The age of the Mauryas : Establishment of the Mauryan
Empire; Expansion of the empire; the Kalinga War; Policy
and administration; Contact with neighbouring states; Ashoka's
Dhamma; Decline of the Mauryan empire.
6. The Kushanas : Kanishka and his successors; Mahayana
Buddhism; Ghandhara Art; Literature.
7. The Gupta Age : Establishment of the Gupta Empire; its
expansion under Samundragupta and Chandragupta-II;
Administration; Revenue system; Trade and Commerce; Arts
and architecture; Literature and philosophy; Science and
Technology. The Huna invasions and the decline of the Gupta
Empire.
8. The Age of the Vardhanas : Establishments of Vardhana
kingdom; Harsha's campaigns and political relations; Sources
of revenue; Patronage of religion, Literature and education.
9. The Cholas : Important centres of power in the South;
Establishment of the Chola power; Extent of the Chola empire;
Administration; Economy; Trade, Art and Architecture religion
and Philosophy.
10. The Rajputs : Origins; Polity and administration; Social and
Religious life; Literature and art.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
59
History
Paper-B : History of India (C. 1000-1707 A.D.)
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Note : The question paper shall consist of two sections as follows:
Section-A : The examiner will set 10 questions and the candidates
will attempt 7 questions carrying 4 marks each. Answer to each
question will be in 10 to 15 sentences. The total weightage of the
section will be 28 marks.
Section-B : The examiner will set 8 questions which will cover the
entire syllabus. The candidates will attempt any 4 questions in atleast
5 pages each. Each question will carry 18 marks. The total weightage
of this section will be 72 marks.
Important Note : Paper Setter must ensure that questions in
Section-A do not cover more than one point, and questions in
Section-B should cover atleast 50 percent of the theme.
1. The Conquests of the Ghaznavis and Ghauris : Political
condition of India; Invasions of Mahmud Ghaznavi; their
effects, Battles of Muhammad Ghauri, Causes of the success
of the Turks.
2. Establishment of the Sultanate of Delhi : Political and
military development under Qutitbuddian Aibak Iltumish's
and his successors; Consolidation of the Sultanate under;
Balban and Mongol invasions.
3. The Khiljis : Emergence of the Khiljis under Jalaluddin and
Alauddin Khiljis; Alauddin's conquests Mongol invasions;
Treatment of the nobility; Land revenue reforms, Economic
reforms.
4. The Tughlaqs : Muhammad-bin-Tughlaq; His experiments;
Causes of disaffection and revolts; Feroze Tughlaq;
60
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Administrative and economic policies and their effects
Taimurs; Invasions.
5. The Vijaynagar Kingdom : Establishment and expansion;
Polity, economy and administration; Art and Architecture.
6. Mughal-Afghan Struggle (1526-1556) : Political condition
of India; Advent of the Mughals under Babur; Battle of
Panipat and its aftermath; Battle of Kanwaha, Battles of
Humayun; expansion of the Afghan power under Sher Shah
Suri, Administrative reforms; return of Humayun.
7. Re-establishment and expansion of the Mughal empire
under Akbar: Conquests, extent of empire, Religious policy,
Rajput policy.
8. Expansion and Decline under Akbar's Successors :
Jahangir and Mewar; North-western campaigns; extension
of influence over the Deccan; Conquest of Ahmednagar by
Shah Jahan; Rise of Aurangzeb to power.
9. The establishment of Maratha Power : The rise of Shivaji,
Maratha administration, Land revenue system; Chauth and
Sardeshmukhi.
10. The Mughal Government Administration and Culture:
Position of the King : Central and local adminstration; Land
revenue system; Mansabdari; Jagirdari; State policy towards
agriculture, Trade and Commerce, Literature, Arts and
Architecture and Culture.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
61
Political Science
Paper – A
Principles of Political Science
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks: 100
20 x 4 = 80
10 x 2 = 20
Instructions for the Paper Setter:
The question paper will consist of five Sections:A,B,C,D
and E. Section A,B,C and D will have two questions from the
respective portion of the syllabus and will carry 20 marks each.
Section E will consist of 10 short answer type questions to be set
from the entire syllabus i.e. sections A, B, C & D and will carry 20
marks in all, such short answer type questions carry 2 marks.
Instructions for the Candidates :
Candidates are required to attempt one question each from
Section, A, B, C, and D of the question paper and the entire Section
E. The candidates are required to answer the short question in not
less than 50 words.
Section — A
1.
2.
Political Science: Meaning, Nature and Scope.
Relationship of Political Science with Economics, History,
Sociology and Psychology.
Section — B
1.
2.
State: Definition, Elements and its distinction from
Government and Society.
Theories of the Origin of State: Social Contract, Historical
/Evolutionary and Marxian Theory.
Section — C
1.
2.
State: Liberal, Marxian and Gandhian views of State.
Welfare State: Concept and Functions of Welfare State
Section — D
62
1.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Sovereignty: Definition, Attributes and Types of
Sovereignty.
2. Theories of Sovereignty: Monistic and Pluralistic.
Recommended Books:
1. J. C. Johari, Principles of Political Science, Sterling
Publishers, New Delhi.
2. S.P. Verma, Political Theory, Geetanjali Publishing House,
New Delhi.
3. A.C. Kapur, Principles of Political Science, S. Chand &
Company, New Delhi.
4. E. Asirvatham, Political Theory, S. Chand & Company, New
Delhi.
5. M.P. Jain, Political Theory, Authors Guild Publication, Delhi,
(Punjabi & Hindi).
6. David Easton, The Political System, Scientific Book Agency,
Calcutta.
7. D.C. Bhattacharya, Political Theory, Vijay Publishing House,
Calcutta.
8. O.P. Gauba, An Introduction to Political Theory, Macmillan
Indian Ltd., New Delhi.
9. Satish Kumar Sharma, Adhunik Rajnitik Vishleshan,
Publication Bureau, Punjabi University, Patiala.
10. Andrew Heywood, An Introduction to Political Theory,
New Delhi, Palgrave Publications, 2004.
11. Aeon J. Skoble and Tibor R. Machan, Political Philosophy,
Ist Edition, New Delhi, Pearson, 2007.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
63
Political Science
Paper – B
Modern Political Theory
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks = 100
20x4 = 80
10 x 2 = 20
Instructions for the Paper Setter:
The question paper will consist of five Sections:A,B,C,D
and E, Section A,B,C and D will have two questions from the
respective portion of the syllabus and will carry 20 marks each.
Section E will consist of 10 short answer type questions to be set
form entire syllabus i.e. Sections A, B, C & D and will carry 20
marks in all, such short answer type questions carry 2 marks.
Instructions for the Candidates:
Candidates are required to attempt one question each from
Section A, B, C and D of the question paper and the entire Section
E. The candidates are required to answer the short question in not
less than 50 words each.
Section — A
1. Political System: Meaning, Characteristics and Functions.
2. Political Culture: Meaning, Characteristics and Types.
3. Political Socialisation: Meaning, Characteristics and
Agencies.
Section — B
1. Rights and Duties: Meaning, Types and Relationship
between the Two.
2. Universal Declaration of Human Rights.
3. Environmental Protection: Issue and Efforts.
Section — C
1. Liberty: Meaning Types and its Safeguards.
2. Equality: Meaning, Types and Relationship between Liberty
and Equality.
3. Justice: Meaning and its various Dimensions.
Section — D
1. Democracy: Meaning, Characteristics and Types.
64
2.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Theories of Democracy: Liberal, Marxian and Elitist
Theory.
Recommended Books:
1. J. C. Johari, Principles of Political Science, Sterling
Publishers, New Delhi.
2. S.P. Verma, Political Theory, Geetanjali Publishing House,
New Delhi.
3. A.C. Kapur, Principles of Political Science, S. Chand &
Company, New Delhi.
4. E. Ashirvatham, Political Theory, S. Chand & Company,
New Delhi.
5. M.P. Jain, Political Theory, Authors Guild Publication, Delhi,
(Punjabi & Hindi).
6. David Easton, The Political System, Scientific Book Agency,
Calcutta.
7. D.C. Bhattacharya, Political Theory, Vijay Publishing House,
Calcutta.
8. O.P. Gauba, An Introduction to Political Theory, Macmillan
Indian Ltd., New Delhi.
9. Satish Kumar Sharma, Adhunik Rajnitik Vishleshan,
Publication Bureau, Punjabi University, Patiala.
10. John-Hoffman and Paul Graham, Introduction to Political
Theory, New Delhi, Persons, 2006.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
65
Sociology
Paper-A
Fundamentals of Sociology-I
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Note : Question paper may consist of two sections as follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks: total weightage
of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answers to
each question upto three pages in length or in 500 words. The
examiner will set fifteen questions (at least 7 from each unit) and
the candidate will attempt eight (four from each unit). Each question
will carry ten marks. Total weightage of the section being 80 marks.
Unit-I
(a) Meaning, Nature and Scope of Sociology
(b) Defining Sociology—the Sociological Perspective
(c) Sociology and Social Sciences–Psychology, Anthropology,
Economics and Political Science
Unit-II
(a) Basic Concepts : Society, Community, Institution and
Association.
(b) Social Groups : Definition, Characteristics and Types—
Primary & Secondary, In group and Out group, Reference
Groups.
(c) Social Structure : Definition, Elements and Patterns, Norms
and Values, Status and Role.
66
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Sociology
Paper-B
Fundamentals of Sociology-II
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Note : Question paper may consist of two sections as follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks: total weightage
of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answers to
each question upto three pages in length or in 500 words. The
examiner will set fifteen questions (at least 7 from each unit) and
the candidate will attempt eight (four from each unit). Each question
will carry ten marks. Total weightage of the section being 80 marks.
Unit-I
(a) Socialization : Meaning, Processes, Agencies and Theories
of self (C.H. Cooley, G.H. Mead, Sigmund Freud).
(b) Culture : Meaning elements, Cultural lag.
(c) Social Stratification : Meaning and forms.
Unit-II
(a) Social Control; Meaning, Agencies : Formal and Informal.
(b) Formal : Law, Informal : Folkways, Mores, Customs, Public
Opinion, Propaganda.
(c) Deviance : Crime, Anomie, Terrorism
Books Recommended for Paper A and B
1. Ahuja Ram : Indian Social System, Rawat Publications,
Jaipur, 1993.
2. Abraham, M. Frances : Contemporary Sociology, Oxford
University, New Delhi, 2006.
3. Bottomore, T.B.S. : Sociology, Punjabi Translation by Parkash
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
67
Singh Jammu, Publication Bureau, Punjabi University, Patiala,
1972.
4. Davis, Kingsley : Human Society, Punjabi Translation by
Parkash Singh Jammu, Publication Bureau, Punjabi University,
Patiala, 1971.
5. Gisbert, Pascual : Fundamentals of Sociology, Orient
Longmans, Bombay, 1969.
6. Jayaram N. Introductory Sociology, Mac Millan India,
Madras, 1988.
7. Johnson, H.M. Sociology : A Systematic Introduction, Allied
Publishers, New Delhi, 1995.
8. Kapila, S : A Text-Book of Sociology, Part-I & II, New
Academic House, Jalandhar 1989.
9. Kapila S : Fundamentals of Sociology, Vol. I, Kapila
Publishers, Panchkula, 2001.
10. Koening, Samuel : Sociology—An Introduction to the
Science of Society, Punjabi Translation by Baldev Singh,
Publication Bureau, Punjabi University, Patiala, 1984.
11. McGee, Reece et al., Sociology-An Introduction, Reinehart
and Winston, Hindale, 1977.
12. Murdock, George Peter : Social Structure, Free Press, New
York, 1965.
13. MacIver, R.M. & Page, Charles N. Society, An Introductory
Analysis. Macmillan, London, 1974.
14. Savinderjeet Kaur : Samaj Vigyan Nal Jan Pehchan,
Publication Bureau, Punjabi University Patiala, 1995.
15. Sharan Raka : A Hand book of Sociology, Annual
Publications, New Delhi, 1991.
68
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Public Administration
Paper - A
Administrative Theory
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Note : Each question paper will consist of Two sections as
follows:
Section-A : The examiner will set 10 questions. Candidate will
attempt 7 questions carrying 4 marks in 10-15 sentences each. The
total weightage of this section will be 28 marks.
Section-B : The examiner will set 8 questions which will cover
the entire syllabus. Candidate will attempt any 4 questions in at
least 4-5 pages each. Each question will carry 18 marks. The total
weightage of this section will be 72 marks.
Introduction- Meaning, nature and scope; Public Administration
as an Art and a Science, Public Administration and Private
Administration, Relationship of Public Administration with other social
sciences–Political Science, Sociology, Economics, History,
Psychology, Law. New Public Administration, New Public
Management and Good Governance.
Organization- Meaning, Formal and Informal Organisation. Basic
Principles of Organisation–Hierarchy, Span of control, Unity of
Command; Centralization and Decentralization. Delegation, Coordination and Supervision.
Chief Executive- Meaning, Types & Functions, Line and Staff
Agencies, Department, Public-Corporation and Independent
Regulatory Commission, Delegated Legislation, Administrative
Tribunals.
Administrative Behaviour – Leadership, Communication,
Decision making, control over Administration.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
69
Suggested Readings :
1. Awasthi, Maheshwari S.R., Public Administration, Lakshmi
Narain Aggarwal, Agra, 2004.
2. Basu Rumki, Public Administration : Concept and Theory,
Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1990.
3. Bhattacharya Mohit, Restructing Public Administration—
Essays in Rehabiliation, IInd Edition, Jawahar Publishers and
Distributors, New Delhi, 1999.
4. Kapoor Usha, Lok Prashashan—Sidhant Ate Vihar,
Publication Bureau, Panjabi University, Patiala.
5. Puri K.K., Elements of Public Administration, (Punjabi).
Bharat Prakashan, Jalandhar, 2004.
6. Sharma M.P. and Sadana B.L., Public Administration, Kitab
Mahal, Allahabad, 1993.
7. Sahib Singh and Swinder Singh, Public Administration : Theory
and Practice, New Academic Publishers, Jalandhar, 1997.
8. White L.D., Introduction to the Study of Public Administration,
Macillan, New York, 1995.
70
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Public Administration
Paper - B
Indian Administration
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Note : Each question paper will consist of Two sections as
follows:
Section-A : The examiner will set 10 questions. Candidate will
attempt 7 questions carrying 4 marks in 10-15 sentences each. The
total weightage of this section will be 28 marks.
Section-B : The examiner will set 8 questions which will cover
the entire syllabus. Candidate will attempt any 4 questions in at
least 4-5 pages each. Each question will carry 18 marks. The total
weightage of this section will be 72 marks.
Main features of Indian Administration : Nature of Indian
Federalism, Union-State Relations. Legislative, Administrative and
Financial.
Central Administration : President, Prime Minister, PMO., Council
of Ministers. Central Secretariate; Organisation and Functions,
Cabinet Secretariate. Parliament - Lok Sabha, Rajya Sabha,
Speaker.
Judicial System : Supreme Court and High Court.
State Administration : Governor, Chief Minister, Council of
Ministers, Chief Secretary, State Legislature. State Planning
Commission.
Divisional and District Administration : Features, Functions and
role of Divisional Commissioner and Deputy Commissioner.
Control over Administration : Executive, Legislative and Judicial
Citizens Control over Administration.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
71
Suggested Readings :
1. Arora Ramesh K. and Goyal R., Indian Public Administration,
Vishwa Prakashan, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Avasthi and Avasthi, Indian Administration, Lakhsmi Narain,
Agra, 2000.
3. Bhagwan Vishnoo and Bhushan Vidya, Indian Administration,
S. Chand & Company, New Delhi, 2000.
4. Fadia B.L. Fadia Kuldeep, Indian Administration, Sahitya
Bhawan Publishers, New Delhi, 2005.
5. Hoshiar Singh, Indian Administration, Kitab Mahal, Allahabad,
2000.
6. Jain R.B. Contemporary Issues in Indian Administration,
Vishal Publications, New Delhi, 1976.
7. Maheshwari S.R., Indian Administration, Orient Longman,
New Delhi, 2000.
8. Maheshwari S.R., State Government in India, McMillan, New
Delhi, 1979.
9. Sachdeva Pardeep, Bharti Prashasan, Publication Bureau,
Panjabi University, Patiala, 2002.
10. Singh J.P.: Samaj Vigyan Vishvakosh: Encyclopaedia of
Sociology and Allied Sciences, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2009.
72
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Psychology
Paper-A
Basic Psychological Processes-I
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 75
Note: 1. The use of Non-Programmable calculators and Statistical
Tables are allowed in the examination.
2. Only one numerical question is to be set either of nine
marks (from Section-B) or of twelve marks (from
Section-C).
3. The question paper may consist of three Sections as
follows :
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry 1½ marks; total weightage
of the section being 15 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer question with answers to
each question upto two pages in length. Six questions will be set by
the examiner and four will be attempted by the candidates. Each
question will carry 9 marks: total weightage of the section being 36
marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto five pages in length. Four questions will be set
by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Total weightage of the section being 24 marks.
(The questions are to be set to judge the candidates basic
understanding of the concepts)
Nature : Psychology as a Science, Historical back ground of
psychology with brief introduction to schools (Structuralism,
Functionalism, Behaviourism, Gestalt and Psychoanalysis).
Methods : Introspection, Observation, Experiment Case Study,
Interview and Questionnaire.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
73
Biological Bases of Behaviour : The role of Heredity and
Endocrine glands.
Nervous System : Neuron, Central nervous system and peripheral
nervous system, neuron (Structure and function) synapse, types of
synapse. Resting and Action Potentials.
Understanding Individual Differences : Nature and uses of
Psychological Tests. Characteristics of Good Psychological Tests,
Types of Psychological Tests (Verbal/Non-verbal test, Individual/
group, speed\power tests, Paper and Pencil Tests/Performance
Tests, Essay/objective type Tests), Ethical issues in Psychological
Testing.
Measures of Central Tendency : Meaning and Characteristics
of good measure of central tendancy. Measures of central
tendency—Mean, Median, Mode and their merits and demerits.
Measures of Variability : Meaning and Characteristics of good
measure of variability, Measures of variability- Range, Quartile
Deviation, Average, Standard Deviation variance their merits and
demerits.
74
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Readings:
1. Benjamin, Jr. L.T. Hopkings, J.R.: Nation, J.R. Psychology,
Mcmillan Publising Co., New York, 1987.
2. Chaplin, J.R. & Kraiwic, T.S., Systems and Theories of
Psychology, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc. New York, 1985.
3. Crooks, R.L. and Strin Jean; Psychology; Sciences: Behaviour
and Life, Holt Rinehart and Winston, Inc. New York, 1988.
4. Hall, S.S. and Lindzey : Theories of Personality, Wiley Eastern
Ltd. New Delhi, 1969.
5. Morgan, G.T., King, P.A., Weiaz, T.R. and Schapter,
Introduction to Psychology, Mcgraw Hill Book Co., New York,
1999.
6. Aron, Statistics for Psychology, Pearson Education, New
Delhi, 2007.
7. Carlson, Foundation of Physiological Psychology, Pearson
Education, New Delhi, 2007.
8. Pinel, Biopsychology, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2007.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
75
Psychology
Paper-B
Basic Psychological Processes-II
Time : 3 Hours
Max.Marks : 75
Note:1. The use of Non-Programmable calculators and Statistical
Tables are allowed in the examination.
2. Only one numerical question is to be set either of nine
marks (from Section-B) or of twelve marks (from
Section-C).
3. The question paper may consist of three sections as
follows :
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer question with
answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory, each question will carry 1½ marks; total weightage
of the section being 15 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Six questions will be set by
the examiner and four will be attempted by the candidates. Each
question will carry 9 marks: total weightage of the section being 36
marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto five pages in length. Four questions will be set
by the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Total weightage of the Section being 24 marks.
(The questions are to be set to judge the candidates basic
understanding of the concepts)
Learning : Introduction to learning, Trial and Error and Insight,
Nature and characteristics of learning process. A brief introduction
to the concepts of Classical and Instrumental conditioning (Paradigm
and the typical experiment), Verbal learning (Nature & factors);
Social learning.
76
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Memory : Nature, Encoding, Storage and Retrieval. Types of
memory—sensory, short-term and long term.
Motivation and Emotion : Biogenic and sociogenic motives,
instincts, Drives and incentives. Intrinsic-Extrinsic framework.
Content Theory, The need Hierarchy model; Conflicts and
Frustration, Emotions: Development and Types of emotions.
Theories of Emotions (James Lange & Cannon Bard Theory)
Physiological Correlates of Emotions.
Intelligence : Nature of Intelligence Theories (Spearman and
Thurstone), Cognitive Theories (Gardener and Sternberg) Concept
of Emotional Intelligence, Nature and Nurture issue in intelligence.
Personality : Concept of Personality. Theories of Personality
(Freud, Allport, Murray, Cattell & Eysenck). Techniques of
Assessment (Psychometric and Projective)
Readings :
1. Baron, R.A., Psychology, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,1996.
2. Benjamin, Jr. L.T. Hopking, J.R. Nation, J.R. Psychology, Macmillan
Publishing Co., New York, 1987.
3. Chaplin, J.R. & Kraiwic, T.S., Systems and Theories of Psychology,
Holt Rinehart and Winston, Inc. New York, 1985.
4. Crooks, R.L. and Strin Jean; Psychology: Science, Behaviour and
Life, Holt Rinehart and Winston, Inc., New York, 1988.
5. Hall, S.S. and Lindzey: Theories of Personality, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
New Delhi, 1940.
6. Morgan, G.T., King, P.A., Weisz, T.R. and Schapter, J., Introduction
to Psychology, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York,1999.
7. Coon, D.L. Mitterer, J.O. Introduction to Psychology Gateways to
Mind and Behaviour. Thomson Wadrwoth, 2007.
8. Solso, Cognitive Psychology, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2007.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
77
Psychology
Practicals
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 50
Note : Any Ten practicals out of Twelve are to be conducted
1. Public opinion survey.
2. Effect of Knowledge of Results on Performance.
3. Measurement of Motivation through drive induction or level
of aspiration.
4. Trial and error Learning.
5. Verbal Test of Intelligence.
6. Nonverbal test of Intelligence.
7. Projective techniques—Incomplete sentence Blank.
8. Concept Formation.
9. Problem Solving.
10. Memory Span.
11. Effect of Practice on Learning.
12. Simple Reaction Time.
78
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Defence and Strategic Studies
Theory Marks : 160
Practical Marks : 40
Total : 200
Paper-A
War and its Various Aspects
Time : 3 Hours
Max.Marks: 80
Teaching periods : 75
Note : Question paper shall consist of two sections as follows:
Section-A : The examiner shall set 10 questions and the candidates
will attempt 7 questions carrying 4 marks each. Answer to each
question shall not exceed half of the page. The total weightage of
this section shall be 28 marks.
Section-B : The examiner shall set 8 questions for the entire
syllabus-two from each Unit. The candidate shall attempt any four
questions, one from each Unit. Each question shall carry 13 marks.
The total weightage of this Unit shall be 52 marks.
Note : Practicals are only meant for the regular students.
For the private students the two papers shall be of 100 marks
each. For the private students, each student, each question in
Section B will be of 18 marks.
Unit-I
1. War
a) Nature, Concept and Definition
b) Origin of War
c) History of Warfare
i) Animal Warfare
ii) Primitive Warfare
iii) Historical Warfare
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
79
2. Modern Warfare
i) Meaning and Definition.
ii) Features of Modern Warfare.
3. Principles of War
a) Meaning and Importance.
b) Historical Development and Application.
Unit-II
1.
War as an instrument of Policy
2.
Guerilla Warfare
i) Origin and Concept
ii) Principles, Techniques & Characteristics of Guerilla
Warfare.
iii) Counter Gureilla Warfare.
Unit-III
1. Psychological Warfare
a) Definition and Concept
b) Functions.
c) Limitations
2. Psychological Aspects of War
a) Leadership
b) Discipline
c) Motivation
d) Morale
e) Fear and Panic.
Unit-IV
1. Nuclear Warfare
i) Beginning of Nuclear era and effects of Nuclear
explosion.
80
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
ii) Missiles : Types and their Classification.
iii) Nuclear weapons: Fission & fusion bombs.
iv) Nuclear Strategies for Defence:
(Preventive, Pre-emptive, Massive Retaliation and
Flexible Response)
Books Recommended
1. Bhagat P.S.
2. Boring, E.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Defence of India and SouthEast Asia.
Psychology in the Armed
Forces.
International Politics.
On War.
Psychology of a Soldier.
Chandra, P.
Clausewitz, V.V.
Copeland, Norman, J
Encyclopaedia Americana
Encyclopaedia Britannica
Hasnain, Qamar
Psychology for the
fighting man.
Khapp, W.
A History of War and Peace.
Lineberger, Paul M.A
Psychological Warfare.
Mukherji & Shiam Lal
A Text book of Military
Science, Vol.11.
Osanka, F.M.
Modern Guerilla Warfare.
Palmer & Perkins
International Politics.
Patel Satyavrata, R.
A Text Book of International
Law.
Sampooran Singh
Nuclear Warfare.
Sidhu, K.S.
War its Principles.
Tripathi, K.S.
Evolution of Nuclear
Strategies.
Mao-Tse Tung
Modern Guerilla Warfare.
Wright, Quincy
Study of War.
Kalkat, O.S. & Sidhu S.
Jung:Sankalp Ate Vividh
Path, (Punjabi).
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
21. Palit, D.K. (ed).
22. Kamar Husnain, (ed.)
23. Paramjit Singh
24. Bhupinder Singh
81
Sanik Gyan de Mul Niyam
(Punjabi). Hardial Singh Gill
Fauji Prati Mano Vigyan
(Punjabi) Darshan Singh.
Yudh ate Surakhiya (Punjabi)
Defence Studies.
82
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Defence and Strategic Studies
Paper-B
International Relations : Defence Aspects
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 80
Teaching Periods : 75
Note : Question paper shall consist of two section as
follows:
Section-A : The examiner shall set 10 questions and the candidates
will attempt 7 questions carrying 4 marks each. Answer to each
question shall not exceed half of the page. The total weightage of
this section shall be 28 marks.
Section-B : The examiner shall set 8 questions for the entire
syllabus two from each unit. The candidate shall attempt any four
questions one from each Unit. Each question shall carry 13 marks.
The total weightage of this Unit shall be 52 marks.
Note : Practicals only meant for the regular students. For the
private students the two papers shall be of 100 marks each.
For the private students, each question in Section B will be of
18 marks.
Unit-I
1. National Interest :
i) Concept and definition.
ii) Vital and non-vital elements
iii) Instruments to serve National Interest.
2. The United Nations :
i) Structure (Organs and specialised agencies)
ii) Functions
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
83
Unit-II
1. Balance of Power
i) Meaning and Concept
ii) Historical Development of the system.
iii) Functioning of the system.
2. Collective Security
i) Meaning & Concept.
ii) Role of UN in maintaining collective security.
Unit-III
1. Diplomacy
i) Definition.
ii) Types and uses
2. Frontiers and Boundaries
i) Difference between Frontiers and Boundaries.
ii) Types of Boundaries.
iii) Importance of Boundaries.
Unit-IV
1. Humanisation of War
i) Definition and Concept.
ii) Geneva Conventions.
2. Means to Settle International Disputes
i) Pacific Means.
ii) Coercive Means
3. Disarmament and Arms Control
i) Difference between Disarmament and Arms Control.
ii) Types of Disarmament.
iii) Efforts made by UN towards Disarmament.
iv) Efforts, Made outside the UN towards disarmament.
84
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Books Recommended
1. Curzon, Lord of Kedpeston : Forntiers.
2. Encyclopaedia Americana.
3. Encyclopaedia Britannica.
4. Oppenheim, L.
International Law, Vol. I
5. Patel Satyavrata R.
A Text Book of International
Law.
6. Fenwick, Charles G.
International Law.
7. Ghai, U.R.
International Politics.
8. Mehta Narendra
International Relations.
9. Chandra, P.
International Politics.
10. Naik, J.A.
A Text Book of
International Relations.
11. Morgenthau, Hans J
Politics among Nations.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
85
Practical
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 40
Written : 20
Lecture :10
Practical File : 05
Viva : 05
Group-A
Bearing :
Definition, interconversion of Bearing in detail.
2. Liquid Prismatic Compass :
Features and functions of its various parts and attempt
following exercise on the LPC:a) To determine magnetic north.
b) Setting the Map.
c) To find out the bearing of a point from other point situated
on the ground.
d) To determine one's and enemy's position on the map by
resection and intersection method with the help of
compass.
e) To set the compass in a particular direction for night
march.
3. Determination of individual compass error.
4. Service protector : Its types and uses.
1.
Group-B
Group Discussion Topics:
a) Terrorism in India.
b) Nuclear non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT)
c) The peace keeping role of the UN.
d) Humanisation of War.
Group-C
Viva Voce.
Group-D
Record
86
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Geography
Paper A : Physical Geography-I : Geomorphology
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 70
Objective
The objective of this paper is to introduce the basic concepts
in the physical geography, essentially geomorphology to the students
of geography in a brief but adequate manner.
Note : Instructions for the paper setter :
1. A compulsory question containing 15 short answer type
questions will be set covering the whole syllabus. The students
will attempt any 10 parts in about 40-50 words each. Each
part will carry 3 marks (Total 30 marks).
2. The whole syllabus will be divided into 4 units. Eight question
will be set out of the whole syllabus, 2 from each unit. The
students will be required to attempt one question from each
unit. These will be in addition to the compulsory question at
Serial Number 1 (Total 40 marks).
3. Special credit will be given to suitable use of maps and
diagrams.
Unit-I
Geography : Definition, place of physical geography within the
discipline of geography, division of physical geographygeomorphology, climatology, oceanography. Theories of the Origin
of the Earth : Laplace, Jeans and Jeffreys and Kant.
Interior of the Earth : Constitution, theories on constitution continental drift (with special reference to Wegener’s theory and
Plate Tectonics), issotasy.
Unit-II
Movements of the Earth : Orogenic, epeirogenic movements;
landforms resulting from forces of compression and tension;
mountain building theories (Geosyncline, Hinterland and Introduction
to Foreland, Median Mass, Convection Current), earthquakes and
volcanoes (causes, types and distribution).
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
87
Unit-III
Rocks - Their origin, classification and characteristics.
Major Land Forms : Mountains, plateaus and plains in the world.
Geomorphic Agents : Geomorphic processes (weathering and
erosion).
Unit-IV
Geomorphological Landscapes : Fluvial, glacial, aeolian, volcanic,
coastal, Karst. Applied Geomorphology : Applications to transport,
landuse, environmental hazards management etc.
Books Recommended
1. Chawla, I.N.
: Bhautik Bhugol (in Punjabi),
Bharat Prakashan, Jalandhar.
2. Dayal, P.
: AText Book of Geomorphology,
Shukla Book Depot, Patna,
1995.
3. Dury, G.H.
: The Face of the earth Penguin,
Middlesex, England, 1973.
4. Gass, I.G.
: Understanding the Earth, The
Artemrs Press, Sussex, 1973.
5. Holmes Arthur
: Principles of Physical Geology,
Thomas Nelson & Sons, Ltd.
New York, Latest Edition.
6. Kale, V. and Gupta A.
: Elements of Geomorphology,
Oxford University Press,
Calcutta, 2001.
7. Kaur Dhian
: The Earth, Edited by R.C.
Chandna, Kalyani Publishers,
Ludhiana, Delhi, 2000.
8. Nizamuddin
: An Introduction to Physical
Geography, Concept, New
88
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Delhi, 2001.
9. Mamoria, C.P. and
Niati, J.L.
: Bhautik Bhugol Ke Tatwa (in
Hindi), Agra, 1976.
10. Monkhouse, F.J.
: Principles of Physical
Geography, Orient Longman,
New Delhi, Latest Edition.
11. R.N. Tikha
: Physical Geography, New
Academic Publishing Co.
Jalandhar.
12. Singh, Pritam &
Bhautik Bhugol De Adhaar,
Bhatia, S., Punjabi University
Publication, Patiala.
13. Singh, Savinder
: Physical Geography, Gynodya
Parkashan Gorakhpur, 1994.
14. Sparks, B.W.
: Geomorphology, Longman,
London, 1986.
15. Strahler, A.N. &
: Modern Physical Geography,
Strahler A.H. John Wiley, New
York, 1992.
16. Thornbury, W.D.
: Principles of Geomorphology,
Second Edition, Wiley Eastern
Ltd., New Delhi, 1993.
17. Singh Malkiat
: Principles of Physical
Geography, Rasmeet
Parkashan, Jalandhar.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
89
Geography
Paper B : Physical Geography-II :
(Climatology & Oceanography)
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 70
Objective
The objective of this paper is to acquaint the students with
the elements and attributes of climatology and oceanography as
climate plays a very vital role in human life and oceans are
storehouses of resources.
Note : Instructions for the paper setter
1. A compulsory question containing 15 short answer type
questions will be set covering the whole syllabus. The students
will attempt any 10 parts in about 40-50 words each. Each
part will carry 3 marks (Total 30 marks).
2. The whole syllabus will be divided into 4 units. Eight questions
will be set out of the whole syllabus, 2 from each unit. The
students will be required to attempt one question from each
unit. These will be in addition to the compulsory question at
serial number 1 (Total 40 marks).
3. Special credit will be given to suitable use of maps and
diagrams.
Unit-I
Definition of Climatology : Climate and Weather.
Climate : Elements and controls.
Physical Structure of the Atmosphere and attributes of different
lyers.
Physical and Chemical composition of the Atmosphere : Dust
particles, vapour particles, active gases, inert gases.
90
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Insolation and Temperature : Horizontal distribution of insolation,
factors affecting Temperature of a Place, vertical and horizontal
and annual, seasonal and diurnal distribution of temperature.
Unit-II
Atmospheric Pressure and Winds Distribution : Atmospheric
disturbances (Tropical cyclones, temperate cyclones and
anticyclones).
Atmospheric Moisture : Forms of condensation - cloud, dew, fog,
frost and snow. Percipitation forms and types. World patterns of
percipitation : Spatial and seasonal.
Climatic Classifications and their Bases : Elementary discussion
of Koppen’s classification of climates and climatic type.
Role of Climate in Human Life : Atmospheric pollution and global
warming - general causes, consequences and measure of control.
Unit-III
Oceanography : Definition, topography of the ocean basins; continental
shelf, continental slope, deep sea plain and oceanic deep. Features :
Trench, trough, oceanic ridge, guyots, seamount.
Factors controlling the world patterns of distribution of temperature
and salinity in the ocean waters.
Unit-IV
Movements of Oceanic Waters : Waves and currents. Surface
currents of the oceans. Marine Flora, Fauna and Deposits, Corals.
Ocean as storehouse of resources for the future.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
91
Books Recommended
1. Bhutani, Smita
: Our Atmosphere, Edited by R.C.
Chandna, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana,
Delhi, 2000.
2. Critchfield, H.J. : General Climatology, Prentice Hall of
India, Private Ltd., New Delhi, 1975.
3. Gross, Grant, M. : Oceanography : A View of the Earth,
Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1987.
4. Lal, D.S.
: Climatology, Chainnya Publishing
House, Allahabad, 1989.
5. Mathew, J.R.
: Climatology, McGraw Hill, New
Latest Edition.
6. Monkhouse, F.J. : The Principles of Physical Geography,
University of London Press, London
Latest Edition.
7. Pattersen, S.
: Introduction to Meterorology, McGraw
Hill Book Co., London,Latest Edition.
8. Stringer, E.T.
: Foundations of Climatology. Subject
Publications, Delhi, 1982.
9. Trewartha, G.T. : An Introduction to Climate, McGraw
Hill Book Co., New Delhi,
International Student Edition, 1980.
10. Khan, N.
: An Introduction to Physical
Geography. Concept New Delhi,2001.
11. King, C.A.M.
: Beaches and Coasts, E. Arnold,
London, 1959.
12. King, C.A.M.
: Oceanography E. Arnold, London,
Latest Edition.
92
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
13. Sharma, R.C. & : Oceanography for Geographers,
M. Vatel
Chetyna, Allahabad 1970.
14. Shepar, F.P.
: Submarine Geology, Harper & Sons,
New York, 1948.
15. Sverdrup, H.U.
et.al.
: The Oceans. Prentice Hall, New Jersey,
U.S.A. 1959.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
93
Geography
Paper C : Cartography
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 60
Distribution of Terminal Exam. Marks :
Written paper of 3 hours : 35 marks
Viva and Practical Record (10+15) : 25 marks
Objectives
Geography is an amalgam of physical as well as social sciences
and as such it is necessary for the students to go through laboratory
exercises, particularly to show directions and bearings and different
methods of representing relief. The concept of scale is to be
understood in the initial stage, and also an introduction to weather
maps are required.
Unit-I
Maps and Scale
History of Cartography and types of maps, Scales : types of scales,
methods of construction of graphic scales-plane scales, diagonal scales
and comparative scales-different units, time scales.
Unit-II
Bearings, Enlargement and Reduction:
Direction and Bearings : Plotting of a course, true north, magnetic
north, finding true north with the pole star, a watch and a rod; bearing
and its conversion.
Enlargement and Reduction : Graphic methods-square and
triangle; instrumental methods-Pantographic xeroxing, photographic.
Unit-III
Representation of Relief : Spot heights, Trignometrical stations,
Bench Marks form Lines.
Methods of showing Relief : Hachures, Hill-shading, contours,
and layer tints.
94
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Unit IV
Weather Maps :
General Introduction to the study of weather maps, the
scheme of weather symbols including Beaufort’s scale employed
in Indian daily weather maps; weather in India : summer season
(period of summer monsoon), winter season, forecasting of weather
through the study of weather maps and recent advances in weather
forecasting.
Note :
1. A compulsory question containing 10 short answer type
questions will be set covering the whole syllabus. The students
will attempt 7 short answer type questions in about 25-30
words each. Each short answer type question will carry
1 mark (Total 7 marks).
2. The whole syllabus will be divided into 4 units. Eight questions
will be set out of the whole syllabus, 2 from each unit. The
students will be required to attempt one question from each
unit. These will be in addition to the compulsory question at
serial number 1.
3. Evaluation of Practical record will be done at the time of
viva-voce examination. A minimum of 25 sheets are to be
prepared by the students.
4. In case the candidate has applied for the improvement, he/
she should be required to make a fresh practical note book.
5. For practical classes, the number of students in one group
shall not exceed fifteen.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
95
Books Recommended
Essential Readings
1. Khullar, D.R.
:
Essentials of Practical Geography,
New Academic Publishing Co.,
Mai Hiran Gate, Jalandhar, 2000.
2. Singh, Gopal
:
Mapwork and Practical
Geography, Vikas Publishing
House, Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
1995.
3. Singh L.R. &
Singh, Raghunandan
:
Mapwork and Practical
Geography, Central Book Depot,
Allahabad, 1993
4. Phyllis Dink
:
Mapwork, Atma Ram & Sons
:
Fundamental of Cartography,
Concept Publishing
Co., New Delhi, 1989.
2. Monkhouse, F.J. &
Wilkinson, H.R.
:
Maps and Diagrams, Methuen &
Co., London, Third Edition, 1976.
3. Robinson, A.H. &
Randall, D. Sale
:
Elements of Cartography, John
Wiley & Sons, New York, (Sixth
Edition), 1995.
Further Readings
1. Mishra, R.P. &
Ramesh, A.
96
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Journalism and Mass Communication
Paper-A
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
(Instructions to Mass Communication)
The question paper will consist of Two sections as per
following pattern:
Section-A : The examiner will set 10 questions. Candidate will
attempt 7 questions carrying 4 marks in 10-15 sentences each. The
total weightage of this Section will be 28 marks.
Section-B : The examiner will set 8 questions which will cover the
entire syllabus. Candidate will attempt any 4 questions in at least 45 pages each. Each question will carry 18 marks. The total weightage
of this Section will be 72 marks.
Suggested Teaching Theory :
2 Hours (Per week)
Total Theory Marks : 100
-
Communication, definition, meaning, nature need, Process
and Functions.
-
Types of Communication (Intrapersonal, Interpersonal,
Group and Mass Communication).
-
7 C's of communication, barriers of communication.
-
Verbal and Non-verbal Communication.
-
Models of Communication : Aristotle, Shannon and Weaver,
Wilbur Shramm, Lassewell and Berlo.
-
Latest Trend (Internet)
-
Invasion of satellite channels.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Books Recommended
Names of the Books
Author
97
Publishers
Mass Communication
in India
Keval J. Kumar
Jaico, Bombay
Mass Communication,
Uma Narula
Harvard, N. Delhi.
C.S. Rayudu
Himalaya
Thoery & Practical
Media Communication
and Management
98
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Journalism and Mass Communication
Paper-B
Suggested Teaching Theory
-
2 Hours (Per Week)
Total Theory Marks : 100
(Instructions to Mass Communication)
The question paper
sections as per following pattern :-
will
consist
of
two
Section-A : The examiner will set 10 questions. Candidate will
attempt 7 questions carrying 4 marks in 10-15 sentences each. The
total weightage of this Section will be 28 marks.
Section-B : The examiner will set 8 questions which will cover the
entire syllabus. Candidate will attempt any 4 questions in at least 45 pages each. Each question will carry 18 marks. The total weightage
of this Section will be 72 marks.
Audio Visual Media
- Development of Radio, T.V., Cinema and Cab
- Le in India over the years.
- Organs of I & B Ministry : FTII,NFAI, DAVP, Field Publicity,
Song & Drama Division, Directorate of film festivals, NFDC,
RNI, Film division.
- Fundamentals of hardware of electronic Media (Studios,
Microphones, Recording equipements editing equipments).
- Print Media, its characteristics (News concept, elements,
types, Basics of news reporting, Sources of news, hard and
soft news, specialized reporting).
- Audio-visual media, its characteristics.
- Basics of different formats for Radio & TV.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
99
Books Recommended
Name of the Books
Author
Publisher
Professional Journalism
M.V. Kamath
Vikas
The Journalist’s Handbook
-do-
-do-
Here is the News
Rangaswamy
Parthasarthy
Sterling
Sterling
Basic News Writing
M.Mancher
Universal
Book Stall
Journalism-A Guide
To Freelancing
R.K. Murthy
Rallance
100
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Mass Communication & Video Production
Paper-I : Introduction to Communication
Total Periods (each paper)
:
130
Theory Total Periods
:
65
Practicals Total Periods
:
65
Theory
:
60 Marks
Practical
:
40 Marks
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 60
Instructions for the paper setters :
There shall be three Parts i.e. A, B & C in each
- Part-A consists of 10 questions carrying 2 marks for each
question.
10x2=20 Marks
- Part-B consists of eight questions. Candidates have to do
any six questions which will carry 4 marks for each question.
6x4=24 Marks
- Part-C consists of four questions and candidates have to do
any two questions which will carry 8 marks for each question.
8x2=16 Marks
Question paper will be set in English only but the medium of
examination will be English, Punjabi and Hindi.
Communication
*
Meaning
*
Definition
*
Nature
*
Need
*
Process
*
Functions
*
Barriers
*
7c's of Communications
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
101
Types of Communication
* Intrapersonal Communication
* Interpersonal Communication
* Group Communication
* Mass Communication
* Media Communication
Verbal & Non-Verbal Communication
Traditional & Folk Media
Models of Communication
* Aristotle Model
* Lasswell Model
* Shannon & Weaver Model
* Wilbur Schramm Model
* Berlo's Model
* Gerbner's Model
* Dance's Model
Practicals
Max. Marks : 40
Training in communication skills, discussions & seminars
Books Recommended
Name
Author
Publisher
Mass Communication
in India.
Kewal J. Kumar
Jaico, Bombay,
2004
Mass Communication
Theory & Practice
Uma Narula
Haranand, N. Delhi
1998
Note : Practicals to be conducted by external examiner.
102
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Mass Communications & Video Production
Paper-II
Audio Visual Media
Total Periods (Each Paper)
Theory Total Periods
Practicals Total Periods
Theory
Practical
Time : 3 Hours
130
65
65
60 Marks
40 Marks
Max. Marks : 60
Instructions for the paper setters:
There shall be three Parts i.e. A, B & C in each
- Part-A consists of 10 questions carrying 2 marks for each
question.
10x2=20 Marks
- Part-B consists of eight questions. Candidates have to do
any six questions which will carry 4 marks for each question.
6x4=24 Marks
- Part-C consists of four questions and candidates have to do any
two questions which will carry 8 marks for each question.
8x2=16 Marks
Question paper will be set in English only but the medium of
examination will be English, Punjabi and Hindi.
History & Development of Radio, T.V. Cinema & Cable in
India organs of Information & Broadcasting Ministry
-
Film & Television Institute of India
National Film Archive of India
Directorate of Advertising & Visual Publicity
Directorate of Field Publicity
Song & Drama Division
Directorate of Film Festivals
National Film Development Corporation
Registrar of Newpapers for India
Film Division
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
103
Print Media
- Characteristics
- Concept of News
- Elements of News
- Types of News - Steps of Writing News
- Sources of News
- Basics of News Reporting
Audio-visual Media Characteristics
Basics of Different formats for Radio & TV
- How to write for different Radio & TV formats
- Online Journalism
Practicals
Max. Marks : 40
Visit to AIR, DD and other media organizations, News
Writing, Introduction to basic mechanics of production techniques,
script writing for Radio & TV programmes. Computer Practicals
Books Recommended
Title
Author
Publisher
Outline of
Reporting
M.K. Joseph
Anmol Publications,
1997
Radio & TV
Journalism
Jan R. Hakemulder
Anmol Publications,
New Delhi, 1998
Radio & TV
Journalism
K.M. Srivastava
Sterling Publications
Annual Report
I & B Ministry
Note : Practicals to be conducted by the external examiner.
104
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Food Science and Quality Control (Vocational) FSQC(I)
Food Chemistry and Nutrition
(Theory)
Time: 3 Hours
Max.Marks : 75
Instructions for paper-setters
Question paper will cover both the main topics and divided
into two parts. Each part contains four questions and students will
be asked to attempt five questions in all with at least two from each
part.
Part -I
Course Outline:
Lectures
1. Introduction to nutrition-food as a source of nutrients, function
of foods, definition of nutrition, nutrients, adequate, optimum
and good nutrition, malnutrition.
2. Inter-relationship between nutrition and health-parameters of
good health.
3. Food guide-basic five food groups – Importance, uses.
4. Food Metabolism - digestion, absorption, transport, utilization
of nutrients in the body.
5. Water-function, sources, requirement, water balance, effect
of deficiency on health.
6. Carbohydrate—composition, classification, food sources,
storage in body, reaction, structure, functions of mono,oligo
and poly saccharides in foods.
7. Fat and oils—composition, saturated, unsaturated fatty/acids,
food sources, functions of fats. Nomenclature classification
Physical and chemical properties Emulsions and emulsifiers
Role of fat and oil in food processing and its organoheptic
characteristics.
8. Proteins—composition essential, non-essential amino acids,
sources of protein, functions, protein deficiency diseases.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
105
Physico-chemical properties. Modification of Food protein
during processing and storage.
9. Energy—unit of energy, food as a source of energy, calorific
value of food need for energy, Basic metabolic role, utilization
of fat energy requirement.
10. Minerals, function, source, bio-availability, deficiency of
calcium, iron, iodine, fluorine, sodium potassium.
11. Vitamins—classification, sources, functions and deficiency,
diseases of following vitamins :a) Fat soluble vitamins - Vitamin. A,D,E & K
b) Water soluble vitamins: vitamins C & B-Complex
12. Recommended dietary Requirements: Nutrient requirement
for adult men & women as per ICMR.
13. Enzymes:
Nomenclature definition, specificity, catalysis, enzyme,
kinetics, Factors influencing enzyme activity, controlling
enzyme action. Role of enzymes in food processing,
modification of food by endogenous enzyme.
Enzyme inhabitors in foods.
14. Pigments sources, chemical and physical properties, effect
of processing and storage on pigments.
15. Flavours - vegetable, fruits, spice and sea foods fermented
products.
Book Recommended :
1. Food Chemistry by O.R. Fennema, 3rd ed, 1996, CRC Press,
USA.
Part-II
16. Cereals & pulses:
Cereals and millets, breakfast cereals, cereal products, fast
foods structure, processing, use in variety of preparations,
selection, variety storage, nutritional aspects and cost. Pulses
106
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
& legumes- Production (in brief) selection and variety, storage,
processing, use in variety of preparations, nutritional aspects
and cost.
17. Milk and Milk Products :
Composition, classification, quality processing, storage,
spoilage, uses, cost, nutritional aspects of milk curds, butter
milk paneer, khoa, cheese; ice-cream, kulfi and various kinds
of processed milk.
18. Egg:
Production, grade, quality, selection storage, spoilage, uses,
cost and nutritional aspects.
19. Fish, poultry and meat:
Selection, purchase, storage, uses, cost and nutritional aspects,
spoilage of fish, poultry & meat.
20. Vegetables & fruits:
Variety, selection, purchase, storage availability, cost use and
nutritional aspects of raw and processed vegetables and fruits.
21. Fats & oils:
Types and sources of fats and oils (animal and vegetable)
Processing uses, storage, cost and nutritional aspects.
22. Sugar & Sugar Products:
Different forms of sugar. (sugar, jaggery, honey syrup)
manufacture, selection, storage & use preserves.
23. Salt types, uses in the diet:
24. Convienence Foods.
Tea, coffee, choclate and coca powder.
25. Processing cost and nutritional aspects.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
107
References :
1) Guthrie, hele, andrews, Introductory Nutrition 6th ed. St.
Louis, Times Mirror/Mosby College, 1988.
2) Mudambi S.R., M.V. Rajgopal, Fundamentals of Foods and
nutritions (2nd ed.) Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1990.
3) Swaminathan S.: Advanced text book of Foods Nutrition Vol.
1,11, (2nd ed. revised & enlarged) B.app.C. 1985)
4) Willson, PVAD, Principles of Nutrition, 4th ed. New York
John Willey & Sons, 1979.
5) Food Chemistry, ed. Or Feneema 2nd ed.
6) Food Chemistry, Mian Hoagland Meger
7) Food Chemistry He Mann
108
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Food Science and Quality Control
(Vocational)
FSQC (2) Food Micro Biology
(Theory)
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 50
Instructions for paper-setters.
Question paper will cover both the main topics and devided into
two parts. Each part will contain four questions and students will be
asked to attempt five questions in all with atleast two from each
part.
Periods
Part-I
1. Microbiology of air, water, food products. 2
2. The relationship of Microorganisms to sanitation, role of
microbiology environmental effects of Microbiology growth.
5
Part-II
3. Other food hazards—chemicals, antibiotics, hormones, metals
contamination poisonous foods.
3
4. Importance of personal hygiene of handler—habits-clothes,
illness, Education of handler in handling and service food.
Safety in food procurement, storage, handling and preparation,
control of spoilage—safety of left of left owen foods.
5. Cleaning methods—sterlisation and disinfection-products and
methods—use of detergents, heat, chemicals tests for
sanitiser strength.
6. Sanitation—kitchen design equipment and systems structure and
layout of food, presses maintaining clean environment.
Selection and installing equipment cleaning equipment.
Waste product handling. Planning for waste disposal.
Solid wastes and liquid wastes and its treatment.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
109
7.Control of infestation
Rodent Control—Rats, Mice Rodent, profine, destruction,
Vector control.
Use of pesticides
8. Food Sanitation, control and inspection—planning and
Implementation of training programmes for health personal.
References
1. Jacob, M(1989) Safe Food Handling, training guide for
manager, WHD, Geneva, Marriott, N.G., (1989).
2. Principles of Food Sanitation—II Edition, AVI Book, Van
Noistrand Reinhold, New York.
3. Hobbs, B.C. and R.J. Gilbert (1978) Food Poisoning and Food
Hygiene, 4th Edition. The English Language Book Society
and Edward Arnold (Publishers) Ltd.,
4. Longree K. (1967), Quantity Food Sanitation, Interscience
Publishers, New York.
5. Kawata, K. (1963), Environmental Sanitation in India,
Lucknow Publishers, New York.
6. Minor L.J. (1983) Sanitation, Safety and Environmental
Standard AVI Publishing Co., Westport, Connecticut.
7. Frazier, W.C. “Food Microbiology”, 4th ed. 1988. McGraw
Hill, New York.
8. Kawata K. “Environmental Sanitation in India” 1963.
Lucknow Publ. House.
9. Pelezar H.J. and Rober, “Microbiology”, 2nd ed. 1968,
McGraw Hill, New York.
10. Banwart G. T. “Basic Food Microbiology”, 1987, CBS Publ.,
New Delhi.
11. Jay, J.H., “Modern Food Microbiology,” CBS Pub., New
Delhi.
110
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
FSQC-3 Food Chemistry and Nutrition
(Practical)
Max. Marks : 50
List of Practicals
1. Determination of acid value.
2. Determination of lodine value.
3. Determination of saponification value.
4. Quantitative value (testing of proteins, lipids and
carbohydrates in different foods.
5. Estimation of Vitamin C.
6. Separation of aminoacids by chromatography (paper in
exchange column).
7. Clorination of water.
8. Determination of food enzymes.
9. Determination of fibres content in food.
10. Salt determination in food products.
11. Estimation of Volatile and nonvolatile acids in vinegar.
12. Estimation of fat in food sample by Soxhlet apparatus.
13. Cream separation, neutralization and ripening of milk.
14. Preparation of butter.
15. Preparation of Ghee.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
111
Food Science and Quality Control
FSQC-4 Food Microbiology
(Practicals)
Max. Marks 25
List of Practicals:1. Instruments of microbiology laboratory and their functions.
2. Sterilization techniques
(a) Dry heat
(b) Moist heat
(c) filtration
(d) Irradiations.
3. Preparation of medias, agar stants, plates, broth.
4. Serial dilution techniques.
5. Cell count by heamocytometer (DMC) in the given food sample.
6. Techniques for isolation and enumeration of micro organisms.
(a) Culture transfer technique.
(b) Spread plate technique.
(c) Steak plate technique.
(d) Cultural characteristics of microorganisms.
7. Gram Staining of Bacteria.
8. Isolation of amyloytic, Proteolytic & acid producing bacteria
from the given sample.
9. To measure the cell size : occularmicrometer and stage
micrometer.
10. Bacteriological analysis of water sample.
11. Bacteriological analysis of milk and milk product.
12. Microbial analysis of cereal products.
13. Microbiology of egg.
14. Bacteriological analysis of Tamato products.
15. Microbiology of meat.
112
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Information Technology (Vocational)
Paper-A
Fundamentals of I.T.
Time : 3 Hours
Marks Theory : 75
Practical : 25
Total Marks : 100
Note :
(i) In theory eight questions are to be set giving the weightage to
all the portions. The candidates are required to attempt any
five. All questions are to be of equal marks.
(ii) The maximum marks for the paper will be 75.
(iii) As for as possible except in the Computer language papers
no programme may be asked in theory papers. Emphasis
should be on algorithm development.
Fundamentals
Basic Block Diagram of the Computer System, Basic
Elements of the Computer System (CPU, Keyboard, Mouse,
Monitor). Generations of computers, Computer Number System
BIT, Byte, binary, Decimal, Hexadecimal, Octal system, Conversion
from one System to another, Binary Artihmetic Substraction,
Multiplication), Input Devices (Keyboard, Mouse Joystick, light pen,
and trackball). Output Devices (Monitors or Printers), Memories
(Primary and Secondary), RAM, PROM, EPROM, EEROM),
cache memory, Storage Devices (Floppy disk, hard Disk, compact
Disk, tape).
Computer Languages : machine Language, assembly
language, High level languages, operating System, Batch Processing
multi-programming, time sharing.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
113
Internet
Internet Applications, Domain Name System, Electronic Mail
The World Wide Web, Multimedia Audio, Video, Data corporate File
transfer Protocol, Mail transfer Protocol, Telnet, HTTP.
Introduction to HTML HTML and the World Wide Web,
HTML elements, basic structure of elements, creating HTML pages,
viewing pages in different browsers, rules for nesting the HTML
tags, color and fonts, formating the body section, creating links,
creating external liks, creating internal links, adding graphics with
image elements, image element atrributes, using image as links.
Computer Networks, Network Hardware, Network
Categorization-LAN, MAN, WAN, OSI & TCP/IP Reference
Models, Transmission Media, Wireless Transmission,
Communication satellites.
IEEE Standards-802.3 & 802.5, The IP Proticol, TCP &
UDP, DNS, SNMP, E-Mail, Usenet.
References
1. D.H. Sanders, "Computers Today", McGraw Hill, 1998.
2. B.RAM, "Computer Fundamental" First Edition, Dhanpat Rai
& Sons Pub.
3. Peter Norton, "Introduction to computers" 6th Edition 2004,
McGraw Hill, HTML, DHTML Java Script, "Gyan Bayrose"
3rd Edition BPB.
114
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Information Technology (Vocational)
Paper-B
Office Automation and Data Communications
Time : 3 Hours
Marks Theory : 75
Practical : 25
Total Marks : 100
Instructions for the paper setter
The questions paper will consists of two sections A and B.
Each section will contain 7 questions. Student has to attempt 10
questions at least two from each section.
Windows Vista : Windows concepts features, Windows structure,
desktop, taskbar, start menu, My computer, recycle bin, Windows
Accessories.
Word Processing : MS-Word : Introduction to Word Processing,
Toolbars, Ruler, Menues, Keyboard Shortcut, Editing a document,
Printing documents, Formating documents, Checking the grammar
& Spelling, Formating via find and replace, Using the Thesaurus,
Using Auto Correct, Auto Complete and Auto Text, Mail Merge,
Wizards and Templates, Handling Graphics, Tables and Charts.
Worksheets : MS-Excell : Creating worksheets, entering data
into worksheet heading information, Data text, dates alphanumeric,
values, saving & quitting worksheet, opening and moving around in
an existing worksheet, Toolbars and menus, keyboard shortcuts,
Working with single and multiple workbook, Working with formulae
and cell referencing, formatting of worksheet.
MS Power Point : Introduction, elements, Text, Title, Sliders
Formating and enchacing text formatting, Creating Graphs,
Displaying slide show and adding multi-media.
MS-Access : Introduction, understanding database, creating, tables,
queries, forms, reports Adding graph to report.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Practicals
1. On the basis of Paper-A:
Marks 25
2. On the basis of Paper-B:
Marks 25
115
1. M.S. office 2003, The Complete Reference by Keitel, Edition
2004 McGraw Hill.
2. Office XP the Complete Reference by Kelly, Edition 2001,
McGraw Hill.
3. Complete Network by Andrew Tanenbaum, 4th Edition,
Prentice Hall India.
116
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Electronics
Paper-A
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks 50
Note for examiner/paper setter :
1. Equal weightage should be given to each unit of the syllabus.
2. Question paper should be set strictly according to the syllabus.
3. The distribution of marks is as given below :
Section A : This will consist of 10 (ten) very short answer type
questions. All questions will be compulsory. Each question will carry
One mark; total weightage of the section being 10 marks.
Section B : This will consist of short-answer questions. The
examiner will set Twelve (12) questions and the candidates will
attempt eight (8) questions. Each question will carry three marks
each, total weightage of the section shall being 24 marks.
Section C : This will consist of essay type questions. The examiner
will set four (4) questions and the candidates will be required to
attempt two (2). Each question will carry 8 marks each; total
weightage of the section being 16 marks.
Note for teacher/student : Minimum number of hours for theory
are three (3) = 4x45 minutes per week.
Unit I : Junction Diode and their Application
Atomic structure and energy levels of intrinsic semiconductors and extrinsic semiconductors. Semiconductor diode,
diode under forward bias, Reverse bias, current voltage
characteristics, diode breakdown, diode resistance, circuit model of
PN diode, ideal diode, rectifier circuits: half wave, full wave, center
tap and bridge), filters (shunt capacitor, series inductor, LC filter,
filter) zener diode (structure and characteristics), zener regulator.
Photo diode, light emitting diode, solar cell and varactor diode.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
117
Unit-II : Transistors
Bipolar Junction Transistor, Characteristics and structure
of BJT, transistor amplifying action, CB, CE, CC connection and
their comparison, Transistor biasing, need of biasing, biasing circuits
(Fixed bias, self-bias, potential divider bias) single stage transistor
amplifier, graphical analysis, DC and AC equivalent of amplifier,
load line analysis, current and voltage gain of amplifier, small signal
transistor model (H parameter, resistance models) Multistage
amplifiers, RC coupled amplifiers, transformer coupled amplifier,
direct coupled amplifier, Amplifier classification, Distortion in
amplifiers.
Unit-III : Field Effect Transistor
Junction Field Effect Transistor (Physical structure, Principle
of operation), Metal Oxide Field Effect Transistor (Physical
structure, Principle of operation), Complimentary MOSFET (CMOS)
(Physical structure only).
Unit-IV : Feedback and Oscillator
Feedback in amplifiers, positive feedback, negtive feedback,
Principles of oscillators, types of oscillators, Hartley, Collpit, Crystal
Oscillators, RC Phase Shift, Wein Bridge Oscillator.
Recommended Books :
1. Basic Electronics & Linear Circuits by N.N. Bhargava
(TMH) Reprint 2002
2. Basic Electronics by B.L. Theraja (S. Chand & Co.), 1998
3. Electronic Design from concept to Reality by M.S. Roders,
G.L. Carpenter, Shroff Publishers, Kolkata.
118
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Digital Electronics
Paper-B
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 50
Note for examiner/paper setter :
1. Equal weightage should be given to each unit of the syllabus.
2. Question paper should be set strictly according to the syllabus.
3. The distribution of marks is as given below :
Section A : This will consist of 10 (ten) very short answer type
questions. All questions will be compulsory. Each question will carry
one mark; total weightage of the section being 10 marks.
Section B : This will consist of short-answer questions. The
examiner will set Twelve (12) questions and the candidates will
attempt eight (8) questions. Each question will carry three marks;
total weightage of the section shall be 24 marks.
Section C : This will consist of essay type questions. The examiner
will set four (4) questions and the candidates will be required to
attempt two (2). Each question will carry 8 marks; total weightage
of the section being 16 marks.
Note for teacher/Student : Minimum number of hours for theory
are three (3) = 4x45 minutes per week.
Unit I : Binary System
Number system (Decimal, binary, octal, hexadecimal), binary
addition and subtraction, negative number represntation, 1's
complement, 2's complement of binary number, subtraction using
1's and 2's complement method.
Unit II : Digital Codes
Weighted Codes - Binary Coded Decimal (BCD),
Unweighted Codes - Excess-3 Code, Gray Code, Code conversion—
binary to BCD, BCD to binary, binary to Gray, Gray to binary, decimal
to Excess-3.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
119
Unit III : Boolean Algebra-Logic Gates-Karnaugh Map
Boolean Algebra, Logic Gates, universal property of NAND
and NOR gates, Duality theorem, De Morgans' Laws, Minimization
using Boolean algebra, Karnaugh mapping (up to 4 variables), SOP
and POS form, Don't care terms.
Unit-IV : Combinational logic circuits
Arithmetic and Logic circuits, half adder, full adder, half
subtractor, full subtractor, comparator, multiplexer, demultiplexer,
encoder, decoder, parity generator and checker.
Books Recommended :
1. Digital Design by Mano M. Morris (PHI), 3rd Edition, 2006
2. Fundamentals of Digital Circuits by A. Anand Kumar, 2004
(PHI)
3. Digital Principles & applications by Leach & Donald (TMH),
6th Edition, 2006
4. Digital Logic Design by Leach/Mal. (McGraw Hill), 2006
120
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Network Theory and Design
Paper-C
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 50
Note for examiner/paper setter
1. Equal weightage should be given to each unit of the syllabus.
2. Question paper should be set strictly according to the syllabus.
3. The distribution of marks is as given below :
Section A : This will consist of 10 (ten) very short answer type
questions. All questions will be compulsory. Each question will carry
one mark; total weightage of the section being 10 marks.
Section B : This will consist of short-answer questions. The
examiner will set Twelve (12) questions and the candidates will
attempt eight (8) questions. Each question will carry three marks
each; total weightage of the section shall be 24 marks.
Section C : This will consist of essay type questions. The examiner
will set four (4) questions and the candidates will be required to
attempt two (2). Each question will carry 8 marks each; total
weightage of the section being 16 marks.
Note for teacher/student : Minimum number of hours for theory
are three (3) = 4x45 minutes per week.
Unit-1 : Network Theory (1)
Voltage source, Current source, Dependent source,
Independent source, R parameters, L parameters, C parameters,
Ohm’s law, Kirchhoff’s Current law, Kirchhoff’s Voltage law,
Analysis of one element kind network, loop node variable analysis,
source transformations, Duality, Network topology, basic definitions
and properties.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
121
Unit-2 : Network Theory (2)
Simple RC, RL, RLC, LC dc and ac circuits, concept of
time constant. Effect and evaluation of initial conditions,
Characteristics of sinusoidal —average, peak and effective values,
Phasor representation, Impedance concept, Active power, reactive
and complex power, power factor, Q of coil and capacitor, series
resonance, parallel resonance, Bandwidth and selectivity.
Unit-3 : Network Theorems and Transformation
Superposition theorem, reciprocity theorem, Thevenin’s
theorem, Norton’s theorem, Maximum power transfer theorem,
Tellegen’s theorem, Transforms of elementary functions like
exponential, step, ramp, impulse, sinusoidal etc; partial fraction
expansion, evaluation of residues, Initial value theorem and final
value theorem, application of Laplace transforms to network
analysis, Relation between step response, impulse response and
frequency.
Unit-4 : Network Functions
Z, Y, H and ABCD parameters, equivalent circuit in terms
of parameters, relationship between parameter sets, parallel and
cascade interconnection of two port network function of terminated
two port, application of two port parameters to analysis of T, ladder
bridged-T and lattice networks.
Books Recommended :
1. Network Analysis & Synthesis by Soni Gupta.
2. Network Analysis & Synthesis by R. Sudhakar.
3. Network Analysis & Synthesis by Van Valkenburg.
122
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Electronics Practical
Time : 3 Hours, 30 Minutes
Max. Marks : 50
Note :
1. Perform two experiments at least one from each section
2. Minimum hours per week for practical 6.
Section-A
1. Measurement of (1) voltage (dc and ac); (2) time period of a
sinusoidal signal, (3) phase difference, using a cathode ray
oscillocope.
2. Study of parallel and series resonance circuit (RLC circuit).
3. Transient Response of RC circuit :- To students the effect
of RC time constant when square wave driving voltages of
various time periods are applied across series RC circuit.
4. To verify (1) Thevemis’s theorem; (2) Reciprocity theorem;
(3) Maximum power transfer theorem. (4) Nortin theorem.
5. To Determine (1) z-parameters; (2) y-parameters;
(3) h-parameters and (4) ABCD-parameters, of a two port
resistive network.
6. To Study half-wave and full-wave rectifiers with and without
filters.
7. To study transisters characteristics in common base and
common emitter configuration.
8. To study the FET characteristics.
9. Transistors bias stabilization:- To familizarize with the
method of stabilization of operating point of a transistor.
Section-B
10. To study a single-stage transistor CE amplifier.
11. To designs a transistor voltage amlifier having given
specifications.
12. To design a regulated power supply using Zener diode.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
123
13. To use a digital trainer to verify the given Bollean identity.
14. To study the universality of Nand and Nor gates.
15. To form a half adder and a full adder using NAND gates
and verify their truth tables.
16. To form a 2 bit comparator using NAND gates.
17. To demonstrate the operation Pb display BCD to seven
segment display.
Books Recommended:1. Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits by : N.N. Bhargava
et. al (TMH, New Delhi).
2. Circuits and Systems by K.M. Soni (S.K. Kataria & Sons,
New Delhi).
3. Digital Electronics Circuit and System by V.K. Puri (TMH,
New Delhi).
4. Digital Design by M. Morris Mano (PHI, New Delhi).
124
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Computer Science
Note : A student who has passed +2 examination under 10+2+3
system of education of a recognised University/Board/Council or
any other examination recognised by the University as equivalent
there to shall be eligible to offer the subject of Computer Science at
the B.A./B.Sc. level.
Only such colleges as have necessary infrastructure of equipment
and staff shall admit students to the subject of Computer Science,
The infrastructure must be approved by the University as per usual
practice.
Scheme of Examination
Max. Exam.
Marks Hours
Paper-A Theory : Computer Fundamental
75
3
& Programming
Paper-B Theory : PC Software
75
3
Theory - 4 hours per week in Paper A & B
Paper-C Practical: Practical based on Paper-A 25 Marks 2 per week
Practical based on Paper-B 25Mark 2 per week
Note :
(i) Practical marks will include the appropriate weightage for
proper maintenance of Lab record.
(ii) The students can use only Non Programmable & Non Storage
Type Calculator.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
125
Computer Science
Paper-A
Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C
Max. Marks : 75
Note for Paper-Setters :
(i) Eight questions are required to be set giving the weightage to all
the portions. The candidate will be required to attempt any five
questions. All questions will carry equal marks.
(ii) The maximum marks for the paper will be 75.
(iii) As for as possible except in the computer language papers
no programme may be asked in the theory papers. Emphasis
should be on algorithm development.
Course Contents :
1. Introduction to computer and its uses : milestones in hardware
and software.- batch oriented/Online/real time application.
2. Computer as a system : basic concepts: stored programs,
functional units and their inter-relation: communication with
the computer.
3. Data storage devices and media: primary storage: storage
addressed, and capacity, type of memory: secondary storage;
magnetic tape - data representation and R/W : magnetic disc,
fixed & removable, data representation and R/W : floppy
disc drives. Winchester disc drive, conventional disc drives;
Data organization. Compact Disc.
4. Input/Output devices: Key-tape/diskette devices, light pen
mouse and joystick, source data automation (MICR, OMR,
OCR), screen assisted data entry; portable/hand held
terminals for data collection, vision input system.
5. Printed output : Serial, line, page, printers; plotters, visual
output; voice response units.
6. Problem Analysis, flowcharts, decision tables, psuedo codes
and, algorithms.
126
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Programming Languages C
Fundamentals of C. Data Type, I/O Functions Operations and
expressions, Control Statements, Arrays, Functions, Structure and
Union.
Books Suggested
(i) Programming with C Languages C. Schaum Series.
(ii) Fundamental of Computer by P.K. Sinha.
(iii) Computer Fundamental and C. Programming by Kalyani Pub.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
127
Computer Science
Paper-B : PC Software
Time : 3 Hours
Max Marks : 75
Note for Paper-Setters:
(i) Eight questions are required to be set giving the weightage to
all the portions. The candidates will be required to attempt
any five questions. All questions will carry equal marks.
(ii) The maximum marks for the paper will be 75.
(iii) As per possible except in the computer language paper no
programme may be asked in the Theory papers. Emphasis
should be on algorithm development.
1. Basics of Windows Vista
a) The Desktop, the Taskbar
b) Start menu.
c) Program, Document, Settings, Find, Help, Run, Shutdown.
d) About the My Computer Icon.
e) About the Networking Neighbourhood lcon.
f) Recycle Bin.
g) Folders-Creation and Definition.
h) New Rules for File Names.
i) Windows Explorer (Definition).
j) Shortcut Icons with creation and definition.
2. Introduction to MS-Office 2007
3. Introduction to Word (Word for Windows).
1. Introduction to Word.
2. Introduction to parts of a Word Window (Title Bar, Menu
Bar, Tool Bar, the Ruler, Status area).
3. Creating New Documents.
128
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
4. Opening an Existing Document.
5. To insert a second Document into an open document.
6. Editing a document.
7. Deleting text, replacing text, moving and copying text.
8. Page setup.
9. Margins and Gutters.
10. Changing Fonts and Font Size.
11. To make text bold, italic or underline.
12. Line Spacing.
13. Centering, Right Alignment and Left Alignment.
14. Page Breaks.
15. Headers and Footers.
16. Putting Page Numbers in Headers and Footers.
17. Saving Documents
Naming World Document.
Saving in different Formals.
Saving on different disks.
18. Spell Checking.
19. Printing.
20. Creating a Table Using : the Table Menu.
Entering and editing text in tables.
Selecting in tables.
Adding Rows.
Changing row heights.
Deleting rows.
Inserting Columns.
Changing Columns and Cell Width.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
129
21. Borders and Shading.
22. Templates and Wizards.
23. Working with Graphics.
24. Drawing Objects.
25. Using Frames to position Objects.
26. Mail Merge.
27. Using Word and Word Documents with other
Applications.
5. Introduction to MS-Power Point
1. Introduction to MS Power Point
2. Power Point Elements.
-Templates.
-Wizards.
-Views.
-Color Schemes.
3. Exploring Power Point Menu.
-Opening and Closing Menus.
-Working with Dialog Boxes.
4. Adding text, adding Title, moving text area, resizing text
boxes, adding art.
5. Starting a new slide.
6. Starting a Slide Show.
7. Saving Presentation.
8. Printing Slides.
9. Views
Slide View, Slide Sorter view, notes view, outline view.
130
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
10. Formatting and enhancing text formatting.
a) Formatting.
* Changing format with a new layout.
* Using a pick look wizards to change format.
* Alignment of Text.
* Working with text spacing.
b) Enhancing
* Using Bullets.
* Changing text font and size.
* Selecting text style, effect and color.
* Picking up and applying styles.
11. Creating Graphs.
12. Displaying slide show and adding multi-media.
Syllabus for Practical Paper A & B carrying 25 Marks each.
Practice based on Windows Vista, MS Word 2003, Front Page Power Point, Ecess, Excel.
Reference : Windows Based Computer Courses by Gurvinder Singh
& Rachpal Singh, Kalyani Publishers.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
131
Computer Applications
(Vocational)
Scheme for Computer Applications
Paper
Paper-A
Paper-B
Theory:
Practical
Practical
Max. Marks: 200
Computer Fundamentals
75
Gul Package
75
4 hours per week in Paper-A & B
:
I & II
25+25
:
2 hours per week (each paper)
Paper – A
Computer Fundamentals
Time : 3 Hours
Max.Marks : 100
Theory : 75
Practical : 25
Note for Paper-Setters :
(i) Eight questions are required to be set giving the weightage to
all the portions. The candidates will be required to attempt any
five questions. All questions will carry equal marks.
(ii) The maximium marks for the paper will be 75.
(iii) As for as possible except in the computer language papers
no programme may be asked in the theory papers. Emphasis
should be on algorithm development.
1. Elements of a Computer System
1.1 What is a Computer?
1.2 Evolution of Computers their classification and limitations.
1.3 Uses of Computers in moden society (e.g. Weather
orecasting, Census, Oil Exploration, Speech Recognition,
Banking, Publishing, Accounting, Research, etc.)
1.4 Characteristics of Desktop
1.5 Characteristics of Portables/Laptops
132
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
1.6 Introduction to Hardware, Software System S/W,
Operating System, Translators, Utilities and Service
Programme, Database, DBMS.
1.7 Application Software (user and standard packages)
1.8 Introduction to Programming Languages (C, Pascal,
Fortran)
1.9 Programming languages.
2.
Input Output Devices
2.1 Input Devices and Functions
* Keyboard and teletypewriter terminals
* Joystick
* Mouse
* Light Pen
* Magnetic Tapes and cassettes
* Magnetic Disks
* Floppy and Winchester Disks
* Optical Marks Reader (OMR)
* Optical Character Reader (OCR)
* Magnetic Ink Character Reader (MICR)
* Punched Cards
2.2
Output Devices and Functions
a) Visual Display Unit (Monitor)
b) Plotters
c) Printers
e) CTD
3.
H/W Organisation of a desktop computer
3.1 Introduction to hardware components
3.2 C.P.U. Control Unit, ALU, Registers
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
133
3.3 Instruction Characteristic and Instruction Cycle
3.4 Memory
a) RAM - Dynamic RAM, Static RAM
b) ROM-PROM, EPROM, EEPROM
c) Cache, Virtual, Extended and Expanded Memories
3.5 Secondary Memory (Storage devices) with Details of
FD, Cluster, FAT, TRACKS
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
4.
Floppy Disk
Hard Disk
DAT
Video or Optical Disk (CD ROM)
CTD
Standardization of PC-Hardware Devices
4.1 The System Mother Board (Layout, Add-on devices like
RAM Chip, Sound Card Ports and their Functions)
4.2 Disk drives (1.2 MB, 1.44 MB, CTD, CD-ROM drives)
4.3 Power supply and Distribution
4.4 Monitors (VDU) - Pixels, Monitor Sizes, Mono, Color,
VGA, SVGA
4.5 Printers - Impact and Non-Impact (Character, Line, Page)
4.6 Moderns and its Types
5.
6.
7.
8.
Data Representation
Introduction to Number Systems and Character Codes
Flow Charts
Introduction and Development of Programs in “after word
programs in C-Data Types, I/O statement, Operators and
Expressions, Control Statement, Arrays, Strings, Functions,
Structure and Union.
Practical : 25 marks
134
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Computer Applications (Vocational)
Paper-B
Gul Package
Max.Marks : 100
Theory : 75
Practical : 25
Theory : 4 hours per week in Paper A & B
Practical : 2 hours per week (each Paper)
Note :
i) Eight questions are required to be set giving the weightage
to all the portions. The candidates will be required to attempt
any five question. All question will carry equal marks.
ii) The maximum marks for the paper will be 75.
iii) As for as possible except in the computer language papers
no programme may be asked in theory papers. Emphasis
should be on Algorithms development.
1.
Introduction to Windows
Origin of Windows
a) Parts of Windows Screen (Definition)
The Desk Top; The Windows; Icons
b) Types of Windows
Application Windows
Document Windows
c) Anatomy of a Window
The Title Bar
Minimize and Maximize Button
The Control Box
Scroll Bars, Scroll Buttons, and Scroll Boxes
2. Using the Program Manager
a) What is the Program Manager
b) Six ways to run programs
—From Icons, With Run Command, From File Manager
From DOS Prompt
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
3.
4.
5.
135
Creating and Using Groups
a) Creating Program Groups
b) Creating Program Icons
c) Adding Application to a Group;
- Moving a program Icon into a new window
- Creating own program lcon
- Creating Icons for individual Documents
- Deleting Program Icon, Deleting Groups
Using File Manager
Starting File Manager
a) Displaying Directory file views
b) Expanding and collapsing directory levels
c) Creating a Directory
d) Deleting a Directory
e) Searching for a Specific File
f) Selecting files in a Directory
g) Opening Documents from the File Manager
h) Printing from the File Manager
i) Moving Files
j) Moving Files and Directories to another disk drives
k) Copying Files
l) Deleting Files
m) Renaming Files and Directories
Basics of Windows Vista
a)
b)
c)
d)
The Desktop, the Taskbar
Start Menu
Program, Document, Settings, Find, Help, Run, Shutdown
About the My Computer Icon
136
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
e) About the networking neighbourhood Icon
f) Recycle bin
g) Folders-Creation and Definition
h) New Rules for File Names
i) Windows Explorer (Definition)
j) Shortcut Icons with creation and definition
Introduction to MS-Office 2003
Introduction to Word (Word for Windows)
1. Introduction to Word
2. Introduction to Parts of Word Window (Title Bar, Menu Bar,
Tool Bar, The Ruler, Status Area)
3. Creating New Documents
4. Opening an Existing documents
5. To insert a second document into an open document
6. Editing a document
7. Deleting text, replacing text, moving and copying text
8. Page Setup
9. Margins and Gutters
10. Changing Fonts and Font size
11. To make text bold, Italic or Underline
12. Line Spacing
13. Centering, Right Alignment and Left Alignment
14. Page breaks
15. Headers and Footers
16. Puting Page Numbers in Headers and Footers
17. Saving Documents
- Naming Word Document; Saving in Different Formats;
Saving on Different Disks
18. Spell Checking
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
137
19. Printing
20. Creating a Table Using the Table Menu
- Entering and editing text in tables; Selecting in tables
- Adding Rows; Changing row heights; Deleting Rows
- Inserting Columns; Changing Columns and Cell Width
21. Borders and Shading
22. Templates and Wizards
23. Working with Graphics
24. Drawing Object
25. Using Frames, Position Objects
26. Mail Merge
27. Using Word and Word Documents with other Applications
Introduction to MS Power point
Introduction to MS Power point
Power point elements
- Templates; Wizards; Views; Colour Items
Exploring Power Point Menu
- Opening and Closing Menu; Working with Dialog Boxes
Adding Text, Adding Title, Moving Text Area, Resizing Text
Boxes, Adding Art.; Starting a New Slide; Starting Slide Show
Saving presentation; Printing Slides
Views : Veiw slide sorter view, notes view, outline view.
Formatting and enhancing text formatting
- Formatting; Changing format with a new layout; Using a pick,
a look wizards to change format; Alignment of Text; Working
with Text Spacing; Enhancing; Using Bullets; Changing text
font and size; Selecting Text Style, Effect and Color; Picking
up and applying styles.
Creating Graphs
Displaying slide show and adding multi-media.
Practical : 25 Marks
138
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Computer Maintenance
Paper-A
Principle of Electronics
Time : 3 Hours
Max.Marks : 100
Theory : 75
Practical : 25
Instructions for the Paper Setters :
Eight questions are required to be set giving the weightage
to all the portions. The candidate will be required to attempt any
five questions. All questions will carry equal marks.
The maximum marks for the paper will be 75.
As for as possible except in the computer language papers
no programme may asked in the theory paper. Emphasis should be
on algorithm development.
* Introduction to Electronics : Voltage Source, Current
Source, Electronic Components, CRO, Digital Multimeter.
* Network Theorems : Thevenin's Theorem, Maximum
Power Transfer Theorem, Norton's Theorem, Power
Supplies.
* Semiconductor Devices : P-N Junction, Zener Diode,
LEDs, Photodiodes, Transistors, Field Effect Transistor, Metal
Oxide Field Efect Transistor.
* Digital Fundamentals : Number System, Logic Gates,
Boolean Algebra.
* Digital Logic Circuits : Multiplexers, Demultiplexers,
Encoders, Decoders, Flip-Flops, Counters, Shift Registers.
Semiconductor Memories.
References
1. Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits : NN Bhargava (TTTI
Chandigarh) -Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.
2. Principles of Electronics V.K. Mehta-S. Chand-2004
3. Digital Computers Electronics : Malvino-Tata McGraw Hill
3rd Edition, 1995.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
139
Computer Maintenance
Paper-B
Computer Organization and Assembling
Time : 3 Hours
Max.Marks : 100
Theory : 75
Practical : 25
Instructions for the Paper Setters :
Eight questions are required to be set giving the weightage
to all the portions. The candidate will be required to attempt any
five questions. All questions will carry equal marks.
The maximum marks for the paper will be 75.
As for as possible except in the computer language papers
no programme may asked in the theory paper. Emphasis should be
on algorithm development.
* Top Level View of Computer Function &
Interconnection : Computer Component, Functions
Interconnection Structure, Bus Interconnection.
* Computer Arithmetic : ALU, Interger Representation,
Integer Arithmetic, Floating Point Representation, Floating
Point Arithmatic.
* Basics Computer Organization & Design : Instruction Codes,
Computer Registers. Computer Instructions, Timing and Control,
Instruction Cycle, Memory Reference Instruction.
* Micro Programmed Control : Control Memory, Addressing
Sequence, Micro Program Example, Design of Control Unit.
* CPU : Stack Organization, Instruction Format, Addressing
Modes, Data Transfer and Manipulation, RISC.
* I/O Organization : Asynchronous Data Transfer, Modes of
Transfer, Priority Interrupt DMA, IOP.
* PC Assembling : Introduction of Motherboards, Power
Supply, RAM, Drivers, Keyboard Monitor, Processors and
assembling the Computer System.
140
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
References
1. Computer Architecture : Morris Mano-Pearson Education,
3rd Edition, 1993
2. PC Upgrade & Maintenance Guide : Mark Minasi-BPB
Publishers, 15th Edition 2004.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
141
Computer Maintenance
List of Practicals Based on Paper-A
Marks : 25
1. To Study the Characteristics of P-n junction diodes in forward
bias.
2. To Study the Characteristics of P-n junction diodes in reverse
bias.
3. To Study the Characteristics of transistor in common base
mode.
4. To Study the Characteristics of zener diode.
5. To verify Thevenin's Theorem.
6. To verify maximum power transfer theorem.
7. To verify the truth tables of various logic gates.
8. To verify the truth tables of universal gates and construction
of different gates from them.
9. To verify the truth tables of SR and JK flip-flops.
List of Practicals Based on Paper-B
1. To study the various I/O devices.
Marks : 25
2. To study the power supply system.
3. To study the usage of various tools.
4. To study the techniques of soldering and desoldering.
5. Installation of operating systems and software.
6. PC Assembling & Disassembling.
142
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Refrigeration & Air Conditioning
(Vocational)
Scheme of Examinations
1. (a) Time Allowed
Theory
:
3 Hours
Practical :
3 Hours
(b) Maximum Marks Theory
:
Paper-A=50
Theory
:
Paper-B=50
Practical :
50
Practical Internal Assessment : 50
Note : Internal Assessment based on Performance in Practical.
2. Hours for Teaching the Subject : Theory : 6 Hrs.
Hours for Teaching the Subject : Practical : 6 Hrs. per week
Instruction for paper-setters for setting the question-paper
Each paper will consist of 3 sections.
Note for Examiner :
The Theory paper is of 50 marks, the distribution of Marks is as
given below:Section-A : It will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry one & half marks i.e. (1½
marks); total weightage of the section being 15 Marks.
Section-B: It will consist of short answer questions with answer
to each question upto 2 pages in length. Eight questions will be set
by the examiner and 5 will be attempted by the candidates. Each
question will carry 3 marks; total weightage of the section being 15
marks.
Section-C: It will consist of essay type question with answer to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner & candidates will be required to attempt two. Each
question will carry 10 marks; total weightage of the section being
20 marks.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
143
Refrigeration & Air Conditioning
(Vocational)
Paper-A
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 50
Instructions for paper-setters for setting the question-paper
Note : There will be two papers.
Paper-A
50 Marks
Paper-B
50 Marks
Each paper will consist of 3 Sections.
Note for Examiner :
The Theory paper is of 50 marks, the distribution of Marks is as
given below:Section-A : It will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry one & half marks i.e. (1½
marks); total weightage of the section being 15 Marks.
Section-B: It will consist of short answer questions with answer
to each question upto 2 pages in length. Eight questions will be set
by the examiner and 5 will be attempted by the candidates. Each
question will carry 3 marks; total weightage of the section being 15
marks.
Section-C: It will consist of essay type question with answer to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner & candidates will be required to attempt two. Each
question will carry 10 marks; total weightage of the section being
20 marks.
1. Introduction
Basic concepts & definition Thermodynamics, System
properties State process, Cycle, pressure, density specific
volume.
First & Second law of Thermodynamics, Processes,
144
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Constant volume, constant pressure, isothermal & isotropic
etc.
2.
(a)
Work & Heat : Work, power & energy Heat, sp.
Heat, sensible heat Latent Heat of vapour & fusion
specific Heat of gases & Units of Heat.
(b)
Elementry Heat Transfer : Conduction orneotion,
Rediation, Thermal conductivity & phase.
3. Refrigeration : Terminology of Refrigeration Definition of
“TON” as applied to refrigeration.
Methods of Refrigeration & applications, Definitions of
C.O.P.
Refrigeration effect & work Input.
4. Refrigerants : Introduction, classification of Refrigerant,
proporties of Important Refrigerants as (R-II, R-12, R-22,
NH3 etc.)
Secondary, Refrigerants & brines antifreozer solutions,
selection of Refrigerant for required purpose.
5. Electrical Aspects of Refrigeration and Air Conditioning:
Concepts of volt, current, power A.C. & D.C. Operations,
code & electrical wiring for practice, Instruments for voltage,
current & resistance measurements.
Single phase motors : Starting, running & Winding current &
voltage thermal relays, solenoid values.
6. Measuring Instruments : Fundamental & concepts &
Principles Ohm’s Law measuring instruments as multimeter
Megger.
7. Electrical Wiring & Electrical Circuit of Following:
Refrigeration, Air Conditioner & Water Cooler.
8. Effect of Refrigerants on Environment. Introduction regarding
Environmental friendly refrigerants.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
145
Refrigeration & Air Conditioning
(Vocational)
Paper-B
Theory
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 50
Instructions for paper-setters for setting the question-paper
Note : There will be two papers.
Paper-A
50 Marks
Paper-B
50 Marks
Each paper will consist of 3 Sections.
Note for Examiner:
The Theory paper is of 50 Marks, the distribution of Marks is as
given below:Section-A : It will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry one & half marks i.e. (1½
marks); total weightage of the section being 15 Marks.
Section-B: It will consist of short answer questions with answer
to each question upto 2 pages in length. Eight questions will be set
by the examiner and 5 will be attempted by the candidates. Each
question will carry 3 marks; total weightage of the section being 15
marks.
Section-C: It will consist of essay type question with answer to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner & candidates will be required to attempt two. Each
question will carry 10 marks; total weightage of the section being
20 marks.
1. Air Refrigeration System : Introduction, Reuersed carnot
cycle. Reuersed Brayton or Belt coleman cycle & their C.O.P.
Advantages & disadvantages of air.
146
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
2. Vapour Compression System : Introduction, vapour
compression cycle on PV.Ts & PH diagrams. Simple
calculations on work done, C.O.P. etc. Factors affecting the
performance of vapour compression system, cycle description,
C.O.P. Sub cooling super Heating, Multistage cascade system.
Non-idealities, effects of pressure drop & non-isontropic
compression. Calculation of ref. effect, power.
3. Vapour Absorption System : Simple absorption cycle,
analysis with NH3-Water or Lithium bromide, C.O.P. use of
Charts, Electral use system. Comparison of Vapour
Compression with Z Vapour absorption system.
4. Advantages & Application of Vapour : Compression cycle
with reuersed carnot cycle. Advantage & disadvantages of
Vapour compression over air refrigeration.
5. Air Conditioning Cycle : Psychrometric Processes :
Sensible cooling, heatix, dehumidification/humidification
etc.Thermal comfort, standard conditions & ventilation
Requirements. Types of air conditioning system Direct
Expansion, chilled Water Window cycle, package air
conditioning split units & conts of plants.
6. Components of Air Conditioning:- chillers, coils, blowers,
ducts distributor & pumps.
List of Experiments
Time : 3 Hours
Max.Marks : 50
1. To study the basic tools eg. spanners, cutting & Throading
tools, bending tools etc.
2. Cutting, flatting & joining of tubes.
3. Bending of tubes of diff. sizes.
4. Soldering, brazing & pinching of tubes.
5. Cutting of G.I. & Copper tubes.
6. To make diff. types of joints with help of elbows. T’s socket
etc.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
147
7. To study different types of comp. eg open & sealed type.
8. To study different types of condensers eg. Air cooled & Water
cooled.
9. To study the various types of expansion devices. Capillary
tube Exp. Values. Thermostatic exp. value.
10. To study pressure & Temp. measuring instruments.
List of Reference Books
S.No.
Tittle
Author
Publisher
1.
Ref & AC
S. Domkundwar
Dhanpat Rai
2.
Ref & AC
S.C. Arora
—do—
3.
A Course in
Ref. & A.C.
P.L. Batlaney
Khanna
M. Singh Khurmy Publishers
Royal Pub.
148
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Automobile Maintenance (Vocational)
Paper-A (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Periods per week : Theory : 6
Instructions for the paper setters:
Question paper should be set strictly according to the syllabus and
preferably in Punjabi.
The language of the paper should be straight and simple Punjabi.
Paper A : Theory shall consist of three parts:
(a) Ten short compulsory questions requiring short replies of five
lines each. Each question carries two marks :
Total Marks : 20
(b) Ten questions of six marks each giving to the points replies.
Eight questions carrying forty eight marks will be attempted
by the candidates.
Total Marks : 48
(c) Two questions of descriptive types to be attempted by the
condidates out of set of four questions.
Total Marks : 32
Orientation of the course:
1. Part-I : General Introduction to the Automobile :
Introduction, Light commercial vehicle, Medium & Heavy
Commercial vehicle, Main parts of Automobiles, Body,
Chassis, Main parts of Chassis, classification of Chassis with
respect to fitting of Engines, Wheel Base, Front overhang,
Gear overhang, Wheel Track. Long Wheel-base chassis.
2. Part-II :
Shop safety and Tools. Safety in the shop.
Safety rules.
Measuring systems and measuring tools.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
149
Shop Hand Tools.
3. Part-III : Frames
Introduction, Types of Frame, Types of sections used in
Frame, Chassis Repair. Frameless Integral frame, properties
of body of Vehicle, Safety standards for vehicles. Accidental
Repair Special tools used for Denting.
4. Part IV :
Automotive Engines, Engine fundamentals
Piston-Engine Operation, Engine Types
Engine Constructions, Values and Values Trains
Engine Measurements and performance.
5. Part-V : Automotive Engine Systems
Automotive Engine fuels
Automotive fuel exhaust system
Automotive carburetors
Carbureted-Fuel-System service
Diesel Fuel-Injection Systems : Operation and service
Engine lubrication System : Operation and service
Engine Cooling system
Cooling System Service
150
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Automobile Maintenance (Vocational)
Paper-B
Practical
Time : 3 Hours
Distribution of Marks :
Three visits to Motor Workshop
Oral Examination
Written Test
Test of Workshop Jobs
Identification of workshop tools
Scale Instrument readings
Internal Assessment
Period Per week
Practical : 4
Max. Marks : 80
Internal Assessment : 20
Total : 100
Total
15
10
10
25
10
10
80
20
100
Paper-B : (Practical)
1. Engine dismentling and assembling.
2. Valve Timings.
3. Ignition Timings.
4. Injection Timings.
5. Carburetor dismentling, cleaning and fault diagnosing.
6. Fuel Injection Pump timing with engine.
7. Injector O/H and Testing.
8. Water Pump cooling system and fault diagnosing.
References :
1. Basic Automobile Engineering
Written by CP Nakra
(Punjabi Edition)
Published by Dhanpat Rai
and Sons, Jalandhar, Delhi.
2. Automotive Mechanics
William H. Crouse.
(English Edition)
Donald L. Angkin
Published by Tata
McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., New Delhi.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
151
B.Sc. Geography
Scheme
Paper A :
Geophysics-I (General Geology)
Total Teaching Hours 70
70 Marks
Paper B :
Geophysics-II (Geodynamics)
Total Teaching Hours 70
70 Marks
Paper C :
Lab. Practicals and Field
Total Teaching Hours 70
Training
60 Marks
Eligibility : Candidates who have passed 10+2 in all the streams
with a minimum of 45% marks are eligible for admission
in B.Sc.Geography.
152
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
B.Sc. Geography
Paper-A
Geophysics-I (General Geology)
Max. Marks : 70
Total Teaching Hours : 70
Pass Marks : 35%
Time Allowed : 3 hours
Instructions for Paper Setter :
Unit-I
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry Fourteen marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-II
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry Fourteen marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-III
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry Fourteen marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-IV
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry Fourteen marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-V
There will be Ten questions of small answer type covering
the syllabi of all the four units (1-4). Seven questions are to be
attempted. Each question will carry two marks.
Unit-I
Rock forming minerals, different type of rock structures;
igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks, their formation,
metamorphism and charcteristics. Rock weathering, growth and
nature of soils.
Unit-II
Structural features : salt domes, plugs, igneous intrusions
and volcanic eruptions.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
153
Unit-III
Tectonic features : The classification and criteria for
recognition of joints, folds and faults, Various types of joints faults
and folds; normal fault, reverse or thrust fault, strike slip, transcurrent
or wrench faults.
Unit-IV
The outline of geological formation and the rock types of
India. Classification of mineral deposits. Distribution of minerals in
India. Harozoic history of the Shivaliks of Himachal Pradesh (India).
Text & Reference Books :
1. Elements of Physical Geology by A. Holmes
2. Geology of India by D.N. Wadia
3. Ore Deposits of India by Gokhale and Rao
4. India's mineral deposits by Krishna Swamy
5. Historical Geology and Stratigraphy of India by Ravinder
Kumar
154
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
B.Sc. Geography
Paper-B
Geophysics-II (Geodynamics)
Max. Marks : 70
Total Teaching Hours : 70
Pass Marks : 35%
Time Allowed : 3 hours
Instructions for Paper Setter.
Unit-I
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry Fourteen marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-II
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry Fourteen marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-III
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry Fourteen marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-IV
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry Fourteen marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-V
There will be Ten questions of small answer type covering
the syllabi of all the four units (1-4). Seven questions are to be
attempted. Each question will carry two marks.
Unit-I
Composition, shape, size, mass and density of the earth.
Various discontinuities in the earth. The variation of temperature,
density, pressure and elastic parameter with depth in the earth.
Seismic waves and interior of the earth. Mineralogical and chemical
composition of the crust, mantle and core.
Unit-II
Introduction to geochronology, closed and open system,
uranium-lead, thorium-lead and lead-lead method of dating minerals
and rocks, Rubidium-strontium, potassium-argon and fission tracks
dating of rocks.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
155
Unit-III
Major sources of heat inside the earth since the time of
accretion. Radioactive heating in the earth, distribution of long lived
radioactive elements in crustal rocks. Measurement of continental
and sub oceanic heat flow. Importance of heat flow studies. Thermal
history of the earth.
Unit-IV
Concept of plate and plate motion, Types of continental
margin, transform faults, triple junction, Geodynamics of Indian
plate, Formation of Himalayas.
Text & Reference Books :
1. The solid earth introduction of global geophysics by C. Fowler.
2. Interior of the earth by H.P. Bott.
3. Physics of the earth by F.D. Stacey.
4. Platetectonics and crustal evolution by Kent C. Condie.
5. Earth’s age and geochronology by D. York and R.M.
Farquhar.
6. Introduction to geophysics by Howell.
7. Geodynamics of India and Pakistan by R.K. Verma.
8. Physics and Geology by Jacobs, Russell and Wilson.
156
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Physics
Paper-A
Mechanics
Time : 3 hours
M.Marks : 50
Total Teaching Hrs. : 60
Pass Marks : 35%
The paper will consist of five units
Unit-I
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-II
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-III
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-IV
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-V
There will be Eight questions of small answer type covering
the syllabi of all the four units (I-IV). Five questions are to be
attempted. Each question will carry two marks.
Mechanics
Unit-I
Cartesian and spherical polar co-ordinate systems, area,
volume, velocity and Acceleration in these systems. Solid angle,
various forces in Nature (Brief introduction) centre of mass, equivalent
one body problem, central forces, equation of motion under central
force, equation of orbit and turning points. Kepler Laws.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
157
Unit-II
Relationship of conservation laws and symmetries of space
and time. Inertial frame of reference. Galilean transformation and
Invariance. Non Inertial frames, coriolis force and its applications.
Variation of acceleration due to gravity with latitude. Focault
pendulum. Elastic collision in Lab and C.M. system, velocities, angles
and energies, crosss section of elastic scattering, Rutherford
scattering.
Unit-III
Rigid Body motion; Rotational motion, principal moments
and Axes. Euler’s equations, precession and elementary gyroscope
concept of stationery universal frame of reference and ether. Michel
son-Morley experiment and its result.
Unit-IV
Postulates of special theory of relatively. Lorentz
transformations, observer and viewer in relativity. Relativity of
simultaneity, Length, Time, velocities. Relativistic Dopper effect.
Variation of mass with velocity, mass-energy equivalence, rest mass
in an inelastic collision, relativistic momentum & energy, their
transformation, concepts of Minkowski space, four vector
formulation.
Books Suggested :
1. Mechanics, Berkeley Vol. I by C. Kittle.
2. Mechanics, H.S. Hans & S.P. Puri.
158
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Physics
Paper-B
Vibrations, Wave and EM Theory
Time : 3 hours
Total Teaching Hrs. : 60
M.Marks : 50
Pass Marks : 35%
The paper will consist of five units.
Unit-I
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-II
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-III
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-IV
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-V
There will be Eight questions of small answer type covering
the syllabi of all the four units (I-IV). Five questions are to be
attempted. Each question will carry two marks.
Vibrations, Waves & E.M. Theory
Unit-I
Simply harmonic motion, energy of a SHO. Compound
pendulum. Torsional pendulum Electrical Oscillations Transverse
Vibrations of a mass on string, composition of two perpendicular
SHM of same period and of period in ratio 1:2 Decay of free
Vibrations due to damping. Differential equation of motion, types of
motion, types of damping. Determination of damping co-efficientLogarithmic decrement, relaxation time and Q-Factor.
Electromagnetic damping (Electrical oscillator).
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
159
Unit-II
Differential equation for forced mechanical and electrical
oscillators. Transient and steady state behaviour. Displacement and
velocity variation with driving force frequency, variation of phase
with frequency, resonance. Power supplied to an oscillator and its
variation with frequency. Q-value and band width. Q-value as an
amplification factor.
Unit-III
Stiffness coupled oscillators, Normal co-ordinates and
normal modes of vibration. Inductance coupling of electrical
oscillators. Types of waves, wave equation (transverse) and its
solution characteristic impedance of a string. Impedance matching.
Reflection and Transmission of waves at boundary. Reflection and
transmission of energy. Reflected and transmitted energy
coefficients. Standing waves on a string of fixed length. Energy of
vibration string. Wave and group velocity.
Unit-IV
Physical interpretation of Maxwell’s equations, E.M. waves
and wave equation in a medium having finite permeability and
permitivity but with conductivity σ=). Poynting vector, Impedance
of a dielectric to EM waves. EM waves in a conducting medium
and Skin depth. EM wave velocity in a conductor and anomalous
dispersion. Response of a conducting medium to EM waves.
Reflection and transmission of EM waves at a boundary of two
dielectric media for normal and oblique incidence.
Recommended Books :
1. Fundamentals of Vibrations and Waves by S.P. Puri.
2. Physics of Vibrations and Waves by H.J. Pain.
3. EM waves and radiating systems by Edward C. Jordan and
K.G. Balmain.
4. Fields and waves Electromagnetic by David K. Cheng.
160
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Physics
Paper-C
Electricity and Magnetism
Time : 3 hours
M.Marks : 50
Total Teaching Hrs. : 60
Pass Marks : 35%
The paper will consist of five units.
Unit-I
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-II
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-III
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-IV
There will be two questions from this unit. Each question
will carry ten marks. Only one question is to be attempted.
Unit-V
There will be Eight questions of small answer type covering
the syllabi of all the four units (I-IV). Five questions are to be
attempted. Each question will carry two marks.
Electricity and Magnetism
Unit-I
Basic ideas of Vector Calculus Gradient, Divergence, curl
and their physical significance. Laplacian in rectangular, cylindrical
and spherical coordinates. Coulomb’s Law for point charges and
countinuous distribution of charges. Electric field due to dipole, line
charge and sheet of charge. Electric flux, Gauss’s Law and its
applications. Gauss’s divergence theorem and differential form of
Gauss’s Law. Green’s theorem.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
161
Unit-II
Work and potential difference. Potential difference as line
integral of field. Electric potential due to a point charge a group of
point charges, dipole and quadrupole moments, long uniformly charged
wire, charged disc. Stoke’s theorem and its applications in Electrostatic
field, curl E=0. Electric fields as gradient of scalar potential.
Calculation of E due to a point charge and dipole from potential.
Potential due to arbitrary charge distribution and multipole moments.
Poisson and Laplace’s equation and their solutions in Cartesian and
spherical coordinates. Concept of electrical images.Calculation of
electric potential and field due to a point charge placed near an infinitely
conducting sheet.
Unit-III
Current and current density, equation of continuity.
Microscopic form of Ohm’s Law (J=σE) and conductivity, Failure of
Ohm’s Law. Invariance of charge. E in different frames of reference.
Field of a point charge moving with constant velocity. Interaction
between moving charges and force between parallel currents.
Behaviour of various substances in magnetic field. Definition of M
and H and their relation to free and bound currents. Permeability and
susceptibility and their interrelationship. Orbital motion of electrons
and diamagnetism.
Unit-IV
Lorentz’s force, Definition of B. Biot Savart’s Law and its
application to long straight wire, circular current loop and solenoid.
Ampere’s Circuital law and its application. Divergence and curl of
B.Hall effect, expression and co-efficient. Vector potential, Definition
and derivation, current-density-definition, its use in calculation of charge
in magnetic field at a current sheet. Transformation equation of E
and B from one frame to another. Faraday’s Law of EM induction,
Displacement current, Maxwell’s equations. Mutual inductance and
reciprocity theorem. Self inductance, L for solenoid, Coupling of
Electrical circuits. Analysis of LCR series and parallel resonant,
circuits Q-factor, Power consumed, power factor.
162
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Books Suggested :
1. Fundamentals of Electricity and Magnetism by Arthur F. Kipp.
2. Electricity and Magnetism, Berkeley Physics Course, Vol.
II by E.M. Purcell.
3. Introduction to classical electrodynamics by David Griffith.
4. EM waves and radiating system by Edward C. Jordan and
K.G. Balmain.
5. Fields and waves Electromagnetic David K. Cheng
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
163
Physics (Practical)
Practical : (90 Hours.)
Total Marks : 50
General Guidelines for Physics Practical examination :
1. The distribution of marks is as follows :
(i) One full experiment out of section - A requiring the student
to take some data, analyse it and draw conclusions.
(candidates are expected to state their results with limits
of error)
20 Marks
(ii) Brief Theory
05 Marks
(iii) One exercise based on experiment or Computer
Programming (To be allotted by the external examiner at
the time of examination)
10 Marks
(iv) Viva-Voce
10 Marks
(v) Record (Practical file)
05 Marks
2. There will be one sessions of 4 hours duration. The paper
will have two sessions. Section-A will consist of 8 experiments
out of which an examinee will mark 6 experiments and one
of these is to be allotted by the external examiner.
3. Section-B will consist of exercises which will be set by the
external examiner at the spot. The length of the exercises
should be such that any of these could be completed in one
hour.
4. The examiner should take care that the experiment allotted
to an examinee from Section-A and exercise allotted from
Section-B are not dirctly related to each other.
5. Number of candidates in a group for practical examination
should not exceed 15.
6. In a single group no experiment be allotted to more than three
examiners in any group.
164
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
List of experiments
I.
Analysis of experimental data :
Objectives
(i) Knowledge of propagation of errors.
(ii) Determination of standard deviation and probable error and
their use in expressing the experimental result.
(iii) Familiarity with the method of least square fitting of
experimental data to a curve.
(iv) Straight line fitting.
Activities
(i) Exercise on fitting of given data to straight line and calculation
of probable error.
Mechanics
II.
Rotation
Objectives
(i) Study of rotational motion.
(ii) Establishing relationship between different quantities.
Activities
(i) To study the dependence of moment of inertia on distribution
of mass (by noting time periods of oscillations using objects
of various geometrical shapes but of same mass).
(ii) To establish relationship between torque and angular
acceleration using fly wheel.
III.
Elasticity
Objectives
Knowledge of elastic constants and related quantities.
Activities
(i) Study of bending of beams and determination of young’s
Modulus.
(ii) Determination of Poissons or rubber plastic.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
165
IV : Fluid Flow
Objectives
(i) Concepts of stream flow and viscosity.
(ii) Knowledge of factors affecting the flow of fluid in a capillary.
Activities
(i) To study flow of water through capillary tubes of different
length and area of cross section of (at least two each) and
calculate coefficient of viscosity.
V One-dimensional Collisions
Objectives
(i) Conservation of linear momentum and kinetic energy in elastic
collisions.
(ii) Dependence of fraction of kinetic energy trasferred on the
masses of coliding bodies.
(iii) Idea of coefficient or restitution
Activities
(i) To determine energy transfer, coefficient of restitution and
verify laws of conservation of linear momentum and kinetic
energy in elastic collisions using one dimensional collisions of
hanging spheres.
Vibrations, Wave, and EM Thoery
VI. Standing Waves
Objectives
(i) Standing waves on a string and in air.
Activities
(i) Melde’s experiment
(ii) Kundt’s tube
VII. Compound Pendulum
Objectives
(i) Idea of equivalent simple pendulum.
(ii) Concepts of centre of suspension and oscillation.
(iii) Dependence of time Period on moment of Inertia.
166
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
(iv) Radius of gyration.
(v) Determination of gyration.
Activities
(i) Measure time period as a function of distance of centre of
suspension (oscillation) from centre of mass, plot relevant
graphs, determine radius of gyration and acceleration due to
gravity.
(iii) Find the value of g by Caterer’s pendulum.
VIII. Torsion Pendulum
Objectives
(i) Idea of torsional vibration, dependence of time period on
M.O.I. and restoring torque.
(ii) Modulus of rigidity.
Activities
(i) Measure time period of oscillation of a Maxwell needle and
determine modulus of rigidity of the material of a given wire.
IX. Damped Oscillator
Objectives
(i) Study damped oscillations.
(ii) Coefficient of damping, quality factor etc.
Activities
(i) To measure obtain logarithmic decrement, coefficient of
damping, relaxation time, and quality factor of a damped simple
pendulum.
Electricity and Magnetism
X. Low resistance measurements
Objectives
(i) Inadequacy of Wheatstone bridge to measure low resistance.
(ii) Acquiantance with a method of measuring low resistances.
Activities
(i) To determine low resistance with Carey Fosters Bridge.
XI. Magnetic Field
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
167
Objectives
(i) Familiarity with the magnetic field produced by a solenoid.
(ii) Dependence of solenoidal field on number of turns and current.
(iii) Permeability of air.
Activities
(i) To study the magnetic field produced by a current carrying
solenoid using a search coil and calculate permeability of air.
XII. Electromagnetic Induction
Objectives
(i) Verification of laws of electromagnetic induction.
Activities
(i) To study the induced e.m.f. as function of the velocity of the
magnet.
XIII. Objectives and Activities
(i) Force on a conductor carrying current in a magnetic field.
XIV. LCR Circuits
Objectives
(i) Study of phase relationship between currents nad voltages in
ac circuits.
(ii) Concepts of resonance and Q-value.
Activities
(i) Study of phase relationships using impediance triangler for
LCR circuit and calculate impedance.
(ii) Resonance in a series and parallel LCR circuits for different
R-value and calculate Q-value.
XV. Capacitance
(i) Measurement of capacitance, dielectric constant.
(ii) Concept of time constant and time base circut.
(iii) Knowledge of a-c Bridges.
Activities
(i) Capacitance by flashing and quenching of a neon lamp.
(ii) Measurement of Capacitance, determination of permitivity
of a medium air and relative permitivity by de-Sauty’s bridge.
168
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
XVI. Self Inductance
Objectives
(i) Knowledge of a-c bridges.
(ii) Concept of self inductance.
Activities
(i) To determined I using Anderson Bridge.
XVII. Others
Objectives and Activities
(i) To study the efficiency of an electric kettle heater/element
with varying input voltage.
(ii) To study working of an energy meter-calibration etc.
Excercises
Any one exercise based on above given experiments will be
allotted by the examiners
OR
from the following exercises
Practical Examination
1. To compare the mass per unit length of two threads using
Melde’s experiment.
2. To study the working of energy meter.
3. To find the radius of gyration of objects of different
geometrical shapes but of same mass.
4. To calibrate the Carey Foster Bridge.
5. Find the impedence of L-C-R circuit.
6. Study the effect on the impedence of the series C-R circuit
when resistance is changed.
7. Study the effect of length/radius on the flow of water in a
poisewlle’s apparatus.
8. To find the depression in the beam by 2 kg. weight by bending
beam.
9. Show that time per period of inertia table increases with
increase with increase in M.I.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
169
10. Prove that point of suspension and point of oscillation are
interchangable in case of compound pendulum.
11. Study the effect on impedence of series L-R circuit when
resistance is changes.
12. Show experimentally that value of Q-factor of series L-C-R
circuit decreases with increase in resistance.
OR
Computer Based Exercises
1. Elementry FORTRAN programms, flow chart and their
interpretation.
2. To print out all natural even/odd numbers between given limits.
3. To find maximum, minimum and range of a given set of
numbers.
4. To compile a frequency distribution and evaluate moments
such as mean standard deviation etc.
5. To evaluate sum of finite series and the area under a curve.
6. Motion of projectile using computer simulation.
7. Numerical solution of equation of motion.
8. Motion of particle in central force field.
Text and Reference Books :
1. “Mechanical Systems” by B. Sarat et. al.
2. “A Laboratory Mannual of Physics for Undergraduate
Classes” by D.P. Khandelwal.
3. “Elements of Statistics” by C.G. Lambe.
4. “Numerical Analysis” by C. Dizon.
5. “Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of Programming
with FORTRAN” by S. Lipsdutz and A. Poe.
6. Fortran 77 and numerical methods by Xavier.
170
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Chemistry
Paper
I.
II.
III.
IV.
Course
Inorganic Chemistry
Organic Chemistry
Physical Chemistry
Laboratory Practicals
Teaching Hrs.
M.M. 50
60
M.M. 50
60
M.M. 50
60
M.M. 50
6 periods per week
Total = 15 periods/week
Note for the Examiners : (Common Insturctions for three papers)
The question paper shall consist of three parts, as detailed below:
Part-A
It shall consist of 10 very short answer type question
(Q.Nos. 1 to 10) from the entire syllabus and the maximum length
of each question may not exceed ¼th of a page. Minimum of 3
questions are to be set from each section of the syllabus. Each
question will be of 1 mark and the candidate may be asked to
attempt all the 10 questions.
Marks Allotted : 10
Part-B
It shall consist of 15 short answer type questions (Q.Nos.
11 to 25) from the entire syllabus and the maximum length of each
question may not exceed one-half of a page. Five questions are to
be set from each section of the syllabus. Each question will be of 3
marks and the candidate may be asked to attempt any 10 questions.
Marks Allotted : 30
Part-C
It shall consist of 3 descriptive type questions (Q.Nos. 26
to 28) from the entire syllabus and the maximum length of each
question may not exceed four pages. One question is to be set from
each section of the syllabus. Each question will be of 5 marks and
the candidate may be asked to attempt any 2 questions.
Marks Allotted : 10
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Paper-I - Inorganic Chemistry
Time : 3 Hrs. M.Marks : 50
171
60 Hrs. (2 Hrs./week)
3 Periods/week
Section-I
I. Atomic Structure
6 Hrs.
Idea of de Broglie matter waves, Heisenberg uncertainty
principle, atomic orbitals, Schrodinger wave equation, significance of
y1 and y2 quantum numbers, radial and angular wave functions and
probability distribution curves, shapes of s,p,d orbitals. Aufbau and Pauli
exclusion principles, Hund’s multiplicity rule. Electronic configurations
of the elements and ions.
II. Periodic Properties
5 Hrs.
Position of elements in the periodic table; effective nuclear
charge and its calculations. Atomic and ionic radii, ionization energy,
electron affinity and electronegativity -definition, methods of
determination or evaluation, trends in periodic table and applications in
predicting and explaining the chemical behaviour.
III. s-Block Elements
6 Hrs.
Comparative study, diagonal relationships, salient features
of hydrides, solvation and complexation tendencies including their
function in biosystems, an introduction to alkyls and aryls.
IV. Chemistry of Noble Gases
3 Hrs.
Chemical properties of the noble gases, chemistry of xenon,
structure and bonding in xenon compounds.
Section-2
V. Chemical Bonding
20 Hrs.
(A) Covalent Bond -Valence bond theory and its limitations, directional
characteristics of covalent bond, various types of hybridization
and shapes of simple inorganic molecules and ions. BeF2 BF3,
CH4, PF5’ SF6' IF7; SnCI2, XeF4 BF4 SnC16.Valence shell
electron pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory to NH3, H3O+, SF4,
CIF3), ICl2 and H2O. MO theory, homonuclear (elements and
ions of 1st and 2nd row), and heteronuclear (CN-, CO+, NO-,
172
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
CO+, CN), diatomic molecules, multicenter bonding in electron
deficient molecule (Boranes). Percentage ionic character from
dipole moment and electronegativity difference.
(B) Ionic Solids -Concept of close packing, Ionic structures, (NaCI
type, Zinc blende, Wurtzite, CaF2 and antifluorite, radius ratio
rule and coordination number, limitation of radius ratio rule,
lattice defects, semiconductors, lattice energy and BornHaber cycle, solvation energy and solubility of ionic solids,
polarizing power and polarisability of ions, Fajan’s rule. Metallic
bond- free electron, valence bond and band theories.
(C) Weak Interactions -Hydrogen bonding, Vander Waals forces.
Section-3
VI. p-Block Elements
20 Hrs.
Comparative study (including diagonal relationship) of
groups 13-17 elements, compounds like hydrides, oxides, oxyacids
and halides of groups 13-16, hydrides of boron-diborane and higher
boranes, Borazine, borohydrides, fullerenes, carbides, fluorocarbons,
silicates (structural principle), tetrasulphur tetranitride, basic
properties of halogens, interhalogens and polyhalides.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
173
Paper-II
Organic Chemistry-I 60 Hrs. (2Hrs/
week)
3 Periods/week
M.M. : 50
Time : 3 Hrs.
Section-1
I. Structure and Bonding
5 Hrs.
Hybridization, bond lengths and bond angles, bond energy,
localized and delocalized chemical bond, Vander Waals interactions,
resonance, hyperconjugation, aromticity hydrogen bonding and
Inductive and electrometric effects.
II. Mechanism of Organic Reactions
8 Hrs.
Curved arrow notation, drawing electron movements with
arrows, half-headed and double-headed arrows, homolytic and
heterolytic bond breaking. Types of reagents - electrophiles and
nucleophiles. Types of organic reactions. Energy considerations.
Reactive intermediates -Carbocations, carbanions, free radicals,
carbenes, arenes and nitrenes (with examples). Assigning formal
charges on intermediates and other ionic species.
Methods of determination of reaction mechanism (product
analysis, intermediates, isotope effects, kinetic and stereochemical
studies).
III. Alkanes and Cycloalkanes
7 Hrs.
Isomerism in alkanes, sources, methods of formation (with
special reference to Wuriz reaction, Kolbe reaction, Corey-House
reaction and decarboxylation of carboxylic acids), physical properties
and chemical reactions of alkanes.
Mechanism of free radical halogenation of alkanes :
orientation, reactivity and selectivity. Cycloalkanes-nomenclature,
methods of formation, chemical reactions, Baeyer’s strain theory
and its limitations. Ring strain in small rings (cyclopropane and
cyclobutane), theory of strainless rings. The case of cyclopropane
ring : banana bonds.
174
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Section-2
IV. Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds
12 Hrs.
Concept of isomerism. Types of isomerism.
Optical isomerism, elements of symmetry, molecular
chirality, enantiomers, stereogenic centre, optical activity, properties
of enantiomers, chiral and achiral molecules with two stereogenic
centres, diastereomers, threo and erythro diasteremers, meso
compounds, resolution of enantiomers, inversion, retention and
racemization.
Relative and absolute configuration, sequence rules, D &
L and R & S systems of nomenclature.
Geometric isomerism-determination of configuration of
geometric isomers. E & Z system of nomenclature, geometric
isomerism in oximes and alicyclic compounds.
Conformational isomerism-conformational analysis of
ethane and n-butane; conformation of cyclohexane, axial and
equatorial bonds, conformation of mono substituted cyclohexane
derivatives. Newman projection and Sawhorse formulae, Fischer
and flying wedge formulae.
Difference between configuration and conformation.
V. Arenes and Aromaticity
Nomenclature of benzene derivatives. The aryl group.
Aromatic nucleus and side chain. Structure of benzene : Molecular
formula and Kekule structure. Stability and carbon-carbon bond
lengths of benzene, resonance structure, MO picture.
Aromaticity : the Huckel rule, aromatic ions.
Aromatic electrophilic substitution-general pattern of the
mechanism, role of σ and π complexes. Mechanism of nitration,
halogenation, sulphonation, mercuration and Friedel-Crafts reaction.
Energy profile diagrams. Activating and deactivating substituents,
orientation and ortho/para ratio. Side chain reactions of benzene
derivatives.
Methods of formation and chemical reactions of
alkylbenzenes, arylbenzenes and biphenyl.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
175
Section-3
VI. Alkenes, Cycloalkenes, Dienes and Alkynes
12 Hrs.
Nomenclature of alkenes, methods of formation, mechanisms
of dehydration of alcohols and dehydrohalogenation of alkyl halides,
regioselectivity in alcohol dehydration. The Saytzeff rule, Hofmann
elimination, physical properties and relative stabilities of alkenes.
Chemical reactions of alkenes-mechanisms involved in hydrogenation,
electrophilic and free radical additions, Markownikoff’s rule,
hydroboration-oxidation, oxymercuration-reduction. Epoxidation,
ozonolysis, hydration, hydroxylation and oxidation with KMnO4.
Polymerization of alkenes. Substitution at the allylic and vinylic
positions of alkenes. Industrial applications of ethylene and propene.
Methods of formation, conformation and chemical reactions
of cycloalkenes.
Nomenclature and classification of dienes : isolated,
conjugated and cumulated dienes. Structure of alkenes and
butadiene, methods of formation, polymerization. Chemical reactions1, 2 and 1, 4 additions, Diels-Alder reaction.
Nomenclature, structure and bonding in alkynes. Methods
of formation. Chemical reactions of alkynes, acidity of alkynes.
Mechanism of electrophilic and nucleophilic addition reactions,
hydroboration-oxidation, metal-ammonia reductions, oxidation and
polymerization.
VII. Alkyl and Aryl Halides
8 Hrs.
Nomenclature and classes of alkyl halides, methods of
formation, chemical reactions. Mechanisms of nucleophilic
substitution reaction of alkyl halides, SN2 and SN1 reactions with
energy profile diagrams.
Methods of formation of aryl halides, nuclear and side chain
reactions. The addition-elimination and the elimination-addition
mechanisms of nucleophilic aromatic substitution reactions.
Relative reactivities of alkyl halides vs allyl, vinyl and aryl
halides.
176
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Paper-III
Physical Chemistry-I
Time : 3 Hrs.
60 Hrs. (2 Hrs./Week)
3 Periods/week
M.Marks : 50
Section-I
I.
Introduction to Mathematical Concepts
8 hrs.
Logarithmic relations, curve sketching, linear graphs and
calculation of slopes, differentiation of functions like Kn, en, Xn, sin x,
log x; maxima and minima, partial differentiation and reciprocity relations.
Integration of some useful/relevant functions; permutations and
combinations, Factorials, Probability.
II.
Evaluation of Analytical Data
8 hrs.
Terms of mean and median, precision and accuracy in
chemical analysis, determining accuracy of methods, improving
accuracy of analysis, data treatment for series involving relatively
few measurements, linear least squares curve fitting, Types of errors,
standard deviation, confidence limits, rejection of measurements
(F-test and Q-test), numerical problems related to evaluation of
analytical data.
III.
Liquid State
4 Hrs.
Intermolecular forces, structure of liquids (a qualitative
description).
Structural differences between solids, liquids and gases.
Liquid crystals : Difference between liquids crystal, solid and liquid.
Classification, structure of nematic and cholestric phases.
Thermography and seven segment cell.
Section-II
IV.
Gaseous States
8 Hrs.
Postulates of kinetic theory of gases, deviation from ideal
behaviour, van der Waal’s equation of state.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
177
Critical Phenomena : PV isotherms of real gases,
continuity of states, the isotherms of van der Waal’s equation,
relationship between critical constants and van der Waals constants,
the law of corresponding states, reduced equation of state.
Molecular Velocities : Root mean square, average and
most probable velocities. Qualitative discussion of the Maxwell’s
distribution of molecular velocities, collision number, mean free path
and collision diameter. Liquefaction of gases (based on JouleThomson effect).
V.
Physical Properties and Molecular Structure
5 Hrs.
Optical activity, polarization - (Clausius-Mossotti equation),
orientation of dipoles in an electric field, dipole moment, induced
dipole moment, measurement of dipole moment-temperature method
and refractivity method, dipole moment and structure of molecules,
magnetic properties-paramagnetism, diamagnetism and
ferromagnetism.
VI.
Solutions, Dilute Solutions and Colligative Properties
7 Hrs.
Ideal and non-ideal solutions, methods of expressing
concentrations of solutions, activity and activity coefficient.
Dilute solution, colligative properties, Raoult’s law, relative
lowering of vapour pressure, molecular weight determination. Osmosis,
Law of osmotic pressure and its measurement, determination of
molecular weight from osmotic pressure. Elevation of boiling point and
depression of freezing point, Thermodynamic derivation of relation
between molecular weight and elevation in boiling point and depression
in freezing point. Experimental methods for determining various
colligative properties.
Abnormal molar mass degree of dissociation and association
of solutes.
178
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Section-III
VII.
Colloidal State
7 Hrs.
Definition of colloids, classification of colloids. Solids in liquids
(Sole) : kinetic, optical and electrical, properties, stability of colloids,
protective action, Hardy Schulze law, gold number.
Liquids in liquids (emulsions) : Types of emulsions,
preparation. Emulsifiers.
Liquids in solids (Gels) : Classification, preparation and
properties, inhibition, general applications of colloids.
VIII.
Chemical Kinetics and Catalysis
13 Hrs.
Chemical kinetics and its scope, rate of a reaction, factors
influencing the rate of a reaction-concentration temperature,
pressure, solvent, light, catalyst. Concentration dependence of rates,
mathematical characteristics of simple chemical reactions-Zero
order, first order, second order, pseudo order, half life and mean
life. Determination of the order of reaction-differential method,
method of integration, method of half life period and isolation method.
Radioactive decay as a first order phenomenon.
Theories of chemical kinetics : Effect of temperature on
rate of reaction, Arrhenius equation, concept of activation energy.
Simple collision theory based on hard sphere model,
transition state theory (equilibrium hypothesis). Expression for the
rate constant based on equilibrium constant and thermodynamic
aspects.
Catalysis and general characteristics of catalytic reactions,
Homogeneous catalysis, acid-base catalysis and enzyme catalysis
including their mechanisms, Michaelis Menten equation for enzyme
catalysis and its mechanism.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
179
Chemistry (Practical)
Duration : 3.1/2 hrs.
6 Period/Week
M.Marks : 50
Inorganic Chemistry : Semi Micro analysis. Cation analysis,
Separation and identification of ions from groups I, II, III, IV, V, and
VI. Anionic analysis. Four ions with no interference.
Organic Chemistry Laboratory Techniques
Determination of Melting Point
Naphthalene
80-82oC
Cinnamic acid
132.5-133oC
Benzoic acid
121.5-122C
Salicylic acid
157.5-158oC
Urea
132.5-133oC
Acetanilide
113.5-114oC
Succinic Acid 184.5-185oC
m-dinitro benzene
90oC
P-dichlorobenzene
52oC
Aspirin
135oC
Determination of Boiling Point
Ethanol 78oC
Cyclo Hexane 81.4oC, Benzene-80oC
Toluene 110°C
Crystalisation : Concept of indication of crystalisation. Phthalic
acid from hot water (using fluted filter paper & stem less funnel)
Acetanilide from boiling water.
Naphthalene from Ethanol
Benzoic acid from water
Physical Chemistry
1. To determine the specific reaction rate of hydrolysis of ethyl
acetate catalysed by Hydrogen ions at room temperature.
2. To study the effect of acid strength on hydrolysis of an ester.
Viscosity, Surface tension (Pure liquids)
3. To study the viscosity and surface tension of CCI4 glycerine
solution in water.
180
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Practical Examination
Paper-A
(Evening)
1) Inorganic Mixture
2)
Melting Point/Boiling point of organic substance
Paper-B
(Morning)
1) Physical Chemistry experiment
15
05
14
Note : Students shall be allowed to tick two experiments out of
the three offered. The examiner will allocate one
experiment out of two ticked experiments. For all practical
examinations books are not allowed.
2) Crystallisation
06
3) Viva-Voce
06
4) Note Book
04
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
181
Physical Chemistry (Practical)
Viscosity, Surface Tension (Pure Liquids)
To determine the viscosity and surface tension of CCI4
and glycerine solution in water.
Practical Examination will be of four hours duration & shall
consist of the following questions :
Q. No. 1
Analysis of Inorganic Mixture (Book Allowed)
(16 Marks)
Q. No. 2
Crystallization of an organic compound and
determination of its melting point. (10 Marks)
Q. No. 3
Physical Chemistry Experiment
(10 Marks)
Students shall be allowed the choice to opt for one
experiment out of the three offered. The candidate
will write theory, short procedure and calculations of
that experiment in the next 10 minutes. Note-Books/
Books is/are not allowed during writing.
Q. No. 4
Viva-voce
(8 Marks)
Minimum of four questions (2 marks each) be asked on the
background of practical course.
Note-Book
(6 Marks)
Books Suggested (Theory Courses)
1. Basic Inorganic Chemistry, F.A. Cotton, G. Wilkinson and
P.L. Gaus, Wiley.
2. Concise Inorganic Chemistry, J.D. Lee, ELBS.
3. Concepts of Models of Inorganic Chemistry, B. Douglas,
D. McDaniel and J. Alexander, John Wiley.
4. Inorganic Chemistry, D.E. Shriver, P.W. Alkins and C.H.
Langford, Oxford.
5. Inorganic Chemistry, W.W. Porterfield Addison-Wesley.
6. Inorganic Chemistry, A.G. Sharpe, ELBS.
182
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
7. Inorganic Chemistry, G.L. Miessler and D.A. Tarr, Prentice
Hall.
8. Organic Chemistry, Morrison and Boyd, Prentice-Hall.
9. Organic Chemistry, L.G. Wade Jr. Prentice-Hall.
10. Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry, Solomons, John Wiley.
11. Organic Chemistry Vol. I, II & III, S.M. Mukherji, S.P. Singh
and R.P. Kapoor, Wiley Eastern Ltd. (New Age International).
12. Organic Chemistry, F.A. Carey, McGraw-Hill, Inc.
13. Introduction to Organic Chemistry, Sireitwieser, Heathcock
and Kosover, Macmilan.
14. Physical Chemistry, G.M. Barrow, International Student
Edition, McGraw Hill.
15. Basic Programming with Application, V.K. Jain, Tata
McGraw Hill.
16. Computers and Common Sense, R. Hunt and Shelly, Prentice
Hall.
17. University General Chemistry, C.N.R. Rao, Macmillan.
18. Physical Chemistry R.A. Alberty, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
19. The Elements of Physical Chemistry, P.W. Atkins, Oxford.
20. Physical Chemistry Through Problems, S.K. Dogra and
S. Dogra, Willey Eastern Ltd.
Books Suggested (Laboratory Courses)
1. Vogel’s Qualitative Inorganic Analysis, revised, Svehla, Orient
Longman.
2. Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Inorganic Analysis (revised),
J. Bassett, R.C. Denney, G.H. Jeffery and J. Mandham,
ELBS.
3. Standard Methods of Chemical. Analysis, W.W. Scott : The
Technical Press.
4. Experimental Inorganic Chemistry, W.G. Palmer, Cambridge.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
183
5. Handbook of preparative Inorganic Chemistry, Vol. I & II,
Brauer, Academic Press.
6. Inorganic Synthesis, McGraw Hill.
7. Experimental Organic Chemistry, Vol. I & II, P.R. Singh, D.S.
Gupta and K.S. Bajpai, Tata McGraw Hill.
8. Laboratory Manual in Organic Chemistry, R.K. Bansal, Wiley
Eastern.
9. Vogel’s Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, B.S.
Furniss, A.J. Hannaford, V. Rogers, P.W.G. Smith and A.R.
Tatchell, ELBS.
10. Experiments in General Chemistry, C.N.R. Rao and U.C.
Aggarwal, East-West Press.
11. Experiments in Physical Chemistry, R.C. Das and B. Behra,
Tata McGraw Hill.
12. Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry, J.B. Yadav, Goel
Publishing House.
13. Advanced Experimental Chemistry, Vol. I, Physical, J.N. Guru
and R. Kapoor, S. Chand & Co.
14. Selected Experiments in Physical Chemistry, N.G. Mukherjee,
J.N. Ghosh & Sons.
15. Experiments Physical Chemistry, J.C. Ghosh, Bharati Bhavan.
184
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
BOTANY
Hours of
Teaching
Marks
Theory Practical Theory Practical
Paper-I: Diversity of Microbes 60
& Cryptogams
100
75
25
Paper-II:Cell Biology &
Genetics
60
100
75
25
Total
120
200
150
50
Paper-A : Diversity of Microbes and Cryptogams
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 75
Practical : 25
Time : 3 Hrs.
Instructions for the Paper Setters :
There will be a total of nine questions. Question No. 1 will be
compulsory and will be of short answer-type (3-4 lines). No multiple
choice questions, answer of one-word answer type be set. The remaining
8 questions will include two questions from each unit. Candidates will be
required to attempt 1 question from each of the 4 units. All questions
(including Q. No. 1) will have equal marks.
Unit-I
Algae : General characters, classification and economic
importance, important features and life history of Chlorophyceae—
Volvox, oedogonium, Voleochaete, Lanthophyceae—Vaucheria;
Phaeophyceae—Ectocarpus, Sargassum; Rhodophyceae—
Polysiphonia.
Unit-II
Viruses and Bacteria : General account of viruses and
mycoplasma; bacteria—structure, nutrition, reproduction and
economic importance; general account cyanobacteria. Fungi :
General characters, classification and economic importance;
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
185
important features and life history of Mastigomycotina—Pythium
Phytophthora; Zygomycotina—Mucor, Ascomycotina—
Saccharomyces,
Eurotium,
Chaetuomium.
Peziza;
Basidiomycotina—Puccinia, Agaricus; Deuteromycotina—
Cercospora. Colletotrichum; general account of Lichens.
Unit-III
Bryophyta : Amphibians of plants kingdom displaying
alternation of generations; structure, reproduction and classification
of Hepaticopsida (e.g. Marchantia); Anthocerotopsida (e.g.
Anthoceros), Bryopsida (e.g. Funaria).
Unit-IV
Pteridophyta : The first vascular plant; important
characteristics of Psilopsida, Lycopsida, Sphenosida and Pteropsida;
structure, reproduction in Rhynia, Lycopodium Selaginella.
Equisetum, Pteris and Marsilea.
Suggested Readings
1. Dube, H.C., 1990, An Introduction to Fungi, Vikas Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd., Delhi.
2. Puri, P., 1980 Bryophyta, Atma & Sons, Delhi.
3. Sharma, O.P., 1992, Text Book of Thallophytes, McGraw
Hill Publishing Co.
4. Sharma, O.P. 1990, Text Book of Pteridophyta, McMillan
India Ltd.
5. Sharma, P.D., 1991, The Fungi, Rastogi & Co. Meerut.
6. Smith G.M. 1971, Cryptogamic Botany, Vol. II, Bryophytes
& Pteridophytes. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., New
Delhi.
186
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Suggested Laboratory Exercises
Teachers may select plants/material available in their locality/
institution.
1. Study of the genera included under algae and fungi.
2. Study of morphology, reproductive structures and anatomy
of the examples cited in theory under Bryophyta and
Pteridophyta.
3. Observation of disease symptoms in hosts infected by fungi,
viruses and mycoplasma Section cutting of diseased material
and identification of the pathogens as per the theory syllabus.
4. Gram staining of bacteria.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
187
Botany
Paper-B : Cell Biology and Genetics
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 75
Practical : 25
Time : 3 Hrs.
Instructions for the Paper Setters
There will be a total of nine questions. Question No. 1 will
be compulsory and will be of short answer-type (3-4 lines). No
multiple choice questions, answer of one-word answer type be set.
The remaining 8 questions will include two questions from each
unit. Candidates will be required to attempt 1 question from each of
the 4 units. All questions (including Q. No. 1) will have equal marks.
Unit-I
Structure and function of nucleus; Ultrastructure;
nuclear membrane; nucleouls.
Extranuclear Genome : Presence and function of
mitochondrial and plastid DNA; plasmids.
Structure and function of other organelles : Golgi, ER,
peroxisomes, Vacuoles.
Unit-II
Chromosome organization : Morphology; centromere and
telomere; chromosome alterations; deletions, duplications,
translocations, inversions; variations in chromosome number,
aneuploidy, polyploidy; sex chromosomes.
The cell envelopes : Plasma membrane; bilayer lipid
structure; functions; the cell wall.
Unit-III
DNA the genetic material : DNA structure; replication;
DNA-protein interaction; the nucleosome model; genetic code;
satellite and repetitive DNA.
Cell division : Mitosis; meiosis.
188
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Unit-IV
Genetic inheritance : Mendelism; laws of segregation
and independent assortment; linkage analysis; allelic and non-allelic
interactions.
Gene expression : Structure of gene; transfer of genetic
informaton; transcription, translation, protein synthesis, tRNA;
ribosomes; regulation of gene expression in prokaryotes and
eukaryotes; proteins, ID, 2D, and 3D structure.
Genetic variations : Mutations, spontaneous and induced;
transposable genetic elements; DNA, damage and repair.
Suggested Readings
1. Gupta, P.K. 1999, A Text-book of Cell and Molecular Biology,
Rastogi Publications, Meerut, India.
2. Kleinsmith, L.J. and Kish, V.M. 1995. Principles of Cell and
Molecular Biology (2nd edition). Harper Collins College
Publishers, New York, USA.
3. Lodish, H., Berk, A., Zipursky, S.L., Matsudaira, P. Baltimoe.
D. and Darnell, J. 2000. Molecular Cell Biology, W.H.
Freeman & Co., New York, USA.
4. Russell, P.J., 1998, Genetics. The Benjamin/Cummings
Publishing Co., Inc., USA.
5. Snustad, D.P. and Simmons, M.J., 2000, Principles of Genetics,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., USA.
6. Wolte, S.L., 1993, Molecular and Cell Biology, Wadsworth
Publishing Co., California USA.
Suggested Laboratory Exercises
(Teachers may select plants/material available in their locality/
institutions).
1. To study cell structure from onion leaf peels; demonstration
of standing and mounting methods.
2. Comparative study of cell structure in onion cells, Hydrilla
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
189
and Spirogyra. Study of cyclosis in Tradescantia Staminal
Cells.
3. Study of plastids to examine pigment distribution in plants
(e.g. Cassia, Lycopersicon and Capsicum).
4. Examination of electron micrographs of eukaryotic cells with
special reference to organelles.
5. Study of electron micrographs of viruses, bacteria,
cyanobacteria and eukaryotic cells for comparative cellular
organization.
6. Examination of various stages of mitosis and mitosis using
appropriate plants material (e.g. onion root tips, onion flower
buds).
7. Preparation of karyotypes from dividing root tip cells and
pollen grains.
8. Cytological examination of special types of chromosomes :
bar body, lampbrush and polytene chromosomes.
9. Working out the laws of inheritance using seed mixtures.
10. Working out the mode of inheritance of linked genes from
test cross and/or F2 data.
Suggested Readings (for laboratory exercises)
1. Fukui, K. and Nakayama, S. 1996. Plant Chromosomes;
Laboratory Methods, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida.
2. Gunning, B.E.S. and Steer, M.W. 1996. Plant Cell Biology;
Structure and Function, Jones and Barllett Publishers, Boston,
Massachusetts.
3. Harns, N. and Oparka, K.J. 1994. Plant Cell Biology, A
Practical Approach. IRL Press, at Oxford University Press,
Oxford, UK.
4. Sharma, A.K. and Sharma, A. 1999. Plant Chromosomes;
Analysis. Manipulation and Engineering, Harwood Academic
Publishers, Australia.
190
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
ZOOLOGY
Scheme
Paper
Maximum
Marks
Hours or
Examination
Equivalent
duration hr.
Periods per week
PaperA*
75
3 Hours
Paper B**
75
3 Hours
Practical-I
25
2¼ Hours
(related to Paper A)
Practical-II
25
21/4 Hours
(related to Paper B)
*Paper A : Cell Biology and Biodiversity-I
Section-I
Cell Biology
Section-II
3 Hours
3 Hours
3 Hours
3 Hours
Biodiversity-I (Protozoa to Annelida)
**Paper B: Balanoglosics, only external Character and
Affinities
Section-I
Section-II
Hemichordata)
Ecology and Environmental Biology
Biodiversity-II(Arthropoda
to
Paper-A : Cell Biology and Biodiversity-I
Examination Time : 3 hrs.
Maximum Marks : 75
Section-I
Cell Biology
1. Methods in Cell Biology
2. Organisation of Cell
(a) Plasma membrane
: Principles of light phase contrast
and electron microscopes,
fixation and fixatives, staining
techniques.
: Extra nuclear and nuclear
ultrastructure and functions of
cell organelles
: Structure, osmosis, active and
passive transport, endocytosis
and exocytosis.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
191
(b) Endoplasmic
reticulum
: Structure, types and
associated enzymes.
(c) Mitochondria
: Structure, mitochondrial
enzymes and role of
mitochondria in respiration and
mitochondrial DNA.
(d) Golgi Complex
: Structure and functions.
(e) Ribosomes
: Types of ribosomes, their
structure and functions.
(f) Lysosmos
: Polymorphism and their
function.
(g) Centrosome
: Structure and functions.
(h) Nucleus
: Structure and functions of
nuclear membrane, nucleus and
chromosomes.
3. An elementary idea of cell transformation in cancer.
4. An elementary idea of cellular basis of immunity.
Section-II
Biodiversity-I (Protozoa to Annelida)
Detailed study of the following animal type:
Protozoa
: Amoeba, Paramecium and
Plasmodium. Introduction to
Parasitic Protozoans.
Parazoa (Porifera)
: Sycon
Cnidaria (Coelentrata)
: Obelia
Platyhelminthes
: Fasciola, Taenia
Aschelminthes
: Ascaris, Parasitic adaptations in
Helminthes
Annelida
: Pheretima (earthworm)
192
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Classification upto orders with brief ecological note and
economic importance (if any) of the following :
1. Protozoa
: Entamoeba, Trypanosoma,
Giardia, Noctiluca, Eimeria
Opalina, Vorticella, Balantidium
and Nyctotherus.
2. Parazoa (Porifera) : Grantia, Euplectella, Hyalonema
and Spongilla.
3. Cnidaria
: Hydra, Sertularia, Plumularia,
(Coelentrata)
Obelia, Ubularia, Bougainvillea,
Porpita, Vallela, Physalia,
Rhizostoma, Millipora, Aurelia,
Alcyonium, Tubipora, Zoanthus,
Metridium, Madrepora, Favia,
Fungia and Astrangia.
4. Platyhelminthes
: Dugesia, Schistosoma and
Echinococcus.
5. Aschelminthes
: Ascaris, Oxyuris, Wuchereria.
6. Annelida
: Nereis, Polynoe, Eunice Arenicola,
Aphrodite, Amphitrite,
Chaetopterus, Tubifex and
Pontobdella.
Note for the paper setters:
- Nine questions are to be set in all.
- Question No. 1 is compulsory consisting of short multiple
answer type questions covering the whole syllabus. It will
have 10 parts of 1½ marks each.
- Three from section I & five questions/long answers are to be
set from sections II. The questions can have sub parts.
Instructions for the students
- Four questions/long answers are to be attempted, at least
one from section-I and two from section-II, the fourth can
be attempted from either of the section.
In all, five questions are to be attempted including
compulsory one.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
193
Zoology
Paper-B :
Balanoglosis, only external character and affinities
Max.Marks : 75
Examination Time : 3 hrs.
Section-I
Ecology and Environment Biology
Ecology
: Subdivision and scope of ecology.
Ecosystem
:
Components, ecological energetics,
food web, introduction to major
ecosystems of the world.
Ecological factors
:
Temperature, light and soil as
ecological factors.
Nutrients
:
Biogeochemical cycles and concept
of limiting factors.
Ecological Adptations
:
Morphological, physiological and
behavioural adaptations of animals
in different habitats.
Population
:
Characteristics and regulations of
population. Inter and Intra
Specific relationship
:
Competition, Predation,
Parasitism, mmensalism and
Mutualism.
Biotic community
:
Characteristics, ecological
succession, ecological niche.
Natural resources
:
Renewable and nonrenewable
natural resources and their
conservations.
Environmental
degradation
:
Causes, impact and control of
environmental pollution.
194
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Section-II
Biodiversity -II (Arthropoda to Hemichordata)
Detailed study of the following animal types :
Arthropoda
: Periplaneta (cockroach), Prawn,
Social organizations in insects (honey
bee and termite)
Mollusca
: Pila
Echinodermata
: Asterias (star fish), Exchinoderm larvae
Hemichordata
: Balanoglossus, External characters and
affinities.
Classification up to orders with ecological notes and
economic importance (if any) of the following :
1. Arthropoda
: Peripatus, Prawn, Lobster, Cancer
(crab), Sacculina, Eupagarus (hermit
crab), Lepas, Balanus, Apis, Lepisma
(silver fish), Schistocerca (locust),
Poecilocerus (ak grasshopper), Gryllus
(cricket), Mantis (praying mantis)
Cicada, Forficula (earwig), Dragon fly,
Termite queen, Bug, Moth, Beetle ,
Polistes (wasp), Bombyx (silk moth),
Millipede, Scolopendra (centipede),
Palamnaeus.
2. Mollusca
: Chiton, Anodonta, Mytilus, Ostrea,
Cardium, Pholas, Solen (razor fish),
Pecten, Haliotis, Patella, Aplysia, Doris,
Limax, Loego, Sepia, Octopus, Nautilus
shell and Dentalium.
3. Echinodermata
: Echinus, Cucumaria, Ophiothrix and
Antedon.
4. Hermichordata
: Balanoglossus.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
195
Note for the paper setters:
- Nine questions are to be set in all.
- Question No. 1 is compulsory consisting of short/ multiple
answer type questions covering the whole syllabus. It will
have 10 parts of 1½ marks each.
- Three questions from section I & Five questions/long
answers are to be set from section II. Questions can have
sub parts.
Instructions for the students :
- Four questions/long answers are to be attempted, at least
one from section-I and two from section-II, the fourth can
be attempted from either of the section.
- In all, Five questions are to be attempted including compulsory
one.
Suggested Readings
1. Alberts, B., Bray, D., Lewis, J., Raff, M. Roberts, K., Watson
J.D. Molecular Biology of the Cell, Garland Publ. Inc., New
York, 1998.
2. Barnes, R.D., Invertebrates Zoology. W.B. Saunder,
Philadelphia, 1999.
3. De Robertis, E.D.P. De Robertis, E.M.F. Cell Biology and
Molecular Biology (Eighth Edition), W.B. Saunders Co.,
Philadelphia, 1995.
4. Dhami, P.S. & Dhami, J. K., Invertebrates, R. Chand & Co.,
New Delhi, 2001.
5. Odum, E.P., Fundamentals of Ecology, W.B. Saunders Co.,
Philadelphia, 1995.
6. Kormondy, E.J., Concept of Ecology, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.
Prentice Hall Inc., 1975.
7. Kreb C.J., Ecology, Harper & Row, New York, 1982.
8. Pawar, C.B., Cell Biology, Himalaya Publishing House,
Bombay, 1999.
196
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Practical-I (Related to Paper-A)
Max.Marks: 25
Examination Time: 3hrs.
I. Classification up to orders with ecological notes and
economic importance (if any) of the following animals :
A. Protozoa
(a) Examination of cultures of Euglena
and Paramecium.
(b) Slides : Amoeba, Euglena,
Trypanosoma, Noctiluca, Eimeria,
Monocystis, Paramecium (binary
fission and conjugation), Opalina,
Vorticella, Balantidium, Nyctotherus
and Polystomella.
B. Parazoa
Specimens : Sycon, Grantia,
Euplectella, Hyalonema, Spongilla,
Euspongia.
C. Cnidaria
(Coelenterata)
Specimens : Porpita, Velella,
Physalia, Aurelia, Rhizostoma,
Metridium, Millipora, Alcyonium.
(a) Tubipora, Zoanthus, Madrepora,
Favia, Fungia and Astrangia.
(b) Slides : Hydra (W.M.), Hydra with
buds, Obelia (colony and medusa),
Sertularia, Plumularia, Tubularia,
Bougainvillea and Aurelia.
D. Platyhelminthes
(a) Specimens : Dugesia, Fasciola,
Taenia, Echinococcus.
(b) Slides : Miracidium, Sporocyst, Redia,
Cercaria of Fasciola, scolex and
proglottids of Taenia (mature and
gravid).
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
E. Aschelminthes
F. Annelida
2.
197
(a) Ascaris (male and female),
Trichinella, Ancylostoma.
Pheretima, Nereis, Heteronereis,
Polynoe, Eunice, Aphrodite,
Chaetopterus, Arenicola, Tubifex and
Pontodela
Study of the following permanent stained preparations:
A. L.S. and T.S. Sycon, gemmules, spicules and sponging
fibres of a spongin.
B. T.S. Hydra (Testis and ovary region)
C. T.S. Fasciola (Different regions)
D. T.S. Ascaris (Male and Female)
E. T.S. Pheretima (pharyngeal and typhlosolar regions),
Setae, septal nephridia, spermathecae and ovary of
Pheretima (Earthworm).
3.
Preparation of the following slides:A. Temporary preparation of Paramecium and setae and
spermatheca of earthworm.
B. Preparation of permanent whole mounts (stained in borax
carmine) of Hydra, Obelia, Sertularia, Plumularia and
Bougainvillea.
4.
Dissection of the following animals:A. Pheretima (earthworm): Digestive, reproductive and
nervous systems.
5. Cell Biology
A. Paper chromatography.
B. Gel electrophoresis through photographs or through
research laboratories
C. Familiarity with TEM & SEM.
D. Study of different ultra structures of cell organelles
through photographs.
198
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Practical-II (Related to Paper-B)
Max. Marks : 25
Examination time : 3hrs.
1. Classification up to orders with ecological notes and economic
importance (if any) of the following animals :
A. Arthropoda
: Peripatus, Palaemon (prawn), Lobster,
Cancer (crab), Sacculina, Eupagurus
(hermit Crab), Lepas, Balanus, Cyclops,
Daphnia, Lepisma, Periplaneta
(cockroach), Schistocerca (locust),
Poecilocerus (ak grasshopper), Gryllus
(cricket), Mantis (praying mantis),
Cicada, Forficula (earwig), Dragonfly,
Termite queen, Bug, Moth, Beetles,
Polistes, (wasp), Apis (honey bee),
Bombyx, Pediculus (body louse)
Millipede and Centipede, Palamnaeus
(scorpion), Araneae (spider) and Limulus
(king Crab).
B. Mollusca
: Anodota, Mytilus, Ostrea, Cardium,
Pholas, Solen (razor fish), Pecten,
Haliotis, Patella, Aplysia, Doris, Limax,
Loligo, Sepia, Octopus, Nautilus shell
(Complete and T.S.), Chiton, Dentalium.
C. Echinodermata : Asterias, Echinus Ophiothrix, Antedon.
D. Hemichordata : Balanoglossus.
2.
Study of the following permanent stained preparations:
A. Insect trachea, mouth parts of Periplaneta (cockroach)
B. Radula and osphradium of Pila
C. T.S. Star fish (Arm).
3.
Preparation of the following slides:-
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
199
A. Mouth parts of Periplaneta (cockroach).
B. Radula of Pila
C. Appendages of Prawn.
4.
Dissection of the following animals:A. Periplaneta (cockroach): Digestive and nervous systems,
mouth parts and trachea.
B. Pila : Pallial complex, digestive and nervous systems
5.
Ecology :
A. Study of animal adaptation with the help of specimens,
charts and models.
B. Study of Zoogeographical regions and their fauna.
C. Study of biotic components of an ecosystem.
D. Study of different types of nests in birds.
E. Study and preparation of Zoogeographical charts.
Notes:
1. Candidates will be required to submit their original note books
containing record of their laboratory work (Drawing etc.)
Initiated and dated by their teachers at the time of practical
examination.
2. Students must be taken out for excursion to the Zoological
gardens, sea shores, and hill stations to study habitat and
ecology of the animals.
200
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Microbiology
Paper-A
Fundamentals of Microbiology
Time : 3 hours
Max.Marks : 75
Instruction for the paper setter
There will be a total of nine questions. Question No. 1 will
be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines). However
no multiple choice one-word answer type questions shall be set. The
remaining 8 questions will include two questions from each unit.
Candidates will be required to attempt one question from each of the
four units. They will have to attempt five questions in all and all
questions will carry equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Introduction and Scope of Microbiology: Discovery
of microorganisms, history of microbiology, controversy over
spontaneous origin or microorganisms, discovery of anaerobic life,
germ theory of fermentation as life without oxygen, germ theory of
disease.
2. Characterization and Identification of Microorganisms: Place of microorganisms in living world, Hackel's and
Whittaker's system of classification, prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells,
characteristics of main groups of microorganisms.
Unit-II
3. Methods in Microbiology : Bright field microscopy
and its applications, Methods of sterilization, preparation of a culture
media, pure culture concept, staining technhiques of bacteria such
as simple, negative and differential methods.
4. Structure of Bacteria: Fine structure of bacterial cell,
cell wall, cell membrane, capsule, pili, flagella, ribosomes,
Cytoplasmic inclusions, Bacterial movement, Endospore and
physiology of endospore formation.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
201
Unit-III
5. Nutrition : Nutritional requirements of microorganisms,
nutritional types of bacteria, autotrophs, heterotrophs, parasites, types
of culture media, differential media, and selective media enrichment
media. Control of microorganisms by physical, chemical and
chemotherapeutic agents.
6. Reproduction and Growth in Microorganisms:
Modes of cell division, growth curve of bacteria, continuous culture,
synchronous growth, quantitative measurement of bacterial growth,
Effect of various factors on growth of bacteria.
Unit-IV
7. Reproduction and Growth in Microorganisms : Modes of
cell division, growth curve of bacteria, continuous, culture, synchronous
growth, quantitative measurement of bacterial growth effect of
various factors on growth of bacteria, DNA as genetic material.
8. Clinical Microbiology : Epidemiology reservoirs and modes
of transmission of infectious diseases. Pathogenesis, diagnosis and
treatment of common bacterial and viral diseases in humans.
Books Recommended :
1. Pelczar, M.I., Chan, E.C.S. and Krieg, N.R. 1993,
Microbiology. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., Ltd., New
Delhi.
2. Stanier, R.Y., Ingraham, J.L., Wheelis, M.L. and Painter, P.R.
1986, General Microbiology, MacMillan Education Ltd.
Publisher.
3. Powar, C.B. and Dagniwala, H.F. 1992, General Microbiology,
Volume I and II, Himalaya Publishing House, Delhi.
4. Sharma, P.D. 1997, Microbiology, Rastogi Publications,
Meerut.
202
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Microbiology
Paper-B
Basic Food Microbiology
Time : 3 hours
Max.Marks : 75
Instructions for paper setter
There will be a total of nine questions. Question No. 1 will
be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines). However
no multiple choice one-word answer type questions shall be set. The
remaining 8 questions will include two questions from each unit.
Candidates will be required to attempt one question from each of the
four units. They will have to attempt five questions in all and all
questions will carry equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Food as a substrate for microorganisms, intrinsic and
extrinsic factors affecting the growth of various microorganisms in
foods. Microorganisms important in food microbiology-bacteria,
yeasts and molds, sources of contamination in foods.
Unit II
2. Fermented foods, origin of fermentation as a method of
preparing indigenous foods, bread, dosa idli, warri, temper miso.
Unit-III
3. Principles of food preservation and spoilage, asepsis,
anaerobic conditions, aseptic packaging, preservation methods, high
temperature, low temperature, drying, chemical preservatives.
Unit-IV
4. Spoilage of various milk and milk products, cereal and
cereal products, vegetable and fruits, meat and meat products,
canned foods. Food poisoning and food infection. Staphylococcal,
Clostridium and Salmonella intoxications.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
203
Books Recommeded
1. Frazier. W.C. and Westhoff, D.C. 1978, Food Microbiology,
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Banwart, G.J., 1987, Basic Food Microbiology, CBS Publishers
and Distributions, New Delhi.
3. Powar, C.B. and Dagniwala, H.F. 1992. General Microbiology
Volume II. Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi.
204
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Microbiology Practicals-I
Time : 4 Hours
Max. Marks : 50
1. To study the essentials of a Microbiology laboratory.
2. To study various parts of a laboratory microscope.
3. To study various sterlization techniques.
4. To prepare the cultures media for the cultivation of various
microorganisms.
5. To study various laboratory techniques for the cultivation and
isolation of pure cultures of microorganisms.
6. To perform the simple staining of bacterial cell.
7. To perform the differential staining of bacterial cell.
8. To study the typical growth curve of bacteria.
9. To enumerate the total microbial cells in a suspension by serial
dilution and pour plating.
10. To enumerate the total bacteria in milk by direct microscopic
count.
11. To measure the size of microbial cells by ocular micrometer.
12. To study the morphology of bacteria, yeasts and molds.
13. To check the bacteriological quality of raw milk by methylene
blue reduction test.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
205
Industrial Microbiology
(Vocational)
Paper-A
Introduction to Microbiology
Time : 3 hrs
Max. Marks: 75
Instructions for paper setter
There will be a total of nine questions. Question No. 1 will
be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines). However
no multiple choice one-word answer type questions shall be set. The
remaining 8 questions will include two questions from each unit.
Candidates will be required to attempt one question from each of the
four units. They will have to attempt five questions in all and all
questions will carry equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Introduction and scope of microbiology: Historical
background of Microbiology (In brief). Difference between
prokaryotic and eukarotic microorganisms.
2. Methods in Microbiology. Bright field microscopy and its
application in Microbiology, Methods of sterilization, concept of media
and its preparation i.e. broth, solid and semisolid, Staining of bacteria
Simple and Gram's staining to differentiate G(+) and (G-) bacteria.
Isolation of pure cultures using techniques like pour plating, streaking,
spreading and serial dilution. Maintenance and preservation of cultures
and culture collections.
Unit-II
3. Morphology and basic structure of bacteria, Fungi and
Virus. Life cycle of bacteria, yeast, fungi and virus.
4. Reproduction and growth in microorganisms, Mode of
cell division, Growth Curve of bacteria, continuous and synchronous
culture, Quantitative measurement of bacterial growth, Effect of
various factors on growth of bacteria. Control of microorganisms
by physical methods.
206
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Unit-III
5. Basic concepts of microbial genetics (In brief). Structure
of DNA, RNA and protein, replication, transcription and translation.
Concept of gene and mutations.
Unit-IV
6. Clinical microbiology : Epidemiology, reservoirs and mode
of transmission of infectious diseases. Pathogenesis, diagnosis and
treatment of common bacterial and viral diseases in man.
Books Recommeded
1. Pelczar, M.I., CJam, E.C.S. and Krieg, N.R. 1993,
Microbiology. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., Ltd., New
Delhi.
2. Stanier, R.Y., Ingraham, J.L., Wheelis, M.L. and Painter, P.R.
1986, General Microbiology, MacMillan Education Ltd.
Publisher.
3. Powar, C.B. and Dagniwala, H.F. 1992, General Microbiology,
Volume I and II Himalaya Publishing House, Delhi.
4. Sharma, P.D. 1997, Microbiology, Rastogi Publications,
Meerut.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
207
Industrial Microbiology
(Vocational)
Paper-B
Introduction to Food Microbiology
Time : 3 hours
Max.Marks : 75
Instructions for paper setter
There will be a total of nine questions. Question No. 1 will be
compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines). However no
multiple choice one-word answer type questions shall be set. The
remaining 8 questions will include two questions from each unit.
Candidates will be required to attempt one question from each of the
four units. They will have to attempt five questions in all and all questions
will carry equal marks.
Unit-I
1. Food as a substrate for microorganisms, intrinsic and extrinsic
factors affecting the growth of various microorganisms in foods.
Unit II
2. Microorganisms important in food microbiology : bacteria,
yeast and molds, sources of contamination in foods.
3. Fermented foods, fermentation as a method of preparing
indigenous foods, bread, dosa idli, warri, soy sauce, miso.
Unit-III
4. Principles of food preservation and spoilage, asepsis,
anaerobic conditions, aseptic packaging, preservation methods, high
temperature, low temperature, drying, irradiation and chemical
preservatives.
208
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Unit-IV
5. Spoilage of various milk and milk products, cereal and
cereal products, vegetable and fruits, eggs, canned foods and meat
and meat products.
6. Food polsoning and food infection. Staphylococal
Chlostridrium and Salmonella intoxication.
Books Recommended
1. Jay, J.M. 1986, Modern Food Microbiology, 3rd edition, an
Nostrand Reinhold.
2. Banwari, G.J., 1989, Basic Food Microbiology, CBS Publishers
and Distributions, New Delhi.
3. Frazier, W.C. and Westhoff, D.C. 1995, Food Microbiology,
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., Ltd., New Delhi.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
209
Practicals (Fundamental and Food Microbiology)
Time : 4 Hours
Max. Marks : 50
1. To study the essential of a Microbiology laboratory.
2. To study various part of a laboratory microscope.
3. To study various sterilization teachniques.
4. To prepare thje culture media for the cultivation of various
micro-organisms.
5. To study various labortory techniques for the cultivation and
isolation of pure culture of micro-organisms.
6. To perform simple staining of bacterial cell.
7. To perform the differential staining of bacterial cell.
8. To enumaerate the total number of bacteria by direct
microscopic count.
9. To measure the size of microbial cell by ocular micrometer.
10. To study the morphology of bacteria, yeast and molds.
11. To check the bacteriological quality of raw milk of methlene
the reduction test.
210
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Scheme of Courses for Biotechnology
(Vocational)
Title
Credit
Hours
Marks
Paper-A
Cell Biology and Genetics
2
40
Paper-B
Computer and Mathematics
2
40
2
40
6
60
-
20
Total
200
(with Computer Lab.)
Paper-C
Biochemistry and Microbiology
Paper-D
Practicals
Biochemical and Microbiological
Techniques
On Job Training
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
211
Biotechnology
Paper-A
Cell Biology and Genetics
Time : 3 hrs.
Periods : 2
Marks : 40
Note for the paper setters/examiners:
Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows:
Section-A: 8 very short answer questions are to be set. The
maximum length of answer can be about 1/3 of a page. All questions
are compulsory. Each question will carry one mark, total weightage
being 8 marks.
Section-B : This section will comprise of 8 questions. Five questions
to be attempted and maximum length of answer can be upto two
pages. Each question will carry four marks, total weightage being
20 marks.
Section-C : This section will comprise to four essay type questions.
Two questions to be attempted. Maximum length of answer can be
upto 5 pages. Each question will carry 6 marks, total weightage
being 12 marks.
Cell Biology
Unit-I
Cell as a basic unit of living systems. The cell theory:
Precellular evolution: artificial creation of 'cells.' Broad classification
of cell types : PPLOs, bacteria, eukaryotic microbes, plant and animal
cells. A detailed classification of cell types within an organism. Cell,
tissue, organ and organism as different levels of organization of
otherwise genetically similar cells. Ecological amplitude of cells in
high altitude, sediments, arctic, hotspring, arid, brackish and fresh
water environments.
212
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Unit-II
Ultrastructure of the cell membrane.
Structure and function of cell organelles; ultrastructure of cell
membrane, cytosol, Golgi bodies, endoplasmic reticulum (rough and
smooth), ribosomes; cytoskeletal structures (actin, microtubules etc.)
Mitochondria, chloroplasts, lyposomets, peroxysomes, nucelus (nuclear
membrane, nucleoplasm, nucleolus chromatin). Cell division and cell
cycle (incl. cell synchrony and its applications); Cell-cell interaction;
Cell locomotion (amoeboid, flagellar and ciliar). Musle and nerve cells;
Cell senescence and death; Cell differentiation in plants and animals.
Genetic
Unit-III
Mendelian laws of inheritance; gene interactions. Sex
determination in plants and animals, sex-linkage, non-disjunction as a
proof of chromosomal theory of inheritance. Linkage; mapping genes;
interference; coincidence in pro and eukaryotes.
Unit-IV
Chromosomes: chemical composition; structural organization
of chromatids, centromeres, telomeres, chromatin, nucleosome
organisation; eu-and heterochromatin; special chromosomes (e.g.,
polytene and lampbrush chromosomes; banding patterns in human
chromosomes. Structural and numerical aberration involving
chromosomes; evolution of wheat, cotton and rice; Hereditary
defects- Kleinefelter, Turner, Cri-du-Chat and Down syndromes.
Unit-V
Mutations-spontaneous and induced; chemical and physical
mutagens; induced mutations in plants, animals and microbes for
economic benefit of man. Basic microbial genetics, conjugation,
transduction, transformation, isolation of auxotrophs, replica plating
techniques, analysis of mutations in biochemical pathways, one geneone enzyme hypothesis.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
213
Extrachromosomal inheritance, mitochondrial and chloroplast
genetic systems.
Population genetics : Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium, gene and
genotypic frequencies.
Books Recommended
1. De-Robertis, F.D.P. and De-Robertis Jr. E.M.F. (1991), Cell
and Molecular Biology, Saunders, Philadelphia.
2. Maloy, S.R. Crown, J.E. and Freifelder, D. (1994), Microbial
Genetics : 2nd edition, Jones & Bartlett Publishers.
3. Hartl. D.L. (1994), Genetics : 3rd edition, Jones & Bartlett
Publishers.
4. Lodish, H., Baltimore, D., Berk, A., Zipursky, S.L.,
Matsudaria, P and Darnell, J. (1995), Molecular Cell Biology,
3rd Edition, Scientific American Books Inc.
5. Brooker, R.J. (1999), Genetics: Analysis and Principles, Jim
Green.
6. Antherly A.G., Girton. J.R. (1999). The Science of Genetics.
Harcourt College Publishers.
7. Freifelder, D. (2000), Microbial Genetics, Narosa Publishing
House.
8. Geoffrey, M. (2000), The Cell : A Molecular approach, 2nd
edition, ASM Press.
9. Hartl, D.L., Jones E.W., (2001). Genetics : Analysis of Genes
& Genomes, 5th edition Jones & Bartlett Publishers.
214
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Biotechnology
Paper-B
Computer and Mathematics
Time : 3 hrs.
Periods : 2
Marks : 40
Note for the paper setters/examiners :
Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows:
Section-A: 8 very short answer questions are to be set. The
maximum length of answer can be about 1/3 of a page. All questions
are compulsory. Each question will carry one mark, total weightage
being 8 marks.
Section-B : This section will comprise of 8 questions. Five questions
to be attempted and maximum length of answer can be upto two
pages. Each question will carry four marks, total weightage being
20 marks.
Section-C : This section will comprise of four essay type questions.
Two questions to be attempted. Maximum length of answer can be
upto 5 pages. Each question will carry 6 marks, total weightage
being 12 marks.
Maths
Unit-I
The set theory properties of subsets.
Linear and geometric functions.
Limits of functions, derivatives of functions.
Unit-II
The binomial theorem
Logarithm
Differentiation
Integration
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
215
Unit-III
Probability calculations
Methods of sampling, confidence level
Measurement of central tendencies
Measurement of deviations
Computers
Unit-IV
Computers : General introduction to computers, organization
of computers, digital and analogue computers, computer algorithm.
Computers in on line monitoring and automation.
Unit-V
Application of computers in co-ordination of solute
concentration. pH and temperature etc. of a fermenter in operation.
Demonstration of the above utilities (alongwith the above lectures).
216
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Biotechnology
Paper-C
Biochemistry and Microbiology
Periods : 2
Marks : 40
Time : 3 Hours
Note for the paper setters/examiners :
Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows:
Section-A: 8 very short answer questions are to be set. The
maximum length of answer can be about 1/3 of a page. All questions
are compulsory. Each question will carry one mark, total weightage
being 8 marks.
Section-B : This section will comprise of 8 questions. Five questions
to be attempted and maximum length of answer can be upto two
pages. Each question will carry four marks, total weightage being
20 marks.
Section-C : This section will comprise to four essay type questions.
Two questions to be attempted. Maximum length of answer can be
upto 5 pages. Each question will carry 6 marks, total weightage
being 12 marks.
Biochemistry
Unit-I
Nature of biological material; Suitability of organic compounds for
generation of structure, storage of energy and information; Hydrophilic and
hydrophobic groups in biological molecules.
Classification of biomolecules based on their role in
bioprocesses
(i) Molecules involved in generation of mechanical stabilitypepetidoglycans, polysaccharides and membrane lipids.
(ii) Molecules involved in information storage and retrieval-the
nucleic acids.
(iii) Molecules executing mediator and catalytic functions-the
proteins.
(iv) The signal molecules.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
217
Unit-II
Perspectives of biological macromolecules : the repeating units
in nucleic acids and proteins. Helicity, bending, looping, pleats, salt
bridges etc. and their determinants. The basis for intermolecular
interaction e.g. enzyme-substrate and antigen-antibody recognition.
Nature of biochemical reactions underlying biosynthesis and
degradition. Role of enzymes in such reactions. Protein and nonprotein enzymes. Kinetics of enzyme catalysed reactions.
Unit-III
In vitro activity of purified enzymes and their applications in
industry. Various uses of enzymes-enzymes in food processing,
medicine, diagnostics and production of new compounds. Enzymes
as research tools-ELISA methods, modifications of biological
compounds with the help of enzymes.
Microbiology
Unit-IV
Development of microscopy (optical, TEM and SEM);
Pasteur's experiments disproving spontaneous generation; The
concept of sterilization. Methods of Sterilization (Dry heat, wet heat,
radiation., chemical and filteration etc.) Concept of microbial species
and strains; The various forms of microorganisms-PPLOs-cocci,
bacilli and spirilla; Genetic homogeneity in clonal populations;
Spontaneous and induced variation arising in microbial population;
Gene transfer in microorganisms.
Nature of the microbial cell surface. Gram positive and gram
negative bacteria. Kinds of flagella. Serotypes; Prokaryotic and
eukarotic microbial cells.
Unit-V
Nutritional classification of microorganisms; Microbes in
extreme environments—the thermophiles and alkalophiles;
Pathogenic microorganisms. Defence mechanism against microorganisms; Symbiosis and antibiosis among microbial populations;
N2-fixing microbes in agriculture.
218
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Microbial metabolism; Fermentation products; A survey of
products from micro-organisms; Strain improvement by enrichment,
selection and recombinant DNA methods; Production of heterologous
proteins of interest in micro-organisms.
Books Recommmended
1. Rawn, J.D. (1989), Biochemistry, Neil Patterson Publishers.
2. Davis, B.D. Dulbecco. R., Eisen, H.N. and Ginsberg, H.S.
(1990), Microbiology : 4th edition, Harper & Row, Publishers.
Singapore.
3. Lehninger, A.L., Nelson, D.L. and Lox, M.M. (1993),
Principles of Biochemistry, CBS Publishers and Distributors,
New Delhi.
4. Tortora, G.J., Funke, B.R. and Case, C.L. (1994). Microbiology
: An introduction : 5th edition, The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing
Company, Inc.
5. Stryer, L. (1995), Biochemistry : 4th Edition, W.H. Freeman
and Company, New York.
6. Zubay, G.L., Parson. W.W. and Vance, D.E. (1995).
Principles of Biochemistry : S Student Study Art Notebook,
Wm. C. Brown Publishers.
7. Stanier, R.Y. (1995), General Microbiology, MacMillan Press,
London.
8. Pelezar, M.T. (1995), Microbiology, Tata McGraw Hill
Publication, New Delhi.
9. Schlegel, H.G. (1995), General Microbiology, 7th edition,
Cambridge Univ. Press.
10. Prescott and Dunn (1999), Industrial Microbiology, 4th edition.
By S.K. Jain for CBS Publishers & Distributors.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
219
11. Bucke C., (1999), Carbohydrate Biotechnology Protocols,
Humara Press.
12. Purohit, S.S. (2000), Microbiology ; Fundamentals and
Applications (6th edition), Agrobios (India).
13. Postage, J. (2000), Microbes & Man, 4th edition, Cambrige
Univ. Press.
14. Tortora, G.J., Funke, B.R., 2001, Microbiology : An
Introduction, Benjammin Cummings.
15. Horton et al., (2001), Principles of Biochemistry, Prentice
Hall.
220
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Biotechnology
Paper-D
Practicals : Biochemical and Microbiological Techniques
Periods : 6
Time : 3 Hours
Marks : 60
Biochemistry Techniques
Verification of Beer Lamberts for P-nitrophenol or cobalt
chloride.
Determination of pKa value of p nitrophenol
Quantitative estimation of the following in biological samples
Sugar in given solutions
Sugar in biological samples
Extractions and separation of lipids
The determination of acid value of a fat
Estimation of proteins
Estimation of DNA/RNA
Microbiological Techniques
Aseptic techniques
Cleaning of glassware
Preparation of media, cotton-plugging and sterilization
Personal hygiene-Microbes from hands, tooth-scum and other
body parts.
Isolation of microorganisms from air, water and soil samples.
Dilution and pour plating. Colony purification.
Enumeration of micro-organisms. Total vs. viable counts.
Identification of isolated bacteria. Gram staining, other staining
methods, metabolic characterization (e.g. IMViC test)
Growth curve of microorganisms.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
221
Antibiotic sensitivity of microbes, use of antibiotic discs.
Testing of water quality.
One step growth of bacteriophage.
Alcoholic and mixed-acid fermentation
Books Recommended
1. Bansal, D.D., Khardori, R. & Gupta, M.M. (1985), Practical
Biochemistry, Standard Publication, Chandigarh.
2. Pulummer D.T. (1990), An Introduction of Practical
Biochemistry, 3rd Ed. Tata McGraw Hill Publishers Co. Ltd.,
New Delhi.
3. Cappucin J.G. and Sherman, N. (1992), Microbiology: A
Laboratory Manual, 3rd edition, Benjamin/Cummings
Publishing Company, Inc.
On Job Training
Marks : 20
The students should be assigned to assist a clinic (in a hospital),
a fermentation plant, brewery of bakery and watch the various
stages in brewing and baking and post fermentation processing.
Prior arrangements must be made of the mode of interaction
of the educational institutions with the clinic and the industry.
222
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Scheme of Courses for Bioinformatics (Vocational)
Part-I
Title
Credit
Hrs. Marks
Paper-A Basic Math & Biostatistics
2
40
Paper-B Fundamentals of Computers,
2
40
Web Technology and Networking
Paper-C Basic Molecular Biology
2
40
& Introductiont to Bioinformatics
Paper-D Introduction to Database Mgt.
2
40
Systems
Paper-E Lab in Databases Management,
6
40
Computer Fundamentals, Web
Technology
14
200
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
223
Bioinformatics (Vocational)
Paper-A
Basic Mathematics and Biostatistics
Time : 2 Hrs.
M.M. : 40
Note for the paper setter/examiners :
Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows :
Section A: 8 very short answer questions are to be set. Two from
each unit. The maximum length of answer can be about 1/3 of a
page. All questions are compulsory. Each question will carry one
mark, total weightage being 8 marks.
Section B: This section will comprise of 8 questions. Five
questions to be attempted and maximum length of answer can be
upto two pages. Each question will carry four marks, total weightage
being 20 marks.
Section-C: This section will comprise of four essay type questions.
Two questions to be attempted. Maximum length of answer can be
upto 5 pages. Each question will carry 6 marks, total weightage
being 12 marks.
Mathematics:
Unit-I
- Calculus: Limits, complete differentials, partial differential of
function with one variable and multiple variables.
- Integration: definite and non definite integrals, series,logarithms.
Unit-II
- Ordinary differential equations (first order). Partial differential
equations- example from biology.
- Equation of line, circle, ellipse, parabola, hyperbola,
sphere and cone.
- Trigonometric function: Sine, cos, tan, cot, series expansion of
these functions and related functions.
224
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Unit-III
- Vector: Addition, subtraction, dot product, cross product, scalar
triple.
- Algebra: Addition, subtraction, multiplication, transfer inverse
and conjugate of matrix
- Matrices and determinants
Biostatistics
Unit-IV
- Introduction to the principle of statistical sampling from a
population.
- Mean, median, mode, variance, covariance, normal chi square,
student’s T and Gumble test.
- Correlation, regression
Unit-V
- Probability: Basic concepts, sample space and events, use of
counting method in probability, addition law, sample problems
involving the estimation of probabilities, probability distribution.
- Multiple variable analyses: Hypothesis testing.
- Normal Distribution: Bernoulli, Bionomial, poisson.
Recommended books:
• Spiegel M.R. (1974). Theory and problems of Advanced
Calculus. Tata Mcgraw Hill Company Ltd., New Delhi.
• Elhance D.N. (1984). Fundamentals of Statistics. Kitab
Mahal, Allahabad.
• Edward Batschelet (1992) “Introduction to Mathematics for
Life Sciences”, 3rd Edition, Springer-Verlag.
• Brown R. (1994). Theory and Problems of differential
equations. Tata Mcgraw Hill Company Ltd., New Delhi.
• Mendenhall W. and Sincich T. (1995). Statistics for
engineering and sciences (IVth edition). Prentice Hall. and
sciences (IVth edition). Prentice Hall.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
225
• Gupta S.P. (2000). Statistical methods. Sultan Chand and Company,
New Delhi.
• Kapoor V.K. and Gupta S.C. (2000) Fundamentals of Mathematical
Statistics. Sultan Chand and Company, New Delhi
• H. Nell and D. Qualing (2002) Pure Mathematics (Advanced Level
Mathematics) Vol. 1, 2, 3. Cambridge University Press.
• J. Crawshaw and J Chamber (2002)Advanced level Statistics, 4th
Edition, Melson Thornes.
• Brian S., Ripley D. and Venables W. N. (2002). Modern Applied
Statistics. Springer Verlag.
226
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Bioinformatics (Vocational)
Paper-B
Fundamentals of Computers,
Web Technology and Networking
Time : 2 Hrs.
M.M. : 40
Note for the paper setter/examiners:
Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows :
Section A: 8 very short answer questions are to be set. Two from
each unit. The maximum length of answer can be about 1/3 of a
page. All questions are compulsory. Each question will carry one
mark, total weightage being 8 marks.
Section B: This section will comprise of 8 questions. Five questions
to be attempted and maximum length of answer can be upto two
pages. Each question will carry four marks, total weightage being
20 marks.
Section-C: This section will comprise of four essay type questions.
Two questions to be attempted. Maximum length of answer can be
a upto 5 page. Each question will carry 6 marks, total weightage
being 12 marks.
Unit-I
Introduction to computer, History of Computers: Evolution, Generation
of computers (I, II, III, IV, V), Classification of computers (Notebook,
Personal Computers, Workstation, Mainframes, Minicomputers,
Microcomputers, Supercomputers) – comparison with memory, power,
cost, size - then and now.
Unit-II
Digital Circuits and Computer Architecture: Transistors - and Integrated
Circuits (LSI, VLSI); Operation of processor; Number Systems and Digital
Circuits; ALU; Memory Chips (ROM, RAM, DRAM), Storage Devices,
Memory Hierarchy; I/O Devices; Bus Systems; Computer Organization
and Architecture; Microprocessor; Moore’s Law,
Unit-III
MS-Word: Introduction to word, Introduction to parts of window (title
bar, menu bar, tool bar, ruler, status bar), Creating, opening, saving and
printing a document, Editing a document, Copy move and replace the
text, text formatting, Page Setup, Margins, Gutters, text alignment, Line
spacing, Page break, header and footers, spell checking. Creation
and Manipulation of tables, Mail Merge
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
227
MS-Powerpoint: Introduction, Power Point Elements, Exploring Power
Point Menu: opening and closing menu, working with dialog box, adding
text, title. Moving and resizing text, starting a slide show, opening, saving
and printing a slide show.
Views: Slide view, sorter view, notes view, online view, Formatting Text,
Enhancing Text by using bullets, fonts style, font size, effect and color.
Displaying slide show and adding multimedia.
MS-Excel: Introduction, format of electronic worksheet, adding data in
worksheet, cell addressing, saving, opening and printing a worksheet,
Ranges and different type of ranges, applying formula, copying formula,
various mathematical function, statistical function and date functions,
charts.
Unit-IV
Network Architectures- Layered protocols- local area networks,
Repeaters, bridges, Routers and structured cabling.
Computer Networks: Network communication infrastructure;
Protocols; Wireless LAN and Mobile Computing.
Unit-V
Loading Linux on a PC, launching various services like web server,
email server and proxy server. Setting network on Linux machine.
Web Technology: HTML and Web pages; The Internet and Intranet;
WWW; Java Script and Dynamic Web Pages; Multimedia Application;
Computer Network Security; e-Commerce and m--Commerce.
Recommended books:
MS Office
• Kapila H. (2003). PC Computing Window Based computer
system. Dinesh Publishers, Jalandhar.
• Grauer B. (2005). Exploring Microsoft Office 2003 (Volume 1).
Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
•
•
•
•
Computing Fundamentals
Norton’s P. (2001). Introduction to Computing Fundamental.
McGraw Hill Education , New Delhi.
Sinha P.K. (2001). Fundamental of Computers. BPB
Publication, New Delhi.
HTML
Deborah S. Ray, Eric J. Ray (2002) Mastering HTML and XHTML,
Sybex Inc.
HTML Complete, 3rd Edition (2003), Sybex Inc.
228
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Bioinformatics (Vocational)
Paper-C
Basic Molecular Biology & Introduction to
Bioinformatics
Time : 2 Hrs.
M.M. : 40
Note for the paper setter/examiners:
Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows:
Section A: 8 very short answer questions are to be set. Two from each
unit. The maximum length of answer can be about 1/3 of a page. All
questions are compulsory. Each question will carry one mark, total
weightage being 8 marks.
Section B: This section will comprise of 8 questions. Five questions to
be attempted and maximum length of answer can be upto two pages. Each
question will carry four marks, total weightage being 20 marks.
Section-C: This section will comprise of four essay type questions. Two
questions to be attempted. Maximum length of answer can be upto 5
pages. Each question will carry 6 marks, total weightage being 12 marks.
Unit -I
Introduction to Genes and Proteins: Structure and composition of DNA/
RNA, types of DNA, organization of DNA in chromosome in Pro/
Eukaryotes, Heterochromatin/Euchromatin, Unique and repetitive
sequences. Amino acids structure and their properties, Introduction to
Protein structure: Primary, Secondary.
Unit-II
Gene expression and regulation: Overview of gene transcription, splicing
of RNA, genetic code, translation, Level of gene expression: Transcription
control, RNA processing control, mRNA transport control, mRNA
translation control, mRNA and protein degradation control, Gene
regulation in development and expression.
Unit -III
Basic molecular biology: restriction, digestion, PCR, clonning etc,
Genetic engineering and transgenic organisms. Genome sequencing
methods and analaysis. Mapping Resources: Concepts of
Mapping, Construction of physical maps, Genetic maps and
radiation hybrid maps etc.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
229
Unit –IV
Genomics and Proteomics: Basic concept and analysis,
Functional and comparative genomics: definition and applications.
Transcriptomics: definition and applications, Pharmacogenomics
and population genomics : Principle and methods.
Unit -V
Introduction to Bioinformatics: History of Bioinformatics,
milestones, objectives and applications of Bioinformatics. Genome
sequencing projects, Human genome sequencing project and
its applications.
List of Books:
1. Brooker, R.J. Genetic Analysis and Principles. Addison
Wisely Longman, N.Y. (2001).
2. Pevzner, J. Introduction to Bioinformatics. John Wiley
and Sons, N.Y. (2003).
3. Baxevanis A.D. Bioinformatics: A practical guide to the
analysis of Gene and Proteins (2nd Edition) 2001.
4. Lodish H, Berk A, Zipursky, S.L., Baltimore, D. Darnel,
J. Molecular Cell Biology. W.H. Freemen and Company,
USA (2000).
5. Lesk A. M. (2002). Introduction to Bioinformatics. Oxford
University Press.
6. Krane D. E. and Raymer M. L. (2002). Fundamental
Concepts of Bioinformatics. Benjamin Cummings.
230
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Bioinformatics (Vocational)
Paper-D
Introduction to Database Management Systems
Time : 2 Hrs
M.M. : 40
Note for the paper setter/examiners:
Each question paper will consist of three sections as follows:
Section A: 8 very short answer questions are to be set. Two from each
unit. The maximum length of answer can be about 1/3 of a page. All
questions are compulsory. Each question will carry one mark, total
weightage being 8 marks.
Section B: This section will comprise of 8 questions. Five questions to
be attempted and maximum length of answer can be upto two pages. Each
question will carry four marks, total weightage being 20 marks.
Section-C: This section will comprise of four essay type questions. Two
questions to be attempted. Maximum length of answer can be upto 5
pages. Each question will carry 6 marks, total weightage being 12 marks.
Unit I
Introduction, Characteristics of Data base approach, Database
users, Intended uses of databases, Implication of database
approach.
Database System Concepts and Architecture, Data Models, Schemas
bad Instances, DBMS Architecture and data independence, database
languages, Classification of DBMS.
Unit II
Database Design: Informal Design guidelines for relation Schemas,
Functional Dependencies, Normal forms based on primary keys,
General Definition of 2nd and 3rd Normal Forms, BCNF, Need of further
Normalization.
Unit III
Data Modeling using ER diagram, ER Model Concepts, Notation for
ER Diagrams. The relational Model, Relational Model Concepts,
Relational Model Constraints, Introduction to Relational Algebra.
Unit IV
SQL: Introduction, Data Definition in SQL,Quries in SQL,Update
statement in SQL, Views SQL, Simple programs in PL/SQL.
Unit V
Data Mining, Definition, Data Mining and KDD, Data Mining on
relational databases, Data Warehouses, Transactional Databases
etc. Data Mining Functionalities, Pattern Minning. Association
Analysis, Classification and Prediction, Cluster Analysis, Evolution
Analysis, Data Mining on Biological data.
Recommended books:
1. Fundamentals of Database Systems by Elmasari and Navathe,
Prentice Hall (India ), 2001
2. Data Mining Concepts and Techniques- Jiawei Han, Micheline
Kamber, Morgan Kaufmann publisher, 2001
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
231
Bioinformatics (Vocational)
Paper-E
Lab in Database Management System & Computer
Fundamentals, Web Technology
Time : 6 Hrs
M.M. : 40
Practical:
MS-WORD
1. To create, open, close a document and toolbars operations.
2. Practical based on page setup, print a document.
3. To add headers, footer, pagebreak.
4. Table handling, Mail Merge.
MS-POWERPOINT
1. Concept of slide, presentation, custom animation.
2. To insert pictures and sound file to slide.
Slide transition.
MS-EXCEL
1. To create, open, close worksheet.
2. To add numeric as well as character data in a cell.
3. To develop formulas, modify charts.
•
•
•
Installation of LINUX
Basic commands of LINUX.
Basic Exercises on HTML.
•
Exercises to understand RDBMS: Oracle, SQL etc.; Usage of
important Commands/instructions.
232
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Microbial & Food Technology
Paper-A
Fundamentals of Microbiology
Time : 3 Hours
M. Marks : 100
Instructions for paper setters
There will be a total of nine questions. Question No. 1 will
be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines). However
no multiple choice one-word answer type questions shall be set.
The remaining 8 questions will include two questions from each
unit. Candidates will be required to attempt one question from each
of the four units. They will have to attempt five questions in all and all
questions will carry equal marks.
Unit-I
Introduction and Scope of Microbiology : Discovery of
Microorganism, history of microbiology, controversy over
spontaneous origin or microorganism, discovery of anaerobic life,
germ theory of fermentation, fermentation as life without oxygen,
germ theory of disease.
Differences between prokaryotic and Eukaryotic cells,
characteristics of main groups of microorganism (Bacteria, fungi,
yeast, Virus).
Unit-II
Methods in Microbiology : Bright field microscopy and its application
in Microbiology, Methods of sterilization, preparation of a culture media,
pure culture concept, staining of bacteria.
Structure of Bacteria : Cell wall, cell members, capsule, pili, flagella,
bacterial movement, endospore.
Unit-III
Nutrition : Nutritional requirements of Microorganisms, nutritional types
of bacteria, autotrophs, heterotrophs, parasites, types of culture media,
differential media, and selective media, enriched media.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
233
Reproduction and growth in microorganisms : Modes of cell
division, growth curve of bacteria, continuous culture, synchronous
growth, quantitative measurement of bacterial growth, effect of
various factors on growth of bacteria.
Unit-IV
Mutations and their chemical basis, DNA as genetic material,
recombination in prokaryotes by transformation and conjigation
transduction, bacterial plasmids.
Control of microorganisms : Control of microorganisms by
physical, chemical and chemotherapeutic agents.
Books Recommended :
1. Pelczar, M.I., Chan, E.C.S. and Krieg, N.R. 1993.
Microbiology. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Col. Ltd., New
Delhi.
2. Stanier, R.Y., Ingraham, J.L., Wheels, M.L. and Painter, P.R.
1986. General Microbiology, MacMillan Education Ltd.
Publisher.
3. Power, C.B. and Dagniwala, H.F. 1992, General Microbiology,
Volume I and II. Himalaya Publishing House, Delhi.
4. Sharma, P.D. 1997. Microbiology, Rastogi Publications,
Meerut.
234
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Microbial & Food Technology
Paper-B
Fundamentals of Food Processing and Technology
Time : 3 Hours
M. Marks : 100
Instructions for papers setters
There will be a total of nine questions. Question No. 1 will
be compulsory and will be of short answer type (3-4 lines). However
no multiple choice one-word answer type questions shall be set.
The remaining 8 questions will include two questions from each
unit. Candidates will be required to attempt one question from each
of the four units. They will have to attempt five questions in all and all
questions will carry equal marks.
Unit-I
Cereal & Cereal Products : Structure and composition of wheat
and rice, milling of wheat, shelling and polishing rice, Preparation of
bread by straight dough, sponge dough & continuous methods.
Oil & Fats Technology : Rendering Pressing, Solvent extraction,
refining & hydrogenation.
Unit-II
Milk & Milk Products Technology : Standardized milk, Toned
milk, Double toned milk Clarification, Pasteurization &
Homogenization of milk.
Manufacturing of procured cheese, cheddar cheese, Fermented milks
(Cultured butter-milk, yogurt, Acidophilus milk, Kefir & Kumiss).
Unit-III
Fruit & Vegetable Technology : Canning, Preparation of vinegar,
Jam, Jellies & Pickles. Egg, Meat & Fish Technology:
Preservation mehods of egg, spray drying of egg. Tenderization
and curing of meat, dressing of poultry, Rigor mortis of fish,
preservation methods of fish.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
235
Unit-IV
Spices & Flavour Technology : List of major & minor spices of
India, Traditional & Cryo milling of spices. Preparation of oleoresins,
essential oils, spice decoctions & encapsulated spices.
Food Packaging Technology : Types of containers, (Primary,
Secondary & Tertiary) Form-fill-seal packaging, Aseptic packaging
Food packaging materials & forms glass containers, laminates, metal
cans & Retortable pouches.
Books
Lal G., Siddappa, G.S. & Tandon G.L. Preservation of fruits &
vegetables. Publication & Information Division. I.C.A.R.,
New Delhi.
Desrosier N.W. & Desrosier J.N. The technology of food
preservation, 4th edition. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
Sukumar De. Outlines of Dairy Technology. Oxford University
Press.
Potter N.N. & Hotehkiss J.H. Food Science, 5th edition CBS
Publishers & Distributors.
Manay N.S. & Shadaksharaswamy M. Foods Facts & Principles.
New Age International Ltd., Publishers.
Kent, N.L. Technology of Cereal Processing.
236
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Statistics
Paper A
Probability
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Note : 1. The candidates are allowed to use Non-Programmable
calculators.
2.
Question paper will consist of two sections. Each section
will consist of five questions set from corresponding
section of the syllabus.
3.
The student will attempt five questions in all selecting
at least two questions from each section.
4.
Teaching time for Satistics would be five periods per
week for each paper.
Note : The paper setters may be asked to send solutions for
the questions set in the question paper.
Section-A
Random experiments, the sample space, events, algebra of
events, various definitions of the probability, probability function and its
properties. Finite sample spaces; equally likely outcomes additive law
of probability, conditional probability, multiplicative law of probability,
independent events. Baye's Theorem.
Random variable, example of random variables, discrete random
variables, its probability mass function and cumulative distribution function,
Continunuous random variable, its probability density function and
cumulative distribution function. Properties of distribution function of
discrete and continous random variables. Equivalent events, real valued
functions of random variables and the procedures of finding the probability
functions of such functions illustrated by examples. The expected value
of a random variable and of functions of a random variable. Properties
of expected values. The variance of random variable and its properties.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
237
Section-B
Discrete Distriobutions : The uniform distribution, the
Bernoulli distribution, the binomial distribution, the Poision distribution,
Derivation of the Poisson distribution from the Binomial distribution,
the Geometric distribution, the Pascal distribution and the Hyper
geometric distribution. The expected value and variance of these
distributions.
Continuous Distribution; The Normal distribution, the
Exponential distribution, the Uniform distribution, the Gamma
distribution, the Beta distribution. The properties of these distribution
including their expected values and variance. The moment generating
function, its examples and properties.
(The treatment in this paper is restricted to one-dimensional
random variable only).
Book Recommended
Meyer, P.L. Introductory Probability and Statistical Applications,
Addison—Wesley, (1970).
Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4 (excluding 4.6) 5,7 (excluding 7.3, (7.7, 7.8, 7.9,
7.10, 7.11). 8 (excluding 8.3 and 8.8), 9 (excluding (9.10
9.11, 9.12), 10 (excluding 10.5 and 10.6).
Books Suggested for Supplementary Reading
Biswal, P.C., Probability and Statistics, Prentice Hall, India, 2007
Ross, S.A. First Course in Probability, Sixth Edition, Pearson
Education, 2007
Hogg. R.V., Mcken, J.W. and Craig. A.T., Introduction to
Mathematical Statistics, Pearson Education, 2007
Miller, I, and Miller, M. Mathematical Statistics with Applications,
Seventh Edition, Pearson Education, 2007
238
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Statistics
Paper-B
Statistical Methods
Time : 3 Hours
Max Marks : 100
Note : 1. The candidates are allowed to use Non-Programmable
calculators.
2. Question paper will consist of two sections. Each section
will consist of five questions set from corresponding
section of the syllabus.
3.
The student will attempt five questions in all selecting
at least two questions from each section.
4.
Teaching time for Satistics would be five periods per
week for each paper.
Note : The paper setters may be asked to send solutions for
the questions set in the question paper.
Section-A
Meaning and scope of statistics, limitation of statistics,
Collection of data, presentation of data, diagramatic representation
of data.
Attributes and variables, discrete and continuous frequency
distribution of a variable, graphical representation of frequency
distribution of a variable.
Central tendency : Measures of central tendency, namely,
Arithmetic mean, median, mode, Geometric mean, Harmonic mean and
their comparisons with an ideal measure of central tendency
Dispersion : Measures of dispersion, namely, range, mean
deviation, quartile deviation and standard deviation. The advantages
of standard deviation as measure of dispersion over the other
measures, Relative Measures of dispersion, coefficient of variation.
Central and non-central moments, central-moments
expressed in term of moments about an arbitrary origin and viceversa. Sheppard's correction for moments.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
239
Skewness and its measures, Kurtosis and its moasures.
Section-B
Bivariate data, scatter diagram, covariance, Karl-Pearson's
correlation coefficient and its properties calculation of correction
coefficent from grouped data, bounds of the correlation coefficient
interpretation of the value of the correlation coefficient.
The principle of least squares, fitting of straight line,
parabola, polynomials, exponential and its properties calculation of
correlation coeffcient and logarithmic curve, regression lines, relation
between correlation cofficient and regression coefficients. The
Spearman's rank correlation coefficient.
Independence and association of attributes, measures of
association and contingency.
Book Recommended
Goon, A.M. Gupta, M.K. and Dasgupta B., Fundamentals of
Statistics, Vol. I, World Press, 2005.
Book Suggested for Supplementary Reading
Goon, A.M. Gupta, M.K. and Dasgupta B. Basic Statistics, World
Press, 2005.
Gupta, S.C. Statistical Methods, Himalayan Publishing House, 2003.
Nagar, A.L. and Das, R.K. Basic Statistics, Oxford University
Press, 2005.
Gupta, S.C. and Kapoor, V.K. : Fundamentals of Mahematical
Statistics, Sultan Chand and Company, 2007.
240
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Applied Statistics
Paper-A
Mathematical Methods-I
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Note : 1. The candidates are allowed to use Non-Programmable
calculators.
2. Question paper will consist of two sections. Each section
will consist of five questions set from corresponding
section of the syllabus.
3.
The student will attempt five questions in all selecting
at least two questions from each section.
4.
Teaching time for Satistics would be five periods per
week for each paper.
Note : The paper setters may be asked to send solutions for
the questions set in the question paper.
Section-A
(Calculus and Trigonometry)
Limits and continuity of functions, intermediate forms,
derivatives and their geometrical interpretations. Successive
differentiation. Applications of derivatives to maxima and minima,
expontential and logarithmic functions, integrals of functions of one
variable, geometrical interpretation of integral as area, integration of
standard functions, integration by subsitution and parts.
Trigonometry: Definition of an angle, its various measures
and relations between them, graphs, circular functions. Solution of
Trigonometrical equations. Properties of triangle (Sine formula, and
Tangent formula).
Section-B
(Algebra and Geometry)
The solution of linear and quadratic equations in one variable,
arithmetic geometric and harmonic progressions arithmeticogeometric progression, permutations and combinations, principle of
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
241
induction, Binomial theorem for positive integral index. Coordinate
Geometry : Equations of straight line, circle, parabola, ellipse and
hyperbola.
Books Recommended
Allen, R.G.D. Mathematical Analysis for Economists, Macmillan
India, Ltd. 2005, Chapter-II Sections 2.1, 2,2, 2.8), ChapterIII (Section 3.1, 3.6), Chapter-IV (Section 4.1-4.7), ChapterVI (Section 6.1 to 6.8) Chapter-VII, VIII (Section 8.2),
Chapter-IX (Section 9.1-9.4).
Loney, S.L. Plane Trigonometry, Part-I, Aitab Publishers and
Publications, 2003 Chapter-I, (1 to 22), Part-II Chapter-V
(61,65).
Grewal, B.S. Elementary Engineering Mathematics, Khanna
Publishers, 2007.
Books Suggested for Supplementary Reading
Jain, P.K. and Ahmad, K.A. Text Book of Analytical Geometry of
Two Dimensions, New Age International Publishers, 2004.
Narayan, S. Differential Calculus, Shyamlal Charitable Trust, 2003.
Datta, U., Mohagaonkar, S.D. and Muktibodh, A.S. Algebra and
Trigonometry, Prentice, Hall, 2007.
242
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Applied Statistics
Paper-B
Probability
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Note : 1. The candidates are allowed to use Non-Programmable
calculators.
2. Question paper will consist of two sections. Each section
will consist of five questions set from corresponding
section of the syllabus.
3.
The student will attempt five questions in all selecting
at least two questions from each section.
4.
Teaching time for Satistics would be five periods per
week for each paper.
Note : The paper setters may be asked to send solutions for
the questions set in the question paper.
Section-A
Statistical data and frequency distribution, Random
experiments, sample space, various types of events, probability, Finite
sample spaces, equally likely outcomes, additive law of probability,
conditional probability, Multiplicative law of probaility, Baye's
theorem, independent events (pair wise and mutual), random
variables: discrete and continous, probability mass function,
probability density functions, Cumulative distribution function and
its properties.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
243
Section-B
Expectation and variance of a random variable. Discrete
distribution: Uniform, Bernoulli Binomial, Poisson, Negative
Binomial, Geometric, Hyper geometric distribution. Continuous
Distributions: Uniform, Exponential, Gamma, Beta and Normal
distribution.
Book Recommended :
Meyer, P.L., Introductory Probability and Statistical Applications,
Addison Wesley, 1970. Chapter, 1,2,3,4,5,8 and 9.
Books Suggested for Supplementary Reading
Biswal, P.C. Probability and Statistics, Prentice Hall of India, 2007.
Ross, S. A First Course in Probability, Pearson Education, 2007.
244
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Mathematics
Paper-I
Algebra
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 65
Note : 1. Syllabus of this paper is split into two Parts Section-B.
Five questions will be set from each Section.
2.
The student will attempt five questions in all selecting
at least two questions from each section.
3.
Teaching time for Mathematics would be five periods
per week for each paper.
Section-A
Partitioning of a matrix. Linear independence of row and
column vectors. Row rank, Column rank of a matrix, Equivalence
of column and row ranks, Nullity of matrix, Applications of matrices
to a system of linear (both homogeneous and non-homogeneous)
equations. Theorems on consistency of a system of linear equations.
Eigen values, Eigen vectors, minimal and the characteristic equation
of a matrix. Cayley Hamilton theorem and its use in finding inverse
of a matrix. Quadratic Forms, quadratic form as a product of
matrices. The set of quadratic forms over a field. Congruence of
quadratic forms and matrices. Congruent transformations of
matrices. Elementary congruent transformations. Congruent
reduction of a symmetric matrix.
Matrix Congruence of skew-symmetric matrices.
Reduction in the real field. Classification of real quadratic forms in
variables. Definite, semi-definite and indefinite real quadratic forms.
Characteristic properties of definite, semi-definite and indefinite
forms.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
245
Section-B
Relations between the roots and coefficients of general
polynomial equation in one variable. Transformation of equations
and symmetric function of roots, Descarte's rule of signs, Newton's
Method of divisors, Solution of cubic equations by Cardon method,
solution of biquadratic equations by Descarte's and Ferrari's
Methods.
De-Moivre's Theorem and its applications, circular and
hyperbolic functions and their inverse. Exponential and Logarithm
function of a complex numbers. Expansion of trigonometric functions.
Gregory's series. Summation of series.
Books Recommended
1. K.B. Dutta: Matrix and Linear Algebra, Prentice Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi (2002).
2. H.S. Hall and S.R. Knight: Higher Algebra, H.M. Publications,
1994.
3. Chandrika Parsad : Text book on Algebra and Theory of
Equations, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad.
4. S.L. Loney : Plane Trigonometry Part-II, Macmillan and
Company, London.
5. R.S. Verma and K.S. Shukla : Text Book on Trigonometry,
Pothishala Pvt.Ltd., Allahabad.
6. Shanti Narayan : Text Book of Matrix.
246
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Mathematics
Paper-II
Calculus-I
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 65
Note : 1. Syllabus of this paper is split into two Parts Section-A and
Section-B. Five questions will be set from each Section.
2. The student will attempt five questions in all selecting
at least two questions from each section.
3. Teaching time for Mathematics would be five periods
per week for each paper.
Section-A
Real number system, its properties, lub, glb of sets of real
numbers ε−δ definition of the limit of a function, Basic properties
of limits. Continuous functions and classification of discontinuities.
Uniform continuities, differentiation of hyperbolic functions,
Successive differentiation. Leibnitz theorem. Taylor's and Maclaurin's
theorem with various forms of remainders. Indeterminate forms.
Asymptotes. Tests for concavity and convexity, Points of inflexion,
Multiple Points, Curvature, Tracing of Curves (Cartesian and Parametric
coordinates only).
Section-B
Integration of hyperbolic functions. Reduction formule.
Definite integrals. Fundamental theorem of integral calculus.
Inequalities involving integrals. Quadrature, rectification volumes
and surfaces of solids of revolution.
Books Recommended :
1. N. Piskunov : Differential and Integral Calculus, Peace
Publishers, Moscow.
2. Gorakh Prasad : Differential Calculus, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd.,
Allahabad.
3. Gorakh Prasad: Integral Calculus, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd.,
Allahabad.
4. Erwin Kreyszig : Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John
Wiley and Sons, 1999.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
247
Mathematics
Paper-III
Differential Equations and Co-ordinate Geometry
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 70
Note : 1. Syllabus of this paper is split into two Parts—Section-A and
Section-B. Five questions will be set from each Section.
2.
The student will attempt five questions in all selecting
at least two questions from each section.
3.
Teaching time for Mathematics would be five periods
per week for each paper.
Section-A
Exact differential equations. First order and higher degree
equations solvable for x,y,p. Clairaut's form and singular solutions.
Geometrical meaning of a differential equation. Orthogonal trajectories.
Linear differential equations with constant and variable coefficients.
Variation of Parameters method, reduction method, series solutions of
differential equations. Power series method, Bessel and Legendre
equations. (only series solution).
Section-B
Transformation of axes, shifting of origin. Rotation of axes,
Reduction of the second degree equation into standard forms by
transformation of co-ordinates. The invariants. Indentification of curves
represented by second degree equation (including pair of lines.) Pole and
polar, pair of tangents at a point, Chord of contact, equation of the chord
in terms of mid point and diameter of conic.
Parabola, ellipse and hyperbola and their properties. Polar
equations of conics. Equations of chords, tangents and normal only.
248
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Books Recommended
1. D.A. Murray: Introductory Course in Differential Equations.
Orient Longman (India), 1967.
2. G.F. Simmons: Differential Equations, Tata McGraw Hill,
1972.
3. E.A. Codington: An Introduction to Ordinary Differential
Equations, Prentice Hall of India, 1961.
4. Gorakh Parsad and H.C. Gupta, Text Book on Coordinate
Geometry.
5. Gorakh Prasad: Differential Calculus, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd.,
Allahabad.
6. S.L. Loney, The Elements of Coordinate Geometry,
Macmillan and Company, London.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
249
Early Childhood Care and Education
(Vocational)
Paper-A Theory
3 Hours
M.100
Paper-B Practical
3 Hours
M. 100
Assignment :
M. 10
Demonstration
M. 10
Preparation of two Toys
M. 20
Practical Notebooks
M. 15
Written Practical test
M. 15
Oral examination
M. 10
Internal Assessment
M. 20
Teaching Work load
Theory
6 Period per week
Practical
4 Period per week
250
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Early Childhood Care and Education
(Vocational)
Paper-A (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Note : Instructions for the paper-setters/examiners.
Each question paper may consist of three sections as follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answers to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks; total weightage of the section
being 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Definition and importance of child development, stages of
Development, principles of development, Factors affecting Physical
Development.
Growth and development during prenatal periods, Factors
effecting prenatal development.
Care of Mother: Pregnancy, Discomforts, Physical and
Psychological care, Preparation for Delivery.
Care of Child: feeding, clothing, bathing habit, formation,
rest and exercise, common diseases, immunization.
Physical and motor development.
Social development and role of family and School in
Socialization. Language development.
Emotional Development.
Recreation for young children.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
251
Early Childhood Care and Education
Paper-B
(Practical)
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
1. Visit to well baby clinical/meternity wards to observe new
born baby's features and characteristics.
2. Demonstration on baby's feed and bed making.
3. Demonstration on baby's bathing and Dressing.
4. Sterlisation of feeding bottles.
5. Preparation of two toys.
6. Immunization of infants.
Books Recommended :
1. Child Care by Claire Rayner.
2. A Text Book on Child Development by Rajammal P. Devadar,
N Jaya.
3. Pregnancy The Beginning of Motherhood by Gurmeet M.P.
Singh and Dr. (Mrs.) P.L. Srivastava.
Fashion Designing and Garment Construction (Vocational)
Fashion Designing and Garment Construction (Vocational)
Scheme of Studies
Paper-I
Name
Time Allowed
Marks
(Theory)
Fashion Designing
3 Hrs.
M.M. : 50
Paper-II
Dress Designing &
4 Hrs.
Pract. : 60+Int.Ass. 15=75
(Practical)
Garment Construction
Paper-III
Scale Drawing
3 Hrs.
Pract. : 40+Int.Ass. 10=50
(Practial)
*Paper-IV
(Field Trip)
(Workshop)
25
*The students shall be required to take field trips during term break to fashion houses/export houses/
boutiques after B.A. Ist year exams. They will be required to present a report carrying 15 marks. A workshop
will be conducted regarding tie bye, Batik, Block, screen printing which will carry 10 marks. They will have to
prepare one article each. (15+10=25)
Paper
Name
Lectures/
Total
Exam.
Hours
Week
Teaching load (Th.)
(Prac.)
I.
Fashion Designing
(Th.)
(Prac.)
4
3 Hrs.
II.
Dress Designing and
Garment Construction
2x3=6
4 Hrs.
III.
Scale Drawing
2x2=4
3 Hrs.
252
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
253
Paper-I
Fashion Designing (Theory)
Time : 3 Hrs.
M.M. : 50
1. Fashion Designing : Fashion Design and Garment
Constructions.
a) Introduction
Fashion, fad, style, classic, trends, Mass Fashion, High
Fashion.
b) Origin of Clothing
Concept and theories of clothing origin.
c) Theories of Fashion Adoption
Trickle down theory, trickle across theory and bottom up
theory.
d) Fashion cycle and factors affecting it
Accelerating factors and regarding factors.
2. Elements of design and principles related to clothing.
3. General factors affecting clothing choices for different age
groups.
4. Fashion forecasting : Its factors affecting fashion forecast.
5. Wardrobe planning : Life style analysis, existing wardrobe
analysis, resource evaluation, purchase plan.
6. (i) Fashion designers of India :
a)
Ritu Beri
b)
Rohit Bal
(ii) Fashion designers of West :
a)
Calvin Klein
b)
Coco Channel
General Instructions for the paper setters for Theory Paper-I
The question paper will consist of eight questions in all, out
of which students will attempt five. All the questions carry equal
marks.
254
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Paper-II (Practical)
Dress Designing and Garment Construction
Time : 4 Hrs.
M.M. : 75
Practical Paper=60
Int. Ass.=15
1. Make samples of the following :
a) Tacking, running, learning back stitch, button hole,
fastners.
b) Seams : Plain seam, counter seam, run & fell seam,
French seam.
c) Process : Continuous wrap, two piece placket, plain dart,
fish dart, gathers, Pin-tucks.
2. Make a sample of 10 embroidery stitches :
Stem stitch, chain, cross, satin, herringbone, laisy-daisy, Bullion,
French Knots, fly stitch, feather stitch.
3. Draft and construct the following :
a) Childs bodice block and plain sleeve block
b) Sleeves
: i) Puff
ii) Cap iii) Petal
c) Collars
: i) Peter pan (plat/raised) ii) Sailor’s collar
4. Design, Draft and construct the following :
a) Romper/Sun Suit
b) Design frock (3-6 yrs.)
c) Sports wear (5-8 yrs.)
Instructions to the paper setter for Practical-II
1. Design any one garment from syllabus
paper bag-front+back
2. Adaptation to be made from sloper
3. Cutting+Placement
4. Construction and finishing of garment
5. File and scheme work
Note : Please send the material list alongwith
Paper : 60
Int. Ass. : 15
5 marks
10 marks
10 marks
25 marks
10 marks
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
255
Paper-III (Practical)
Scale Drawing
Time : 3 Hrs.
A. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
M.M. : 50
Paper : 40
Int. Ass. : 10
Basic block figure
Distribution of weight
Flesh figure
Formulae of hand and feet
Formulae of face
Leg formulae
Necklines and collars
Sleeves and cuffs
Skirts-Pleats, gathers, frills, fringes
Tops
Accessories : Headgear, bags, footwear and jewellery.
B. Using any of the following details drope the fashion figures,
prepairing 8 sheets in all using textured backgrounds.
1. Bias/Drapes
2. Yokes+waistlines
3. Bows+pockets
4. Drawstrings+fastners+zips
5. Trimmings (Tucks, piping, embroidery, tassels, rouleav,
smocking, shirring, applique, patch work)
C.Colour wheel
1. Colour schemes—Monochromatic, Analogous,
complementary.
2. Value chart, intensity chart
3. Basic Design Motifs-Geometrical, Traditional, Abstract
Instructions to the paper setter for Practical-III 40 marks
Q.1. will be from Part ‘A’ of the syllabus carrying
10 marks
Q.2. will be from Part ‘B’ of the syllabus carrying 15 marks
It will be a coloured sheet.
Q.3. will be from Part ‘C’ of the syllabus carrying 10 marks
Q.4. File
5 marks
256
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Still Photography and Audio Production
(Vocational)
a) Time Allowed
b) Maximum Marks
Theory :
3 Hours
Practical :
5 Hours
Theory : 100 Marks
Practical : 100 Marks
(Including Assessment)
Credit Hours for Teaching
Theory:3 Hrs.
the Subject per week
Practical:
20 Marks
Paper-I (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Paper-A
Introduction to Communication
Paper-B
Media Scene in India and Basic Photography
Instructions :
a) 10 objective type questions of 2 marks each.
20 Marks
b) Do any 10 out of 12 questions of 5 marks each. 50 Marks
c) Do any 2 out of 4 questions of 15 marks each.
30 Marks
d) Two questions for each Paper, Part-I compulsory in
Paper-I (Theory).
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
257
Basic Photography
Theory
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 40
Paper-II Practical
Viva
20 Marks
Practical
60 Marks* (50+10) = 60
Internal Assessment
20 marks
*10 Marks of Sessional Work done during the session (Internal)
to be sent by Internal examiner separately.
258
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Still Photography & Audio Production (Vocational)
Paper-I
Introduction to Communication
Part-A
Time : 3 Hrs.
25 Periods
Max. Marks : 60
a) Concepts
Introduction to Communication-concept, process and functions
Intrapersonal, Inter-personal, Group and mass Communication
feed back evaluation of communication barriers of
communication.
b) Verbal Communication
Concept and practice
Language and Mass Communication
Lanaguage uses in different mass media
Language and Society.
c) Non verbal Communication
Para language, dress and body language
Non-verbal Communication and Mass Communication.
d) Traditional forms of Communication
Converting all the above areas in this paper
News reporting and editing,
News paper layout, news analysis,
Desk top publishing techniques and word processor
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
259
Part-B
Media Scene in India & Basic Photography
25 Periods
a) Evaluation of press and its role in different socio-economic
and political systems.
b) Press laws in India, Press Registration Act, Copyright and
defamation, contempt of court.
c) Introduction to Radio as a medium of mass communication
and its characteristics-radio development in India.
d) Introduction of T.V. as a medium of mass communication
and its characteristics, development of T.V. in India.
260
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Still Photography & Audio Production
Paper -I
Basic Photography (Theory)
Topics
Max. Marks : 40
25 Periods
A.
Basic Principles
1. Properties of Light Electromagnetic spectrum, Theories of
Light transmission, spectrum, Dispersion, Reflection,
Transmission, Refraction, Polarisation.
2. Controlling Light Pin-hole Camera, Simple, Convex, Concave,
mirror lenses, Lens abberation, Lens equation, Correction of
abberations, ray diagram.
3. Comparison of eye with the Camera.
4. Processing of file Light sensitive chemical, latent image,
development, fixing.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
261
Still Photography & Audio Production
Paper-II
Basic Photography
Practical Viva
20 Marks
Camera (Viva)
15 Periods
1. Mechanism.
Shutter, aperture, focus, camera body, film transport, vio finder.
2. Comparison/classification of Camera their focussing
machanism, view finder, range finder, T.C.R.S.C.R. film
format : Large, medium miniature disc. etc.
3. Operation
Exposure, tables of lighting.
Practical
Time :
Experiments
1. Handling of Camera.
2. Loading and Shooting B/W Films
3. Effect of aperture.
4. Effect of shutter speed.
5. Making of grey scale.
6. Photograph.
7. Processing B/W film.
8. Contact print.
9. Enlargements/B/W
10. Photo feature.
11. Maintenance of Camera.
Paper-I (Introduction to Communication)
(Basic Photography)
Paper-II (Practical) Viva & Practical
Internal Assessment
60 Marks
60 Periods
100 Marks
80 Marks
80 Marks
20 Marks
Total 200
262
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Gemology and Jewellery Design
(Vocational)
Jewellery & Gemology
Instructions for Paper Setters :
1. The Question Paper will cover all the topics of the syllabus.
2. The Paper setter should set the paper in three sections i.e.
Section A, B and C.
Section-A : 12 questions will be set by the examiners. Out of 12
questions the candidate will attempt 10 questions of 1 mark
each.
(10 marks)
Section-B : 12 questions will be set by examiner. Out of 12 questions
the candidate will attempt 8 questions of 4 marks each.
(32 marks)
Section C : 4 questions will be given to candidates to attempt 2 out
of the 4. Each question will carry 9 marks.
(18 marks)
Subject
1. Theory
2. Practical Paper-I
Design
3. Practical Paper-II
Workshop
Paper-I
Theory
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 60
1. Brief history of
Jewellery
Indus Valley, Shunga period,
Gupta Period, Mughal period.
2. Introduction to Jewellery
Design
Fine Jewellery Costume
Jewellery
3. Introduction to Metals
Precious-Gold, Silver, Platinum
Semi-Precious-Iron, Copper
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
263
Chemical Detail
1. Occurrence
2. Availability
3. Chemical & Physical properties
4. Tendency to form Alloys
4. Properties of Metals
Dustre, ductility, Malleability,
Physical
Conductors or non-conductors.
Chemical-
Reaction with air, Acids, Reactivity
5. Introductory definitions
Jewellery
making
Acid-Etching
Mark Making, Piercing, of Basic
Filling, Soldering, Form
Making Engraving,
6. Introduction to Gemstones
Ruby, Emerable, Pearl,
Diamond, Sapphire, Zircon,
Lapislazuli
7. Organic & Inorganic
Gemstones
8. Formation of Gemstones
Igneous Rocks
Sedimentary Rocks
Metamorphic Rocks
264
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Gemology and Jewellery Design
Practicals
Practical -140 Marks
External - 100 Marks
Int. Asstt.- 40 Marks
Practical-P1
Paper-II
Design
Hrs - 5
Marks : 50
1. Exercises on
i) Pencil Control
ii) Drawing & Shading
-2 Dimensional
-3 Dimensional
2. Development of Plain and Simple Design
3. Collecting and Recognizing forms for designing
4. Drawing - Color(Medium-Pastels)
5. Mark - Making+Texturing : Collection of different
from different objects.
textures
Practical-P2
Paper-III
Workshop
Hrs : 5
Marks : 50
1. Exercises on
i) Form drawing on collected & recognized materials
ii) Different techniques and methods of creating Jewellery
iii) Constume Jewellery
Innovative Jewellery
iv) Design Development
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
265
Office Management and Secretarial Practice
(Vocational)
Year
Paper
Scheme
Marks
Theory Practical Internal
Ist year I.
Typewriting
40
40
20
II.
Shorthand
40
40
20
(English only)
On the Job Training of 4 weeks
1. The following pattern of setting of question paper shall be
observed :
a) For Papers-I,II,IV & VI : The question paper will be
divided into two parts. In Part-I, 12 short questions will
be set and candidates will be expected to attempt 10
questions. Each question will carry 2 marks. In Part-II 8
questions will be set and the candidate will be expected
to attempt 4 questions. Each question will carry 5 marks.
b) For Papers : III & V : The question paper will be divided
into two parts. In Part-I, 12 very short answer type
questions will be set and the candidates will be expected
to attempt 10 questions. Each question will carry 2 marks.
In Part-II, 8 essay type questions will be set and
candidates will be expected to attempt 4 questions. Each
question will carry 10 marks.
2. Internal Assessment in respect of theory papers shall be based
on tests, assignments and quizzes. In case of practical papers
it will be based on maintenance of records, actual conduct of
practical performance etc.
3. A consolidated report “On the Job Training” after Ist year
and II year shall be prepared by every student and must be
submitted in the college concerned upto September 30. The
consolidated report will be evaluated by the external examiner
and shall be given the grades as follows :
266
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
O=Outstanding,
C=Average,
A=Very Good,
B=Good,
D=Unsatisfactory
In case, the Training Report is rated as unsatisfactory, the
candidate shall have to submit it again incorporating the
changes suggested by the examiner within one month from
the date of intimation to the candidate by the concerned
college.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
267
Office Management and Secretarial Practice (Vocational)
Paper-A
Typewriting
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks (Theory): 40
Practical : 40
Int. Ass. : 20
Part-I
Typewriter and its maintenance :
Typewriter - Its use and importance a standard typewriter.
* Makes and categories of typewriter.
* Essential parts of a typewriter and their use.
* Care and upkeep of a typewriter.
* Ribbon changing and ribbon economy.
* Methods of typewriting.
* Touch
* Sight
Approach of typing :
* Horizontal
* Vertical
* Keyboard operation
* Need for proper type and size of tables and chairs for use by
typist
* Sitting postures
* Material required
* Insertion and removal of paper
* Learning and second row (Home row) (guide keys and home
keys).
* Learning the third row (upper-row)
* Learning the first row (bottom row)
* Learning the fourth row (number row)
* Special signs and symbols in the keyboard and their uses.
268
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Part-II
Display in typewriting :
* Centering - horizontal, vertical.
* Types of headings.
* Use of punctuation marks
* Figures - Arabic and Roman
* Paragraphs - type and styles, numbering, pagination. Styles
of typing different kinds of letters.
* Arrangement of tabular statements.
* Syllabification.
* Foot notes.
Practicals
Max. Marks : 40
Key Board Operations
1. Practising second row, third row, first row and fourth row.
2. Practising words, sentences, paragraphs and passages.
3. Use of shift keys and other non-character keys.
4. Typewriting of special symbols of the Key Board and
punctuation marks.
Speed Building
1. Different kinds of drills for typing.
2. Graded speed test leading to accurate speed of about 30
w.p.m.
3. Typing of passages each containing 300 words in ten minutes.
Teaching Guidelines
Alternative and hand words, balanced handwords, same
letters in different words, drills of common words, drills of
alphabetical sentences and words division drills.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
269
Display Techniques
1. Centering - Horizontal and Vertical.
2. Ensuring proper margins, line spacing.
3. Typing different types of heading including spaced heading.
Letter Typing
1. Typing exercises of personal, official and business letters in
different styles with proper display.
2. Typing of applications for jobs.
3. Addressing the envelopes.
4. Using carbon papers for taking out multiple copies.
270
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Office Management and Secretarial Practice
Paper-B
Shorthand (English only)
Time: 3 Hours
Max. Marks (Theory) : 40
Practical : 40
Int. Ass. : 20
Part-I
Introduction
Origin of shorthand, with particular emphasis on Pitman
shorthand, definition and importance of stenography; qualities of a
successful stenographers, writing techniques and materials.
Consonants:
Definition, number, forms, classes, size thiness, thickness,
directions and joining strokes.
Vowels, Dipthongs and Diphones:
Vowels—definition, number, sounds, signs, places position
of outlines, intervening vowels.
Introduction of upwards downwards strokes in stenography.
Dipthongs—definition, names, signs, placed, joined dipthongs
and triphones.
Diphones—definition, signs and application.
Use of vowels dipthongs and diphones in plural in stenography.
Grammalogues and Phonography:
Grammalogues—definition of grammalogues and lopogram,
list of grammalogues, punctuation signs, definition of phrase, how a
phrase is written, qualities of good phraseogram, list of simple
phrases.
Part-II
Circles, loops and hooks:
Circle and loops—size and direction, application in
Phraseography, attachement with straight and curved strokes,
exception to the use of circle, loops; size and direction.
Initial of final Hooks–Size & Direction. Application in
Phraseology. Attached with straight & curve strokes and their uses
with the circles & loops.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
271
Shorthand (Practicals)
1. Repeated practice of consonants, writing each consonant from
the text materials with particular attention to their formation,
length, angle, size and direction.
2. Repeated practice of vowels, dipthongs, diphones and
triphones by copying the text materials and other printed
shorthand book and reading the same book.
3. Repeated practice of grammalogues and phrases.
4. Repeated practice on the use of circle, loops and books.
5. Transportation from shorthand into long hand.
6. Dictation from unseen passage.
7. Variety of drills: Reading shorthand from black – board,
copying shorthand from black board, cold note reading,
delayed writing, students dictate to the class room from
shorthand books, two minutes speeches by students, reading
printed shorthand matter.
Probable work sites where on the job training may be
organized
i) Government Department Offices.
ii) Business/Commercial Organisation.
iii) Industrial Establishments.
iv) Hospitals.
v) Educational Institutions.
vi) Railways, Airlines and other Transport undertakings.
vii) Banking and Insurance Organisation.
viii) Parliament and State Assemblies.
ix) Job work Canters.
This is a tentative list. Principal may be given the complete
freedom to select any organisation. However, while selecting the
272
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
institution, care should be taken to select such institution who show
willingness to accept the trainees and have the scope for providing
variety of experiences in Office Practice and Stenography area.
Suggested Departments/Section for 'On-the-Job Training'
at the end of first year.
Department/Section
No. of Weeks
1. Reception /Inward and Outward mail
1
2. Office establishment/filling/office equipment
and production
1
3. Stenography work and typing with various
executives and section
1
4. Sales, Advertising and Publicity, Stores and
Accounts
1
4 Weeks
Suggested Department/Section for the 'On the Job Training'
at the end of Second Year.
Department/Section
No. of Weeks
1. Private Secretaries of various executives
in different Department of the Organisation
1
2. Office establishment/Company Secretary
Share Department
1
3. Accounts Department/Time Office/Reception
1
4. Typing Pool/Advertising/Publicity
1
4 Weeks
Note: The purpose of the On-the-Job Training is to expose the
student to the world of work and provide professional experience in
real situation. The student shall have to maintain a diary and submit
a detailed report of his activities which shall be certified by a
responsible officer of the establishment. However, the teacher will
also supervise the 'On-the-Job Training' programme.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Suggested Reading Materials
a)
Shorthand :
Title
1. Pitman Shorthand Dictionary
2. Pitman Shorthand Reading
and Dictation Exercises
3. Shorthand made
easy for beginners
with key
4. How to start shorthand
Speed building
5. How to avoid confusion
in outline in pitman shorthand
6. A Compelesive List of
grammar Languages & Contractions
7. H.A. Mehta Typewriting
Corporation, Basant Mahal.
8. H.A. Mehta Typewriting
Office Practice set
9. H.A. Mehta Business
Letter typing sets
10. Typewriting by Md. Khan
Dictation Exercises
11. Layouts and Forms in
Typewriting
273
Publisher
A.H. Wheeler & Company
Pitman Shorthand Schools,
New Delhi
O.P. Kuthiall
-do- & Edger Thrope
-do-
O.P. Kuthiall
Mehta Publishing
complete course
Wadala (East)
Bombay–4000037
Mehta Publishing
Corporation, Basant Mahal.
Wadala (East)
Bombay–4000037
Mehta Publishing
Corporation, Basant Mahal.
Wadala (East)
Bombay–4000037
Chittoor Publishing
House, Chittoor, A.P.
State Board of Technical
Education,
Hyderabad – 500022
274
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
12. 20th Century Typewriting
13. Typewriting Drills for speed
and accuracy
14. Principles of Typewriting
15. Typewriting speed &
accuracy
16. Typewriting Theory Practicals
17. Type writing speed &
Accuracy-B-I
18. Type writing speed &
Accuracy-B-II
a)
Office Practice :
1. Office Practice Made Simple
2. Office Management and
Commercial Correspondence
3. Office Management and
Secretarial Practice by
V.P. Singh
4. Business Correspondence
and Office Practice by
Nagamia and Bhai
5. Business Communication by
Doctor & Doctor
6. Commercial Correspondence
7. Modern Commercial
Correspondence
8. Modern Commercial
Correspondence
9. Secretarial Practice by
H.A. Mehta and others
South-Western Publishing
Company, Gincinati, Ohio,
USA.
Gregg. Publishing
Corporation, USA.
D.P. Bhatia, S.S. Sangal
O.P. Kuthiall & Thorpe
R.C. Bhatia
O.P. Kuthiall
-do-
By G. Whitehead, 1974
W.H. Allen Publishers
By Balraj Duggal, 1998
Published by Kitab Mahal
Gyan Publishing House,
Delhi
Thakkar Publication,
Bombay
Seth Publication,
Bombay – 4
By Majumdar
By R.S. Sharma
By Chandgadkar & Tele
Vikas Publications Pune.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
275
Travel & Tourism (Elective)
Paper-A
Fundamentals of Travel and Tourism
Time: 3 Hours
Max.Marks : 100
Instructions for the Paper Setter
The Theory Paper consists of two Parts A and B (short
questions and long questions).
Part-A : The examiner will set 12 short questions, 3 questions from
each section of 02 marks each. The candidate will have
to attempt 10 questions out of 12 questions.
(10x2=20 Marks)
Part-B : The examiner will set 8 long qustions, 2 questions from
each section of 20 marks each. The candidate will have
to attempt 4 questions out of 8 question.
(4x20=80 Marks)
Unit-I
Chapter 1.
Conceptual Framework of Tourism
Travelers, excursionist, tourists/visitors.
Tourism and tourist - domestic and internaitonal.
The dynamics of definitions.
Chapter 2.
Tourism Product and its Characteristics
Tourism through the ages.
Tourism as a product
Characteristics of tourism
Unit-II
Chapter 3.
The Construct of Tourism
Notion of Tavel in historical imagination
Types and forms of tourism
Motivations for tourism.
276
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Chapter 4. Objects of Tourism
Tourism as an object of pleasure—Scenic beauty,
health and leisure.
Tourism as a preserver of heritage—Historical and
religious sites.
Tourism as an object of culture—Holiday seasons,
Tourism as a social habit.
Tourism as a means of globalization—Theme of
integration and identity.
Unit-III
Chapter 5.
Chapter 6.
Issues and Problems (1)
Infrastructure and super-structure.
Levels of Study.
Global; International concerns, problems and
organizations—WTO, IATA and ICAO
Issues and Problems (2)
Macro: National concerns and problems and
oganizations—Ministry of Tourism and ITDC.
Meso: Local concerns and problems.
Micro : Enterprise level concerns and problems.
Unit-IV
Chapter 7.
Positive Effects of Tourism
Integrational
Nation building - appreciation of language, dress, food
and Customs.
Information flows - travelogues.
Removal of barriers - flow of goods.
Chapter 8. Negative Effects of Tourism
Conflicts - cultural shock.
Ecological degradation.
Dangers to protected archaeological sites
Interference in wildlife habitat
Social effects on the residents of tourist places
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
277
Suggested Readings :
- Burkart, A.J. & Medlik, S. : Tourism: Past, Present and
Future, Heinemann Professional Publishing, London, 1986
reprint.
- Mill, Robert and Christie & Morrison Alastair M. : The
Tourism Systems: An Introductory Text, Prentice-Hall
International, London, 1992.
- Holloway, Christopher - J.: The Business of Tourism, Pitman
Publishing, London, 1989.
- Kamra, Krishan, K & Chand, Mohinder: Basics of Tourism:
Theory Operation and Practice, Kanishka Publishers, New
Delhi, 2002.
- Bhatia, A.K. : Tourism Development: Principles and
Practices, Sterling, New Delhi, 1995.
- Foster, Douglas, Travel and Tourism Management,
Macmillan, 1985.
- IITTM Growth of Modern Tourism - Monograph, IITTM,
New Delhi, 1989.
- IITTM Tourism as an Industry, IITTM, New Delhi, 1989.
- Wahab, S.E., Tourism Management, Tourism International
Press, London, 1986.
- Gupta I.C., Tourism Products of India, Indore, 1995.
Kasbekar Sushma.
- Singh, Ratandeep Tourist India: Hospitalities Services,
Kanishka, New Delhi, 1996.
278
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Travel & Tourism (Elective)
Paper-B
Indian Heritage and Tourist Resources
Time : 3 hrs.
Max.Marks : 100
Instructions for the Paper Setter
The Theory Paper consists of two Parts A and B (short
questions and long questions).
Part-A : The examiner will set 12 short questions, 3 questions from
each section of 02 marks each, The candidate will have
to attempt 10 questions out of 12 questions.
10x2=20 Marks
Part-B : The examiner will set 8 long questions, 2 questions
from each section of 20 marks each. The candidats will
have to attempt 4 questions out of 8 questions.
4x20=80 Marks
Unit-I
Chapter 1.
Geography and tourism
Physical features of Indian subcontinent.
Climatic conditions of India.
Chapter 2. Natural Resources and Tourism
Wildlife Sanctuaries: Jim Corbett Tiger Reserve,
Bharatpur Bird Sanctuary
National Parks and Natural Reserves of India : Valley
of Flowers, Kanha, Kaziranga, Ranthambhore.
Unit-II
Chapter 3.
Chapter 4.
Architectural heritage.
Overviews of Ancient, medieval and modern forms
of architecture.
Important Monuments.
Stupa at Sanchi, Brihadeshwara Temple (Tanjore),
Red Fort (Delhi), Taj Mahal (Agra), Lutyen's Delhi,
Lotus Temple (Delhi).
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
279
Unit-III
Chapter 5.
Performing Arts
Schools of painting.
Classical dances and dance styles
Folk dances.
Schools of music.
Musical instruments.
Chapter 6.
Handicrafts and Handlooms
Types of Handicrafts and Handlooms in India.
Major Fairs for Promotion of Handicrafs and
Handlooms-Dilli Haar, Central Cottage Industries
Emporium, Fab India.
Unit-IV
Chapter 7.
Fairs and festivals
Traditional : Kumbha, Pushkar, Chhatha, Pongal, Holi,
Onam, Durga Puja, Ramalila, Diwali, Dashahara
(Kullu), Rathyatra, Id-ul-Fitr. Muharram, Christmas.
Modern: Carnival (Goa), Ganga Mahotsava, Taj
Mahotsava, Khajuraho Mahotsava and Desert
Festival.
Chapter 8.
Hill Stations and Coastal Tourism
Major Hill Stations: Shimla, Darjelling, Ooty, Gangtok,
Gulmarg, Ladhak, Kodikannal
Coasts and Beaches: Beaches of Andaman &
Nicobar Islands, Marina Beach (Chennai), Konark
Beach (Orissa), Juhu Beach (Mumbai).
280
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Suggested Readings :
- Harle, J.C. The Art and Architecture of the Indian
Subcontinent, Penguin Books, 1990.
- Brown, Perey Indian Architecture (Buddhist and Hindu) and
(Islamic Period), Bombay, 1942 and Calcutta, 1942
respectively.
_ Basham, A.L. The Wonder that was India, Rupa and Co.,
Delhi, 1988.
- Westlake, Graeme, D. An Introduction to the Hill Stations
of India, Harper Colins Publishers, India, 1993.
- Mishra, Lavkush Cultural Tourism in India, Mohit
Publications, New Delhi, 1999.
- Day, C.R. The Music and Musical Instruments of Southern
India and the Deccan, Delhi, Reprint, 1990.
- Rele, Kanak, Indian Classical Dances and the Seven
Classical Dance Styles, A Video Film; Handbook of Indian
Classical Dance Terminology, Bombay, 1992.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
281
Tourism and Hotel Management (Vocational)
Paper-A
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 80
Int. Ass. : 20
Instructions for the paper setters :
Section-A will consist of 8 very short answer questions with answers
to each questions up to five lines in length. All questions will be
compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
being 16 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate.
Each question will carry four marks. The total weightage of the
section shall being 32 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry 16 marks: total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Introduction : This paper is for the basic understanding of Tourism
and Hospitality Industry and Hotel Management. Relationship
between Tourism, Airlines and hospitality Industry and for the basic
understanding of Hotel Management.
(I)
Evolution of Hospitality Industry in India and Abroad.
a) Accommodation and its types
b) Star categorization of Hotels
(II)
Four subject of Hotel Management
a) Front Office:
(i) Layout of front office and their importance i.e.
reservation, reception, concierge, bell desk, lobby,
telephone, cashier.
282
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
(ii) Qualities of front office staff.
(iii) Department front office coordinates with.
(iv) Main functions of front office.
1. Information
2. Reservation
3. Reception
b) House Keeping :
i) Introduction
ii) Layout of housekeeping department
iii) Organisation of housekeeping department
iv) Job description and qualities of house keeping staff
v) Departments that house keeping coordinates with
vi) Rooms and floors-Practices and procedures
1. Briefing and scheduling of staff
2. Knowledge of rooms
3. Rules on a guest floor
4. Cleaning of rooms
5. Preparing a room report
vii) Housekeeping control desk
c) Food and Beverages Production :
i) Definition of ‘food technology’
ii) Aims and objectives of cooking food
iii) Cooking materials/ingredients
iv) Methods of cooking foods
v) Spices used in Indian and western cooking
vi) Principles of food storage.
vii) Planning of meals
viii) Preservation of food
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
283
d) Food and Beverage Service:
i) History of Indian catering
ii) Food and beverage outlets
iii) Classification of catering operations
iv) Restaurant organization
v) Service staff behaviour and standards
vi) Table layout and table manners
vii) Rules for waiting at table
viii) Forms/types of catering establishments i.e
1. Commercial (non residential & residential)
2. Welfare (industrial/institutional)
3. Transport (Air, Road, Rail, Sea)
ix) Origin of menu and menu planning objectives and types
of menu
Note :
i) The Internal Assessment shall be based on periodical tests,
written assignments, presentations, classroom attendance and
participation.
ii) One tour/summer training is compulsory every year of which
the students shall prepare “A Tour Report”, This report shall
be evaluated by the examiner and shall given grades A, B &
C.
Training : One Month
During the summer vacation one month training is a must
and the internal assessment may be given the due weightage based
on the training part of the candidate.
Theory will be of 80 marks and internal assessment based
on the training part will carry 20 marks.
284
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Tourism and Hotel Management (Vocational)
Paper-B
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Theory : 80
Int. Ass. : 20
Instructions for the paper setters :
Section-A will consist of 8 very short answer question with answers
to each questions up to five lines in lengt h. All questions will be
compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
being 16 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate.
Each question will carry four marks. The total weightage of the
section shall being 32 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry 16 marks: total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
i) The maximum marks are 100 of which 80 marks shall be of
theory paper, and Internal Assessment shall carry 20 marks.
ii) The Internal Assessment shall be based on periodical tests,
written assignments, presentations, classroom attendance and
participation.
iii) One tour/summer training is compulsory every year of which
the students shall prepare” A Tour Report”. This report shall
be evaluated by the examiner and shall be given grades A, B
& C.
iv) The pattern of theory paper shall be as per the pattern of
other undergraduate courses.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
285
(I) Growth and development of tourism in India.
(II) Definition, nature and characteristics of tourism.
(III) Types and components of tourism
(IV) Impacts of Tourism
a) Socio-cultural impacts
b) Economic impacts
c) Environmental impacts
(V) Tourism as an industry
(VI) India a destination for all
(VII) Case study of ITDC
Note :
i) The Internal Assessment shall be based on periodical tests,
written assignments, presentations, classroom attendance and
participation.
ii) One tour/summer training is compulsory every year of which
the students shall prepare “A Tour/Project Report”. This report
shall be evaluated by the examiner and shall be given grades
A, B & C.
Training : One Month
During the summer vacation one month training is a must
and the internal assessment may be given the due weightage based
on the training part of the candidate.
Theory will be of 80 marks and internal assessment based
on the training part will carry 20 marks.
286
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Tax Procedure and Practice
Year
Paper
Periods
Marks
per week
L T Ext. Int.
Ist Year Paper-A : Indian Tax System & Law 3 3
80 20
Paper-B : State and Central Sales Tax 3 3
80
20
'On the Job Training' of 4 Weeks
The following pattern of setting of question paper shall be
observed:
The question paper covering the entire course shall be
divided into three sections as follows:Section A:
This section will consist of 7 very short answer questions
with answer to each question upto 5 lines. All questions will be
compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
of the section being 14 marks.
Section B:
This section will consist of short answer questions with
answer to each question upto two pages. Nine questions will be set
by the examiners and the candidates will be expected to attempted
six question. Each question will carry six marks, total weightage of
the section being 36 marks.
Section C:
This section will consist of essay type questions with
answers to each question upto 5 pages. Four questions,will be set
by the examiner and the candidates will be expected to attempt two
questions. Each question will carry 15 marks; total weightage of
the section being 30 marks.
1. The internal assessment shall be based on periodical tests,
written assignments and class-participation.
2. A consolidated report On the Job Training after Ist Year and
IInd Year shall be prepared by every student and, must be
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
287
submitted in the college concerned upto Septempber 30. The
consolidated report will be evaluated by the external examiner
and shall be given the grades as follows:
O
-
Outstanding
A
-
Very Good
B
-
Good
C
-
Average
D
-
Unsatisfactory
In case the training report is rated as unsatisfactory, the candidate
shall have to submit it again incorporating the changes suggested
by the examiner, within one month from the date of intimation to the
candidate by the concerned college.
288
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Tax Procedure and Practice
Paper – A
Indian Tax System and Law
Time: 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks :External: 80
Internal: 20
Note: The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-Scientific)
calculators.
Instructions for the paper setters:
The following pattern of setting of question paper shall be observed:
The question paper covering the entire course shall be divided into
three sections as follows:Section A:
This section will consist of 7 very short answer questions
with answer to each question upto 5 lines. All questions will be
compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
of the section being 14 marks.
Section B:
This section will consist of short answer questions with
answer to each question upto two pages. Nine questions will be set
by the examiners and the candidates will be expected to attempted
six question. Each question will carry six marks, total weightage of
the section being 36 marks.
Section C:
This section will consist of essay type questions with
answers to each question upto 5 pages. Four questions,will be set
by the examiner and the candidates will be expected to attempt two
questions. Each question will carry 15 marks; total weightage of
the section being 30 marks.
Section-A
Meaning of tax – Central and state powers of taxation.
Distribution of revenues between central and states. Direct and
indirect taxes.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
289
Direct taxes of the central government – income tax, wealth tax,
gift tax: interest tax act, 1974 with effect from 1.4.1993; expenditure
tax act, 1987.
Indirect taxes of Central Government – Central Excise,
Customs duty, Central sales tax.
Section-B
Taxes of the State Government: taxes on sale and purchase
of goods tax on land and building octroi duty; tax on profession,
trade and business; tool tax; tax on motor vehicle, transportation;
tax on advertisement, tax on luxuries, entertainment and amusements;
tax on betting and gambling; tax on electricity; tax on animal. Stamp
duty, agricultural income tax; and land revenue.
Section-C
A income-tax Law, definitions, Residential Status, Incomes
which do not form part of total income, Computation of total income,
heads of income : salaries, income : from house property, profit &
gain from business and profession, capital gains, income from other
sources.
Clubbing Provisions, aggregation of incomes and set off
and carry forward of losses, deduction from gross total income
under chapter VIA.
References
1. Singhania, V.K. and K. Singhania (2007), Direct Taxes Law
& Practice, Taxmann Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Srivastava, M. (1981), Fiscal Policy & Economic
Development in India, Chugh Publications, Allahabad.
3. Mehrotra, H.C. & P. Mehrotra (2007), Income Tax Law &
Accounts, Sahitya Bhawan Publications, Agra.
4. Taxmann's direct Tax Laws As Amended by Finance Act,
2007 Taxmann Allied Services (P) Ltd. New Delhi, 2001.
5. www.incometaxindia.gov.in
290
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Tax Procedure & Practice
Paper-B
State and Central Sales Tax
Time: 3 Hours
Max. Marks : (External) : 80
Internal : 20
Note: The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-Scientific)
calculators.
Instructions for the Paper Setters :
The following pattern of setting of question paper shall be observed:
The question paper covering the entire course shall be divided into
three sections as follows:Section A:This section will consist of 7 very short answer questions
with answer to each question upto 5 lines. All questions will be
compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
of the section being 14 marks.
Section B:This section will consist of short answer questions with
answer to each question upto two pages. Nine questions will be set
by the examiners and the candidates will be expected to attempted
six question. Each question will carry six marks, total weightage of
the section being 36 marks.
Section C:This section will consist of essay type questions with
answers to each question upto 5 pages. Four questions,will be set
by the examiner and the candidates will be expected to attempt two
questions. Each question will carry 15 marks; total weightage of
the section being 30 marks.
Section-A
State Sales Tax
1. Salient features of State Sales Tax act and rules made
thereunder.
2. Important terms and definitions.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
291
3. Incidental and levy of tax – when, what and how the tax is
paid.
Registration of dealers – Compulsory registration; procedure for
registration; application for obtaining registration under the
prescribed form and requisite fee and security / surety for
the purpose of registration and certificate of registration –
amendment, cancelling and obtaining duplicate registration
certificate and procedure thereof.
Rates of Tax :
Concessional rates – when availed.
Use of various kinds of forms for availing concessional rate
under respective state, Sales tax procedure for applying for
such concessional form and maintenance of records and issue
and receipt of such declaration form and maintenance of
records thereto. Return and procedure for recovery and
refund of tax.
Deposit of sales tax and filling and filing of challan in the
prescribed form.
Filling of return in the prescribed form and procedure for
claiming refund of tax.
Section-B
Central Sales Tax
Regulatory framework— An overview of Central SalesTax,
1956; and Central Sales Tax (Registration and Turn over)
Rules 1957. Important terms and definitions;
Important Terms and Definitions
Principles for determining— When central sales tax is
leviable; the concept of sale or purchase of goods in the course of
interstate trade or commerce.
When does a sale or purchase of goods take place outside
the state; When does the sale or purchase of goods is in the course
of import or export.
292
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Registration of dealers and procedures thereof.
Grant of Certificate Registration in Form 3.
Procedure for amendment, cancellation and obtaining
duplicate certificate of registration.
Section-C
Rates of Tax :
Concessional rate, kinds of forms for availing the concessional
rates and maintenance of records related thereto.
Sales to the registered dealers against Form C.
Purchasers obligations : Procedure for obtaining Form C from
Sales Tax authorities and Issuing of form C to dealers.
Application under prescribed form with requisite fee for
obtaining Form C. Maintenance of records for receipts and
issue of Form C-Form 2.
Sellers obligations: Obtaining Form C from Purchasers.
Maintenance of records of C Form collected and submission
of C Form at the time of assessment.
References
1. Datey, V.S. (2006), Taxmann's Indirect Taxes Law & Practice,
Taxmann Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Taxmann's Indirect Tax Laws as amended by Finance Act
2007. Taxmann Allied Services (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
3. www.income.tax.india.gov.in
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
293
Advertising Sales Promotion and Sales Management
(Vocational)
Year
Paper
Periods
Marks
per
Week
Ist Year
L
T
Ext. Int.
Paper-A Marketing Communication
3
3
80
20
Paper-B Advertising-I
3
3
80
20
'On the Job Training' of 4 Weeks
1. The internal assessment shall be based on periodical tests,
written assignments and class-participation.
2. A consolidated report on the job training after Ist year and
IInd year shall be prepared by every student and, must be
submitted in the college concerned upto September 30. The
consolidated report will be evaluated by the external examiner
and shall be given in the grades as follows :
O
Outstanding
A
Very Good
B
_
Good
C
_
Average
D
_
Unsatisfactory
In case the training report as rated as unsatisfactory, the
candidate shall have to submitted it again incorporating the changes
suggested by the examiner, within one month from the date of
intimation to the candidate by the concerned college.
Advertising Sales Promotion and Sales Management
Objectives:
This course is intended to impart knowledge and develop
skill among the participants in the field of marketing communication,
so as to equip them to man junior and lower-middle level positions
in the fast-growing and challenging business areas of advertising,
sales promotion, selling and sales management and Public relations.
294
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
The course shall consist of six papers, two each of the
three years of under graduate programme in the Indian Universities
and other institutions. The six papers are:
1. Marketing Communication.
2. Advertising-I
3. Advertising-II
4. Personal Selling and Salesmanship.
5. Management of the Sales-Force.
6. Sales Promotion and Public relations.
All the papers will be handle so as to have practical
orientation, with Indian cases and examples.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
295
Advertising Sales Promotion and Sales Management
(Vocational)
Paper-A
Marketing Communication
Time: 3 Hours
Max. Marks : External : 80
Internal : 20
Instructions for the Paper Setters :
The following pattern of setting of question paper shall be observed:
The question paper covering the entire course shall be divided into
three sections as follows :Section A:This section will consist of 7 very short answer questions
with answer to each question upto 5 lines. All questions will be
compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
of the section being 14 marks.
Section B:This section will consist of short answer questions with
answer to each question upto two pages. Nine questions will be set
by the examiners and the candidates will be expected to attempted
six question. Each question will carry six marks, total weightage of
the section being 36 marks.
Section C:This section will consist of essay type questions with
answers to each question upto 5 pages. Four questions,will be set
by the examiner and the candidates will be expected to attemptted
two questions. Each question will carry 15 marks; total weightage
of the section being 30 marks.
Part-I
* Nature and importance of Communication.
* Communication process: Elements of the communication
Process, Application of communication process in marketing.
Steps in developing effective marketing communication.
* Methods of Marketing communication.
296
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Part-II
* Advertising, personal selling, Public relations, sales promotion,
their meaning and distinctive characteristics.
* Setting up of targets: Policies, strategies and methods of
achievements.
* Integrated Communication in Marketing.
Suggested Readings:
1. Kotler Phillip, Kevn Lane Ketter, Abrahan Koshy and
Mithileshwari Jha, Marketing Management, PHI, 13th ed.,
2007.
2. Etzel, Michael J., Bruce J. Walker, William J. Stantonard Ajay
Pandit. Marketing Concepts 1 Cases, 13th edition, Tat,
McGraw Hill, 2006.
3. Rampal, M.K. and S.L. Gupta, Cases & Simulations is
Marketing Management, Galgotia Publishing Co., 2000.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
297
Advertising Sales Promotion and Sales Management
(Vocational)
Paper-B
Advertising-I
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : External 80
Internal 20
Note : The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-Scientific)
calculators.
Instructions for the Paper Setters :
The following pattern of setting of question paper shall be observed:
The question paper covering the entire course shall be divided into
three sections as follows:Section A: This section will consist of 7 very short answer questions
with answer to each question upto 5 lines. All questions will be
compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
of the section being 14 marks.
Section B: This section will consist of short answer questions with
answer to each question upto two pages. Nine questions will be set
by the examiners and the candidates will be expected to attempted
six question. Each question will carry six marks, total weightage of
the section being 36 marks.
Section C: This section will consist of essay type questions with
answers to each question upto 5 pages. Four questions,will be set
by the examiner and the candidates will be expected to attempt two
questions. Each question will carry 15 marks; total weightage of
the section being 30 marks.
Part-I
* Importance of advertising in modern marketing. Role of
advertising in the national economy.
* Types of advertising: Commercial and noncommercial
advertising; primary demand and selective demand advertising;
classified and display advertising; comparative advertising’ cooperative advertising.
298
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Part-II
* Setting of advertising objectives.
* Setting of advertising budget, Factors affecting the, advertising
expenditure in a company.
* Advertising message, Preparing and effective advertising
copy; elements of a print copy; headlines, illustration,
bodycopy, slogan, logo seal of approval role of colon, elements
of a broadcast copy, copy for direct mail.
Suggested Readings :
1. Batra, Rajeev, John G. Myers & David A. Aaker, Advertising
Management, 5th ed., PHI, 2006.
2. Rampal, M.K. and S.L. Gupta, Cases & Simulations in
Marketing Management, Galgotia Publishing Co., 2000.
3. Belch, George E and Michael A. Batch. Advertising &
Promotion, McGraw Hill 2003.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
299
COMMERCE
Paper -A
Commerce Theory and Functional Management
Time: 3 Hours
Note
Max. Marks:
100
(i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculators.
(ii) Each question paper may consist of three
sections as follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate.
Each question will carry six marks; total weightage of the section
being 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidate will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
A critical evaluation of various definitions of Commerce, Commerce
Art or Science or both, Commerce as a Profession, Relationship
and Difference between Economics, Commerce and Management,
Functions of Commerce-Traditional and Modern. Management:
Definition, purpose and significance. Management Art or Science
for both.
Management as a Process: Planning, Organising, Staffing, Direction
and Control and their meaning, Features and principles.
300
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Contributions to Management thought with special reference to
Taylor, Fayel, Elton Mayo.
Personnel Management: Meaning and significance, Managerial and
operative Functions-Recruitment, Selection and training. Methods
of wage payment, absenteism and labour turnover. Job evaluation
and merit rating. Trade Unionism, worker’s participation in
management.
Marketing Management : Concept of Marketing, functions of
marketing research-meaning and, techniques, advertising and
salesmanship.
Production : Functions, production, planning and control, purchasing
and storekeeping, inventory control, quality control.
Finance : Meaning and importance, sources of finance.
Suggested Readings
1. Bose Chandra, "Principles of Management and
Administration", Prentice Hall of India, 2007.
2. Massie, "Essentials of Management", Fourth Edition, Prentice
Hall of India, 2007.
3. Robbins and Coulter, "Management", 8th Edition, Prentice
Hall of India, 2007.
4. Dholakia Nikhilesh and Khurana Rakesh, "Marketing
Management", McMillan India Ltd., 2007.
5. Hitt, "Management", Pearson Education, 2007.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
301
COMMERCE
Paper B
Book Keeping and Accountancy
Time: 3 Hours
Note:
Max. Marks : 100
(i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculators.
(ii) Each question paper may consist of three section
as follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks; total weightage of the section
being 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Generally accepted accounting principles, concepts
Convention. Theory and practice of Double entry system of book
keeping.
Subsidiary Books and ledger, Trial Balance.
Bank reconciliation statement, Errors and their
rectifications.
Preparation of trading profit and loss Account and Balance
302
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
sheet of sole trader and partnership. Treatment of capital and
Revenue expenditure.
Preparation of receipts and payments account and income
and expenditure accounts. Bills of exchange.
Elementary knowledge of consignment and joint venture.
Indian System of book keeping (Mahajani lekha vidhi). 50%
numerical problem should be asked.
Books Recommended
1. Bhattacharyya, "Financial Accounting for Business", Prentice
Hall of India, 2007.
2. Grewal T.S. " Double Entry Book Keeping", Sultan Chand,
2007.
3. Tulsian P.C. "Financial Accounting", Pearson Education, 2007.
4. Maheshwari S.N. "Financial Accounting", Vikas Publications,
2007.
5. Horngren, "Introduction to Financial Accounting", Pearson
Education, 2007.
6. Naryanaswamy, "Financial Accounting : A Management
Perspective." Prentice Hall of India, 2007.
Note:
1. The candidates will visit major (trading/
manufacturing/ services) Organisation with view to
be acquainted with the different systems of book
keeping.
2. The college will organise atleast five lectures by
experts/ professional.
Accountants on final accounts/maintenance of
different books of accounting.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
303
Economics
Paper-A
Microeconomics
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Note :
i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) Calculator.
ii) Each question paper may consist of three
sections as follows:
Section : A It will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks. total weightage
of the section being 20 marks.
Section :B It will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the section
shall be being 48 marks.
Section: C It will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto five pages in length. Four questions will be set
by the examiner and the candidate will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks. The total weightage of the
section being 32 marks.
Introductory: Definition of economics, Adam Smith, Marshall,
Robbins, Basic concepts : Human wants, utility and satisfaction,
opportunity cost, Price elasticity of demand and its measuement.
Theory of demand and consumer behaviour : unity analysis and
indifference curve analysis and their comparison.
Theory of production and costs : Concept of production
function. Laws of returns to scale and law of variable production;
cost : Modern costs theory concepts and costs curves in the short
and in long run.
304
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Relationship between average revenue and marginal
revenue and elasticity of demand. Behaviour of average and marginal
under perfect competition, Monopoly and Monopolistic competition.
Price and output determination under perfect competition under
short-run and long-run.
Monopoly: Producer’s equilibrium in the short run and
long run. Discriminating Monopoly. Monopolistic competition.
Definition, Equilibrium of producer in the short run and long run;
Marginal productivity theory; factor pricing (with reference to labour)
under perfect competition and impact competition, Modern theory
of distribution.
Rent : Concept; Ricardian Theory and Modern Theory of Rent.
Interest : Concept of interest; classical theory lonable funds theory;
Profit : Concept of profit, Risk and uncertainity theroies.
Recommended Texts
1. R.G. Lipsey: Introduction to positive economics, EL BS,
London, 1969
2. Stonier & Hague: A Text book of Economics Theory, 9th ed.,
ELBS, London, 1973.
3. Paul Samuelson : Economics, Mcgraw Hill, Kogakushad,
Tokyo, 1973.
4. N.C. Ray : Microeconomic Theory, Macmillan, Delhi, 1975.
5. D. Salvatore : Microeconomics.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
305
Economics
Paper-B
Indian Economy
Time : 3 Hours
Notes :
Max. Marks : 100
i. The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) Calculator.
ii. Each question paper may consist of three
sections as follows :
Section-A : It will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
being 20 marks.
Section-B : It will consist of short answer questions with answer
to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the
section shall be 48 marks.
Section-C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto five pages in length. Four questions will be set
by the examiner and candidate will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks. The total weightage of the
section being 32 marks.
Indian economy on the eve of dependence, Nature of Indian
Economy.
Agriculture, causes of low productivity, Land reforms, need,
implementation and critical evaluation, new agricultural strategy and
green revolution, WTO and Indian agriculture.
Industry : Problems of industrial development, public sector
and private sector, privatization of public sector enterprises : the
disinvestment programme, role of small and large scale industries.
Latest Industrial Policy.
306
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Growth of money supply and price level, Causes and
remedies of inflation, role of banks in development process, principle
features of Indian tax structure, Centre-state financial relations; a
brief idea of recommendations of the latest Finance Commission.
Foreign trade : direction and composition of exports and
imports and changes therein since independence, recent foreign
trade policies, Balance of payment problems. Foreign aid and role
of multinational corporations in India.
Major problems of the economy - unemployment, poverty
and inequality and population growth. Planning-objectives, strategy,
achievements of planning in India, a brief idea of objectives, targets,
resources of the latest five year plan.
Recommended Texts
1. Mishra and Puri :
Inidian Economy, Himalaya
Publication House, Mumbai, 2003.
2.
Rudder Dutt and :
Sundharam
Indian Economy (Latest), S.
Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi,
1998.
3.
A.N. Aggarwal
:
Indian Economy, Vikas
Publications, Delhi, 1975.
4.
C.D. Wadhwa
:
Indian Economic Policy (1980),
Tata McGraw Hill, Bombay, 1973.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
307
Industrial Economics
Paper-A
Time : 3 Hours
Notes :
Max. Marks : 100
i. The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) Calculator.
ii. Each question paper may consist of three
sections as follows :
Section-A : It will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
being 20 marks.
Section-B : It will consist of short answer questions with answer
to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the
section shall be 48 marks.
Section-C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto five pages in length. Four questions will be set
by the examiner and candidate will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks. The total weightage of the
section being 32 marks.
Nature, scope and subject matter of Industrial Economics;
concept and organization of the firm; optimum firm.
Market Structure : Meaning and measurement : Sellers'
concentration and product differentiation; Market structure, size
and profitability.
Market Conduct : Theories of industrial location - Weber and
Sargent Florence; factors affecting location; Product pricing - theory
and evidence; merger and diversification; Sources of industrial
finance.
308
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Market Performance : Growth of the firm and its constraints;
size, growth and profitability.
Process of Industrialization : Rationale, objectives, strategies and
policies with reference to Indian industrial development and policy.
Recommended Texts
1. Barthwal, R.R. : Industrial Economics : An Introductory Text,
Wiley Eastern Limited, New Delhi, 1984.
2. Devine, P.J. et al : An Introduction to Industrial Economics,
George Allen Unwin Ltd., London, 1976.
3. Hay, D.A. and D.J. Morris : Industrial Economics : Theory
and Evidence, Oxford University Press, London, 1979.
4. Harndeen, J.B. : Economics of Corporate Econommy.
5. Writes, P.J.D. : Price, Cost and Output.
6. Kirkpatrick, C.M. et al. : Industrial Structure and Policy in
Less Developed Countries, N.Lee and F.L. Ninson, Heritage,
New Delhi, 1985.
7. Kelkar, V.L. and V.V. Bhanoji Rao : Indian Development
Policy Imperatives.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
309
Industrial Economics
Paper-B
Industrial Relations
Time : 3 Hours
Notes :
Max. Marks : 100
i. The candidates are allowed to use simple
(Non-Scientific) calculator.
ii. Each question paper may consist of three
sections as follows :
Section-A : It will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answer to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
being 20 marks.
Section-B : It will consist of short answer questions with answer
to each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidate.
Each question will carry six marks. The total weightage of the
section shall be 48 marks.
Section-C : It will consist of essay type questions with answer to
each question upto five pages in length. Four questions will be set
by the examiner and candidate will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks. The total weightage of the
section being 32 marks.
Industrial Relations : Concept, approach and organisation.
Theory of Industrial Relations : Dunlop's industrial relation
system; Classical Marxist Theory; human relation theory; Pluralism
and radical approach.
Growth, pattern and structure of labour unions in India—
achievements and failures.
Nature and Causes of industrial disputes - settlement and
prevention mechanism; Role of tripartism.
310
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Collective Bargaining : Theories, types and role; current trends
in collective bargaining.
Labour legislation in India with reference to Trade Union Act, 1926
Industrial Disputes Act, 1947.
Recommended Texts
1. Giri, V.V. : Industrial Relations, N.M. Tripathi Asia Publications,
Bombay, 1972.
2. Memoria. C.B. : Dynamic of Industrial Relations in India,
Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay, 1983.
3. Myers, C.A. : Industrial Relations in India, Asia Publishing
House, Bombay, 1970.
4. Ramaswamy, E.A. and U. Ramaswamy : Industrial Relations
in India, Macmillan, Delhi, 1978.
5. Punekar, SD. : Labour Welfare, Trade Unionism and Industrial
Relations, Himalaya Publishers, Bombay, 1978.
6. Rees, A : Economics of Work and Play.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
311
Quantitative Techniques
Paper-A
Time : 3 Hours.
Note:
Max. Marks : 100
(i) Economic applications of the above techniques
may also be asked.
(ii) The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculators.
(iii) The question may consist of three sections as
follows :
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks; total weightage of the section
being 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Solution of linear equations : quadratic equations, solution of
simultaneous equations—two variable case. Series : Arithmetic
progression series, geometric progression series.
Elements of Analytical Geometry : the straight line, circle,
parabola.
Elements of Trigonometry: basic concepts and formulae.
Elements of set theory, union, inter-section, difference, symmetric
difference, complementation, various diagrams.
312
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Limits and Continuity of Function : Function and their graphs,
classification of functions, graphs, linear, quadratic and rectangular
Hyperbola functions, Limits of functions, continuity of functions.
Derivatives : Theorems of Derivatives, functions of functions rule,
derivative of inverse functions, derivatives of implicit functions,
parametric functions, and their derivatives, exponential functions,
logarithmic functions, successive derivatives.
Books Recommended
1. Monga, G.S. : Mathematics and Statistics for Economics.
2. Yamane, Taro :
Mathematics for Economists.
3. Allen, R.G.D. :
Mathematical Analysis for Economists.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
313
Quantitative Techniques
Paper-B
Time : 3 Hours.
Note
Max. Marks : 100
(i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculator.
(ii) Each question paper may consist of three
sections as follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answers to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks; total weightage of the section
being 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Statistics, definition, scope, significance, limitations, statistical
enquiry, organisations of statistical survey, classifications of data,
tabulation, graphical representation of data.
Median, quartiles, declies, percentiles, measures of relative
dispersion, measures of skewness and kurtosis.
Correlation Analysis : Introduction, significance, KarlPearson’s coefficient of correlation, probable error, Spearman’s rank
correlation coefficient, Simple Regression : Analysis : Difference
between correlation and regression, lines of regression, relationship
between correlation coefficients and regression coefficients.
Analysis of Time Series : Definition, components of time
314
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
series, measurement of trend by different methods, measurement
of seasonal variations.
Probability : Definition, Additive & Multiplicative laws and
their applications.
Books Recommended
1. Gupta, S.P.
:
Statistical Methods (1981)
2. Croxton, Cowden :
& Klein
Applied General Statistics 1973
3. Ya-lun-chou
Statistical Analysis (1975)
:
4. Kapur and Sexena :
Mathematical Statistics (1970)
5. Murry, R. Speigal :
Theory and Problems of Statistics
(1972).
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
315
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
Paper-A
Time : 3 Hours
Note
Max. Marks : 100
(i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculator.
(ii) Each question paper may consist of three
sections as follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks; total weightage of the section
being 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Agriculture in a growing economy : changing importance
of agriculture, inter-dependence between agriculture and industry,
role of agriculture in economic development.
Farming Systems : traditional, subsistence, commercial,
cooperative, collective and state farming, corporate farming, contract
farming.
Economics of Agricultural Production : Relation between
factor-product, product-product and factor-factor, farm size
productivity in Indian Agriculture.
Agricultural Growth in India : Inter-regional variations in
growth in output and productivity.
Performance of Punjab Agriculture : A Comparative
316
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Analysis.
Suggested Readings
1. Southworth, N, and A. Johnston (1967), Agricultural
Development and Economic Growth, Cornell University
Press.
2. Dantwala, M.L. (1986), Agricultural Growth in India, Indian
Society of Agricultural Economics, Bombay.
3. Bhardwaj, K. (1984), Production Conditions in India
Agriculture, Cambridge University Press.
4. Memoria, C.B. (1985), Agricultural Problems of India, Kitab
Mahal.
5. Eichher, C. and L. Wilt (ed.) (1964), Agriculture in Economic
Development, McGraw Hill, London.
6. S.S. Johl & T.R. Kapur,
Management.
Fundamentals of Farm Business
7. A.S. Kahlon & Karam Singh, Principles of Farm Business
Management.
8. Agriculture Economics by R.K. Lekhi and Joginder Singh.
Kalyani Publishers 1996.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
317
Agricultural Economics and Marketing
Paper B
Agricultural Marketing
Time : 3 Hours.
Max. Marks : 100
Note (i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculator.
(ii) Each question paper may consist of three sections
as follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks; total weightage of the section
being 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Marketing : Definition, scope, product, production, selling and
marketing concepts, marketing efficiency, farmers and marketing.
Consumer-market and buying behaviour, trends in
population and income distribution variations in food consumption,
market segmentation. market, integration, market consideration.
Agricultural production in India : Farm size, land utilization
and cropping pattern, characteristics of producer and production.
Variations in production-seasonal, annual, geographic and
quality, Marketed and marketable surplus.
318
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Agricultural Marketing in India, structure, type and defects,
marketing function, processing and standardisation, grading,
transportation, distribution and storage, marketing agencies.
Suggested Readings
1. Cundiff, Still & Goveni, Fundamentals of Modern Marketing.
2. Memoria, C.B., Agricultural Problems of India.
3. Bansil, P.C., Agricultural Problems of India.
4. Rudder Dutt and Sundram, Indian Economy.
5. Indian Council of Agricultural Research, Handbook of
Agriculture.
6. S.S. Acharya Marketing of Farm Products.
7. Fundamentals of Agri. Economics, Sadhu & Singh, Himalyan
Publishers House, 1996.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
319
Rural Development
Paper-A : Rural Society
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Total Teaching Periods : 75
Note (i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculator.
(ii) There will be two papers of one hundred credit
marks each, (Three periods per week per paper).
(iii) Each question paper may consist of three sections
as follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks; total weightage of the section
being 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Conceptional Sociology as a study of social groups,
Relationships, Institutions and culture, Rural urban differences.
Caste, its features, functions, theories of its origin and intercaste
relations.
Family types, functions and changing patterns.
Marriage, its forms, functions and features like bride/
bridegroom price, extravagance etc.
320
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Political structures; structures and functions of traditional
and enacted panachayats.
Suggested Readings
1. Hutton, J.H. Caste in India, Oxford University Press, Bombay.
2. Mandelbaum, D.G. Society in India, Popular Prakashan,
Bombay.
3. Jammu, P.S. (Ed). Pendu Punjab Vich Samajik Parvartan,
Punjabi University, Patiala.
4. Swinderjit Kaur. Samaj Vigyan Nal Jan Pachhan, Punjabi
University, Patiala.
5. Baldev Singh (tr.) Samaj Vigyan, Punjabi Univeristy, Patiala.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
321
Rural Development
Paper - B
Rural Administration
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Total Teaching Periods 75
Note
(i) The candidates are allowed to use simple (NonScientific) calculator.
(ii) Each question paper may consist of three
sections as follows:
Section-A will consist of 10 very short answer questions with
answers to each question upto five lines in length. All questions will
be compulsory. Each question will carry two marks; total weightage
of the section being 20 marks.
Section-B will consist of short answer questions with answer to
each question upto two pages in length. Twelve questions will be
set by the examiner and eight will be attempted by the candidates.
Each question will carry six marks; total weightage of the section
being 48 marks.
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry sixteen marks; total weightage of the section
being 32 marks.
Rural Development; Concept and Objectives; Rural
Development since Independence; Community Development
Programme (C.D.P.), National Extension Service (N.E.S.), High
Yielding Varieties Programme (H.Y.V.P.), Intensive Agricultural
District Programme (I.A.D.P.), Small Farmers Development
Agencies (S.F.D.A), and Marginal Farmers and Agricultural Labour
Agencies (M.F.A.L.A.). Integrated Rural Development Programme
(I.R.D.P.), Training of Rural Youth for Self Employment (TRYSEM),
National Rural Employment Programme (N.R.E.P.).
322
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Organisation Set up : Ministry of Rural and Agriculture
Development at the Central Level Planning and Planning Machinery,
Deptt. of Agriculture, Development of Industries at the State level.
Panchayti Raj : Rural Development, District Administration
and Rural Development.
Planning at local, Deputy Commissioner and other
functionaries dealing with rural development.
Books Suggested
1. Sharma, S.K. :
Rural Development Approach
Perspective and Strategy, Abhinav
Publications, New Delhi.
2. Mehta, S.R.
:
Rural Development Policies and
Programmes.
3. Jain, S.C.
:
Community Development and
Panchayati Raj in India, NIRD
Publications, Hyderabad.
4. Raw, S.K.
:
Rural Development in India, Some
Factors in India, NIRD Publications,
Hyderabad.
5. Puri, K.K. and :
G.S. Brown
Local Government in India, Bharat
Pakistan, Jalandhar.
Dairy Farming (Vocational)
(Theory)
Period per week : Theory : 6
Instructions for the paper setter
Time: 3 Hours
Max. Marks: 100
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
323
1. Question paper should be set strictly according to the syllabus
and in the Punjabi Language.
2. The language of questions should be straight and simple.
3. Theory paper shall consist of three parts :
a) Ten short compulsory questions of two marks each
requiring replies up to five lines each
(Total marks: 10x2=20 marks).
b) Ten questions of six marks each requiring short replies
shall be asked. The candidate has the choice to attempt
eight questions (Total marks 8x6=48).
c) Four questions of descriptive type requiring five pages for each
answer shall be asked. The candidate has the choice to attempt
two questions. (Total marks : 16x2=32)
4. The question paper should cover the whole syllabus.
General
Advantages and constraints in dairy farming. Importance
of livestock in agriculture and its relation to national economy. Live
stock census, Milk production in Punjab, India, Per capita
consumption of milk in Punjab and India as compared to some
western countries.
Breeds
Important breeds of different livestock species, their
origin, morphological traits and economic traits :
i) Indigenous cattle i.e. Sahiwal, Haryana, Red Sindhi.
ii) Exotic cattle, i.e. Holstein Friesian, Jersery, Red Dane, Brown
swiss, Ayrshire and Guernsey.
iii) Buffaloes breeds, i.e. Murrah, Nilli Ravi, Surti, Mehsana.
iv) Milch type goat breeds (both Indian and Exotic)
Anatomy and Physiology
Anatomy & Physiology of udder. Milk synthesis and its secretion
324
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
including let down of milk.
Digestive and reproductive system of cattle
Feeding Practices
Classification of feeding stuffs. Study of roughages and
concentrates. Silage and hay making. General principles of feeding
cattle & buffaloes.
Management
i) General care of cattle, grooming, exercise, bathing, oestrus
observation, care during pregnancy, parturition, milking, clean
milk production, drying off.
ii) Care of calves: Care and feeding of weaned calves,
Identification marks (tattooing, branding and ear tagging)
disbudding and castration etc.
iii) Principles of grading up in cattles. Various systems of breeding
i.e. inbreeding, out breeding and crossbreeding. Importance
of Sire & Dam.
iv) Artificial insemination, Merits and Demerits thereof.
Housing
Location of dairy farm, grouping of different farm buildings.
Sanitation, drainage in cattle sheds, disinfections of sheds. Heat
stress. Methods of cooling in sheds. Supply of clean and fresh water.
Diseases and their Control
Common infections and contagious diseases, their causes,
symptoms and treatment. Vaccination schedule. Deworming and
tick control.
Dairy Farming (Vocational)
Practical
Time : 3 Hours.
Period Per Week 4
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
325
Max. Marks : 100
Practical Marks : 80
Internal Ass : 20
Distribution of Marks :
Assignment
Practical Note Book
Two Visits to Dairy Farm
Oral Examination
Internal Assessment
20 Marks
20 Marks
20 Marks
20 Marks
20 Marks
Total :100 marks
Syllabus
Note : Preparation of practical note book and weekly write-ups of
daily jobs assigned is compulsory.
1. Visits to Dairy farms having machine milking, fodder
harvesting, feed mixing etc., Veterinary hospitals, Milk
collection centre and milk plant. Visit and working study of
Milk Producers Co-operative Society.
2. External body parts of Cow and Buffalo.
3. Identification of various breeds of Cows and Buffaloes.
4. Differentiation between ‘Desi’ and Crossbreed Cow and their
calves.
5. Identification of various feed stuffs.
6. Identification and numbering of animals :
a) Tattooing, b) Notching, c) Branding, d) Eartagging
7. Disbudding : Caustic touch, Hot iron method, Eclectric
dehorner.
8. Collection of semen, its evaluation and extension
(Demonstration only)
9. Techniques of artificial insemination (Demonstration only).
Physical Education
Paper-A
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 60
326
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Notes : Question paper will be divided into three sections.
Section A : The candidates are required to attempt all the six
questions. Each question carrying two marks.
6x2=12 marks.
Section B : The candidates are required to attempt seven out of
twelve questions. Each question carrying four marks.
7x4=28 Marks.
Section C : The candidates are required to attempt two out of four
questions. Each question carrying ten marks.
10x2=20 Marks.
Part-A
1. Definitioin of the terms : Education, Physical Education,
Physical Training and Coaching.
2. Aims and Objectives of Physical Education.
3. Relationship of Eduction and Physical Education.
4. Biological Principles :
a) Growth and Development
b) Age and sex differences
c) Effect of heredity and environment on growth and
development.
d) Chronological age, physiological age, Anatomical age and
Mental age.
e) Body types.
Part-B
1. Development of Physical Education and Sports in India.
a) Pre-Independence
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
327
b) Sports Schemes in India :
i)
N.S.N.I.S.
ii)
Sports Authority in India.
iii) Punjab Sports Department.
iv) Punjab State Sports Council.
c) Sports Organisations in India i.e. Associations. Federation
and D.O.A, P.O.A., I.O.A.
2. Olympics Games :
a) Ancient Olympics.
b) Modern Olympics.
3. Commonwealth Games
4. Asian Games
Practical : 40 (Internal Assessment 10; Practical 30)
Any one Game, Ground-marking, Practical Note Book.
Physical Education (Teaching)
New books recommended for the syllabus of B.A. Part-Ist, 2nd
and 3rd are as under :1. Singh Kanwaljeet and Singh Inderjeet : Sports Sociology,
Friends Publication, New Delhi, 2000.
2. Tadan D.K. et al, : Scientific basis of Physical Education and
Sports, Friends Publication, New Delhi, 2001.
3. Singh Ajmer and Gill Jagtar : Essentials of Physical Education
and Olympic Movement, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana, 2004.
4. Kang G.S. : Anatomy, Physiology and Health Education,
Publication Bureau, Punjabi University, Patiala, 2000.
5. Kang G.S. and Deol N.S. : An Introduction to Health and
Physical Education 21st Century, Patiala, 2008.
6. Dhillon G.K. : Health Education, Punjab Text Book.
Physical Education
Paper-B
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 60
Notes : Question paper will be divided into three sections.
328
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Section A : The candidates are required to attempt all the six
questions. Each question carrying two marks.
6x2=12 Marks.
Section B : The candidates are required to attempt seven out of
twelve questions. Each question carrying four marks.
7x4=28 Marks.
Section C : The candidates are required to attempt two out of four
questions. Each question carrying ten marks.
10x2=20 Marks.
Part-A
1. Cell : Structure and Functions.
2. Skeletal System : Types of bones, names of the various bones
of the body, Various types of Joints.
3. Muscular System : Various types of muscles, structure of
skeletal muscles.
4. Digestive system : Its organs and mechanism of digestion.
5. Nutrition : Elements of balanced diet, Functional Diet/Food
Part-B
1. Meaning and scope of health education. Hygiene problems of
educational institutions and their remedial measures.
2. Personal hygiene; Care of eyes, teeth, ears, skin, hair and
nail.
3. Air and water pollution and its remedial measures.
4. First aid in case of snake bite, drowning, electric shock and
burns.
5. Effect of Alcohol, smoking on health and doping in sports.
6. Communicable Diseases : Mode of transmission, prevention
and control of tuberculosis, hepatitis (A & B), Rabies and
HIV/AIDS.
Practical :
40 Marks (Internal 10, External 30)
One Throw
One Jump
One Race
Education
Paper-A
Philosophical and Sociological Foundation of Education
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
329
There will be two papers of 100 marks each. (Six priods per week)
Total Teaching Periods: 150 (each paper)
Time : 3 hours
Total Max. Marks: 200
Max. Marks: 100
Note:
(i) In all eight questions to be set, four from each section.
(ii) A student will be required to attempt five questions
selecting, at least two from each section.
Section-I
1. Meaning, nature, scope and functions of education. Formal,
Informal and Non-formal education.
2. Aims and Objectives of Education, factors determining
aims of Education.
3. Analysis of concept of Education : Schooling, Training and
Indoctrination.
4. Commission (1964- 66) and NPE (1986), aims of education
in the Modern Indian Society.
Section-II
1. Home, school and community and mass media as agencies
of education.
2. Education for democratic citizenship.
3. Education for national integration.
Books Recommmended
1. Bhatia and Narang
Philosophical & Sociological
Foundation Education Doaba
House, New Delhi, 1992.
2. Dayakar, Reddy, D
Value Oriented Education, Discover
Publishers, 2006.
3. Dhaliwal, A.S.
Vidyak Manovigyan, Punjabi
University, Patiala, 1985.
4. Dash., D.N.
Philosophical and Sociological
330
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Foundation of Education, Dominant
Publisher, New Delhi, 2005.
5. Govt. of India, Ministry
Report of Secondary Education
Commission (1952-53).
6. Prasad and Chandra
Sociological Foundations of Education,
Deepak KSK Publishers, Delhi,
2006.
7. Saxena Swaroop, N.R.
Education In Emerging India
Chaturvedi Sikha Society, R.Lall
Book Depot, Meerut, 2005.
8. Sodhi, T.S.
Philosophical and Sociological
Foundations of Education, Bawa
Publications, Patiala, 2007.
9. Taneja, V.R.
Foundation of Education,
Chandigarh, Mahindra Capital,
Punjab, 2006.
Education
Paper-B
Psychological Foundations of Education
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
331
Time : 3 Hours
Max Marks: 100
Instructions for Paper Setters :
Note:
(i) In all eight questions to be set, four from each
section.
(ii) A student will be required to attempt five
questions selecting, at least two from each
section.
Section-I
1. Meaning of Psychology, Relationship between Education and
Psychology.
2. Educational Psychology : Meaning, Nature and Scope.
3. Growth and Development : Meaning and Stages and
Principles.
4. Determinants of Behaviour : Heredity and EnvironmentConcept and Role.
Section-II
1. Physical, mental, social, emotional characteristics, needs and
Problems of Indian Adolescents.
2. Concept and Elements of Mental Health. Need of mental
health for students & teachers.
3. Meaning of Instincts, Emotions and Sentiments and their role
in education.
4. Personality : Meaning and Dimensions, Factors affecting
Personality.
Books Recommended
1. Mohan, G..A.
Educational Psychology,
Neelkamal Publications PVT. LTD.,
New Delhi. 2007.
332
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
2.
Mathur, S.S.
3.
Bhatia, K.K.
4. Clifford Morgan,
King, R.R. and Weisz,
John.
5. Chauhan, S.S.
6. Mangal, S.K.
A Sociological Approach to Indian
Education, Vinod Pustak Dirandi,
Agra-2 (1985).
Bases of Educational
Psychology, Kalyani Publishers,
New Delhi. (2003).
Introduction to Psychology. Tata
Mc Graw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., New Delhi. (1999)
Advanced Educational
Psychology Vikas Publishing
House, New Delhi. (2002).
Advanced Educational
Psychology, Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi 2002.
Drm EiDEY n
py p r-ey (B`rqI Drm)
sm~ : 3 GM t y
lY k cr~ dI igxqI : 75
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
p`s ho x leI EM k : 35%
333
ku l EM k : 100
py p r sY t r leI hd`ieq~ :
pypr dy pMj B`g hoxgy: a, E, e, s Eqy h; B`g a, E, e, s
ivcoN 2-2 pRSn pu@Cy j`xgy| ividE`rQIE~ ny iek-iek pRSn krn` hovyg`
Eqy hr iek pRSn dy 15 EMk hoxgy| kul 60 Eµk hoxgy| B`g 'h' ivcoN
sMKyp au#qr~ v`ly 10 pRSn krny hoxgy, ijhVy s`ry islybs ivcoN hoxgy
Eqy aunH~ dy 40 EMk hoxgy| hryk pRSn dy 4-4 EMk hoxgy|
pR I iKE`rQI leI hd`ieq~ :
B`g a,E,e,s ivcoN kyvl iek-iek pRSn krn` hY Eqy B`g 'h'
dy s`ry pRSn zrUrI hn|
B`g (a) vY i dk m@ q
1. vyd—j`x pC`x, vYidk wu@g dIE~ m`nq`v~ (blI Eqy w@g)
2. vYidk dyvqy : vrux, EgnI, ieMdr
3. Bgvq gIq`—j`x pC`x, krm Eqy BgqI
B`g (E) jY n -m@ q
1. Bgv`n mh~vIr—bcpn, igRhsq, Gr-iqE`g, qp@isE` Eqy
igE`n-pR`pqI|
2. mu@K isD~q : (pMj mh~vrq) EihMs`, sqw, Esqyw, EpirgRh Eqy
bRhmcrw|
3. krm Eqy mukqI|
B`g (e) bu @ D -m@ q
1. Bgv`n bu@D—bcpn, igRhsq, Gr-iqE`g, qp Eqy igE`n-pR`pqI|
2. mu@K isD~q (c`r E`rIE` sqw)—du@K, du@K d` k`rn, du@K inivRqI
Eqy du@K inivRqI d` m`rg|
3. D@mpd—sMKyp j`x pC`x Eqy nYiqk jIvn dy l@Cx|
B`g (s) pR m u K E`Du i nk B`rqI icM q k
1. ivvyk`nMd : jIvn Eqy Drm d` E`Duink sMklp
2. r`ibMdr n`Q tYgor : jIvn Eqy mnu@K d` sMklp
334
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
3. sRI ErivMdU : jIvn Eqy wog-mq d` sMklp
su J `eIE~ pu s qk~ dI sU c I
1. S~qI n`Q gupq`, B`rqI drSn (pMj`bI), styt wUnIvristI tYkst
bu@k borf, cMfIgVH|
2. hrp`l isM G pM n U , pR ` cIn B`rqI Drm , pµ j `bI wU n IvristI,
pitE`l`|
3. dljIq isMG, B`gvd gIq` (pMj`bI Enuv`d)
4. bI.EYs. r`ie B@l`, E`Duink B`rqI drSn dIE~ kuJ mu@K pRivrqIE~,
pMj`bI wUnIvristI, pitE`l`|
5. v. brodyov, E`Duink smyN ivc B`rqI Pls&`, pMj`b bu@k sYNtr,
cMfIgVH|
6. Harbans Singh & L.M. Joshi, An Introduction to Indian
Religions, Punjabi University, Patiala.
7. E`r.fI. inr`k`rI, vYidk S`sqroN k` sm`ijk pircw (ihMdI),
vyd~q pRk`Sn, pitE`l`|
8- clUr dqekj yky] ledkhyu Hkkjrh; n'kZu] eksrhyky cukjlh
nkl] fnYyh] 20069- vkj-Mh- fujkdkjh] oSfnd 'kkL=kh dk lekftd ifjp;] osnkar
izdk'ku] ifVvkykA
Drm EiDEY n
sm~ : 3 GM t y
py p r-bI (is@ K Drm)
lY k cr~ dI igxqI: 75
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
p`s ho x leI EM k : 35%
335
ku l EM k : 100
py p r sY t r leI hd`ieq~ :
pypr dy pMj B`g hoxgy : a, E, e, s, Eqy h; B`g a, E, e, s,
ivcoN 2-2 pRSn pu@Cy j`xgy| ividE`rQIE~ ny iek-iek pRSn krn` hovyg`
Eqy hr iek pRSn dy 15 EMk hoxgy| kul 60 EMk hoxgy| B`g 'h' ivcoN
sMKyp au#qr v`ly 10 pRSn hoxgy, ijhVy s`ry slybs ivcoN hoxygy Eqy aunH~
dy 40 EMk hoxgy| hryk pRSn dy 4-4 EMk hoxgy|
pR I iKE`rQI leI hd`ieq~ :
B`g a, E, e, s ivcoN kyvl iek-iek pRSn krn` hY Eqy B`g
'h' dy s`ry pRSn zrUrI hn|
B`g (a) ieiqh`sk p@ K
1. is@K Drm d` ipCokV
2. is@K Drm d` ieiqh`sk ivk`s
3. gurU n`nk dyv, gurU Emrd`s, gurU r`md`s, gurU Erjn dyv jI dI
sMiKpq dyx
1. sMp`dn`
B`g (E) sRI gurU gRMQ s`ihb
2. buinE`dI isD~q : prm`qm` Eqy jIv
3. r`g pRbMD : s`rQkq` qy mh@qv
B`g (e) bu i nE`dI sM s Q`v~
1. gurU : srUp qy sMklp
2. sMgq, pMgq qy gurduE`r`
3. sRI Ek`l q^q s`ihb
B`g (s) pR m u @ K lihr~ : E`rM B , ivk`s qy wo g d`n
1. n`mD`rI
2. isMG sB`
3. gurduE`r` suD`r lihr
B`g (h) sMKyp au#qr~ v`ly 10 pRSn
su J `eIE~ pu s qk~ dI sU c I :
1. f`. gMf` isMG, qyj` isMG, is@K ieiqh`s, B`g pihl`, pMj`bI
wUnIvristI, pitE`l`|
336
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
2. srdU l isM G kvISr, is@ K Drm drSn, pM j `bI wU n IvristI,
pitE`l`|
3. f`. Syr isMG, gurmiq drSn, SRomxI gurduE`r` pRbMDk kmytI,
EMimRqsr|
4. f`. jsbIr isMG E`hlUv`lIE`, is@K Pls&y dI BUimk`, rGubIr
rcn` pRk`Sn, cMfIgVH|
5. f`. mihMdr kOr ig@l, gurU gRMQ s`ihb dI sMp`dn` kl`|
6. ipE`r` isMG pdm, sRI gurU gRMQ pRk`S, klm mMidr, loEr m`l,
pitE`l`|
7. pRo. q`r` isMG, v`dn kl`, pMj`bI wUnIvristI, pitE`l`|
8. f`. gurn`m isMG, gurmiq sMgIq: pRbMD qy pRk`S, pMj`bI wUnIvristI,
pitE`l`|
9. f`. q`rn isMG, gurU gRMQ s`ihb d` s`ihqk ieiqh`s, SRomxI
gurduE`r` pRbMDk kmytI, EMimRqsr|
10. smSyr isMG ESok, pMj`b dIE~ lihr~, ESok pusqkm`l`, pitE`l`|
11. gMf` isMG (sMp`.) pMj`b (B`eI joD isMG EiBnMdn gRMQ) pMj`bI
s`ihq Ek`dmI luiDE`x`|
12. Ganda Singh (Ed.), Punjab : Past and Present (Singh Sabha
Issue), Punjabi University, Patiala.
13. J.N. Farquhar, Modern Religious Movements in India,
Munshi Ram, Manohar Lal, New Delhi.
14. Teja Singh, Ideals and Institution of Sikhism, Khalsa
Brothers, Amritsar.
15. f`. nirMdr kOr B`tIE`, f`. jsivMdr kOr iF@loN (sMp`.), pRmu@K is@K
sMsQ`v~, gurU n`nk dyv wUnIvristI, EMimRqsr|
Philosophy
Paper-A : Elementary Philosophy
Time : 3 Hours
Lectures to be delivered : 75
Max. Marks : 100
Pass Marks 35%
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
337
Instructions for the paper-setters
The question paper will consist of five sections A,B,C,D
and E. Sections A,B,C and D will have two questions from the
respective sections of the syllabus and will carry 15 marks each.
Section E will consist of 10 short answer type questions and will
cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 40 marks in all,
each short answer type question carrying 4 marks.
Instructions for the candidates
Candidates are required to attempt one question each from
the sections A,B,C and D of the question paper and the entire Section
E.
Section-A
1. An Introduction to Philosophy : Definition, Meaning and Uses.
2. Introduction to the Branches of Philosophy : Metaphysics,
Epistemology and Ethics.
3. Relation of Philosophy with Religion.
Section-B
4. Human Rights : Definition and Scope.
5. Social Justice : Problems and Solution of Casteism and Gender
Discrimination.
6. World Peace : Problems and Solution.
Section-C
7. Sikhism : Sangat, Pangat and Sarbat da Bhala.
8. Vivekanand : Humanism.
9. Gandhism : Ahimsa and Satyagrah.
Section-D
10. Culture : Definition and Components
11. Culture and Civilization.
12. Culture and Religion.
Section-E
338
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Ten short answer type questions.
Recommended Readings
1. Teja Singh, Sikhism; Its Ideals & Institutions, Khalsa
Brothers, Amritsar, 1970.
2. H.H. Titus, Living Issues in Philosophy, Eurasia, New Delhi,
1968.
3. V.S. Narvane, Modern Indian Thought; A Philosophical
Survey, Asia, Bombay, 1967.
4. J.S. Mackenzie, Outlines of Social Philosophy, Allen and
Unwin, London, 1963.
5. B.K. Lal, Contemporary Indian Philosophy, Motilal
Banarsidas, Delhi, 1978.
6. Alan Wingate, Human Rights, Comment and Interpretation,
UNESCO, 1949.
7. Human Rights (NCERT)
8. jsivMdr kOr iF@loN Eqy nirMdr kOr B`tIE` (sMp`dk), pRmu@K is@K
sMsQ`v~, gurU n`nk dyv wUnIvristI, EMimRqsr|
9. U. Chandra, Human Rights, Allahabad Law Agency,
Allahabad, 2000.
10. Robert and Beck, Handbook of Social Philosophy.
11. Dr. S.P. Gautam, Samaj Darshan, Haryana Sahit Academy,
Panchkula.
12. Dr. Himat Singh Sinha, Sanskrit Darshan, Haryana Sahit
Academy, Panchkula.
Philosophy
Paper-B : Ethics : Western and Indian
Time : 3 Hours
Lectures to be delivered 75
Instructions for the paper-setters
Max. Marks. : 100
Pass Marks 35 %
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
339
The question paper will consist of five sections A,B,C,D
and E. Section A, B, C and D will have two questions from the
respective sections of the syllabus and will carry 15 marks each.
Section E will consist of 10 short answer type questions and will
cover the entire syllabus uniformly and will carry 40 marks in all,
each short answer type question carrying 4 marks.
Instructions for the candidates
Candidates are required to attempt one question each from
the sections A,B,C and D of the question paper and the entire
Section E.
Section-A
1. Nature, Scope and Utility of Ethics.
2. Relation of Ethics with Religion.
Section-B
3. Plato on Virtues.
4. Kant : Categorical Imperative, Good Will.
5. Hedonism : Bentham, Mill.
Section-C
6. Bhagavad Gita : Nishkama Karma.
7. Sikhism : Virtues (Truthful Living and Service)
Section-D
8. Buddhism : Four Noble Truths and Eight Fold Path
9. Yoga Sutras of Patanjali : Definition and Ashtangyoga
10. Jainism : Tri Ratna and Kavalya.
Section-E
Ten short answer type questions.
Recommended Readings
1. Balbir Singh, Principles of Ethics, S. Nagi in Jalandhar, 1978.
2. S.N. Gupta, Niti Shastra (Punjabi).
340
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
3. Ved Parkash Verma, Niti Shastra (Hindi), Allied Publishers,
New Delhi, 1987.
4. William Lillies, An Introduction to Ethics, Methuen, London,
1957.
5. J.S. Mackenzie, Mannual of Ethics
6. Avtar Singh, Ethics of the Sikhs, Punjabi University, Patiala,
1970.
7. f`. S~qI n`Q gupq`, B`rqI drSn, pMj`b styt wUnIvristI,
tYkst bu@k borf, cMfIgVH, 1974.
8. f`. E`r.fI. inrMk`rI, B`rqI drSn|
Music (Instrumental)
Scheme
Paper-A : Theory : 3 Hours Durations Max.Marks : 80
Paper-B : Practical :
100 Marks
Internal Assessment based on the Computer : 20 Marks
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
341
Total Marks : 200 Marks
Teaching work load :
Theory : 3 Periods per week
Practical : 9 Periods per week
Note : There should not be more than ten students in one group of
practical class.
Instructions given to the examiners are as under :
1. There should not be more than ten students in a batch for
practical examinations.
2. While sending the syllabus to paper setter in theory the
syllabus prescribed for practical paper should also be sent.
3. Separate practical paper should be set for each class from
Practical Paper-B prescribed syllabus.
4. The paper setter will set nine questions in all. Three in UnitI, four in Unit-II & two in Unit-III. The candidate may be
asked to attempt five question in all selecting at least one
question from each part.
5. The practical paper will be of 100 marks for the private &
regular candidates. 20 marks for the Internal Assessment
based on the Computer in the form of presentation relating to
any field of music (approx. 3 to 5 pages) using computers.
(MS-Office) which will be evaluated by the external examiner
at the time of examination. Separate mark sheet should be
used for Internal Assessment based on the computer.
6. Candidate can take both subjects i.e. Vocal & Instrumental
Music as elective subject.
7. Candidate can take Tabla Subject along with Instrumental
Music mentioned below at Serial No. 8
8. In Instrumental Music the canndiate have the option to take any
342
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
swar vadhya one of the following instrumentals :Sitar, Sarangi, Veena, Sarod, Dilruba, Violin, Guitar, Bansuri,
Shahnai, Rabab, Saranda, Taus, Santoor and any other Swar
Vadhya to be Played on the basis of Indian Classical Style.
Music (Instrumental)
Paper-A
(Theory)
Time : 3 Hours
Max.Marks : 80
Unit-I
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
343
1. History of your own Instrument.
2. Classification of Indian Musical Instrument & their changing
scenario in modern period.
3. Definition and explanation of the following Musical terms :
Various Boles of Mizrab, Chal and Achal Thata, Baj,
Ashraya and Janya Rag, Shudh, Chayalag and Sankiran Raga.
Unit-II
1. The role of elctronic media in music.
2. Life Sketches and their Contribution toward indian Music:i)
Alau-din Khan
ii)
Abdul Aziz Khan
iii)
Panna Lal Ghosh
iv)
Pt. Ravi Shankar
3. Description and notation of the prescribed ragas (gats) Ragas;
Kalyan, Khamaj, Bihag, Bhupali, Allihiya, Bilawal.
4. Talas : Jhaptal, Teen Tal, Dadra.
5. Elementary Knowledge of the following ragas : Sudh Kalyan
Tilang, Deshkar.
Unit-III
1. Introduction and classification of different Musical
Instruments used in Gurmat Sangeet.
2. Contribution of Guru Arjan Dev Ji towards Indian Music.
Music (Instrumental)
Paper-B
Practical
Time : 20 Minutes
Max.Marks : 100
Practical
Marks : 20
Internal Assessment based on the ComputerTotal Marks : 120
344
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
(1) One drut gat with short alaps, toras and jhalas in each of the
following raga: Kafi, Kalyan, Bihag, Bhupali.
(2) One Vilambit gat with simple alap, toras in any of the
prescribed ragas of the course.
(3) Ability to demonstrate Jhaptal, Teen Tal, Dadra Chautal by
hands in Ekgun and Dugun.
(4) Ability to play Teen Tal, Dadra Tal on Tabla.
(5) Ability to play Ten Alankars on your instruments with different
bols of mizrab.
(6) Dhun in any Raga.
(7) Non Detail Ragas:- Deshkar, Bhimplasi & Sudh Kalyan.
Books Recommended
1. Rag Parichaya Parts, I, II, III H.C. Srivastava. Sangeet Sadan
Parkashan Allahabad. 2006
2. Sangeet Vishard, Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras (U.P.) 2004
3. Hamare Sangeet, Rattan Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras. 1978
4. Gurmat Sangeet (Vishesh Ank), Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras
Amrit Kirtan Trust, 422-A, Chandigarh. 1997
5. Gurmat Sangeet Prabandh Ate Parsar, Dr. Gurnam Singh,
Published by Punjabi University, Patiala. 2000
Internal Assessment based on the Computer
* It will be Based on computer aided Programme in the form of
presentation relating to any field of music. (Approx. 3 to 5 pages) using
computers MS-Office, which will be evaluated by the external examiner
at the time of examination Separate mark sheet should be used for Internal
Assessment based on the Computer.
Music (Vocal)
Paper-A Theory : 3 Hours Durations Max. Marks : 80
Paper-B Practical
100 Marks
Internal Assessment based on the Computer
20 Marks
Total Marks : 200
Teaching work load:
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
345
Theory : 3 Periods per week
Practical: 9 periods per week
Note :
There should not be more than twelve students in one
group of practical class.
Instructions given to the examiners are as under:1. There should not be more than Ten students in a batch for
practical examination.
2. Harmonium will be allowed as accompaniment in Vocal Music.
3. While sending the syllabus to paper setter in theory the
syllabus prescribed for the practical paper should also be sent.
4. Separate practical paper should be set for each class from
practical Paper-B prescribed syllabus.
5. The paper setter will set nine questions in all. Three in unit-I,
four in unit-II & two unit-III. The candidates may be asked
to attempt five question in all selecting at least, one question
from each part.
6. The practical paper will be of the 100 marks for the private
& regular candidates 20 marks for Internal Assessment based
on the Computer in the form of presentation relating to any
field of music (approx. 3 to 5 pages) using computers. (MSOffice) which will be evaluated by the external examiner at
the time of examination. Separate mark sheet should be used
for Internal Assessment based on the Computer.
7. Candidate can take both subjects i.e.Vocal & Instrumental
Music as elective subject.
8. Candidate can take Tabla subject along with vocal music.
Music (Vocal)
Paper-A (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 80
Unit-I
1. Importance of Globalization on Indian Music in Modern Period.
346
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
2. Method of formation of 72 Thatas of Dakhani Music system
of Pandit Vyankat-Makhi.
3. Importance of Sahayak Nad.
Unit-II
1. Nibandh & Anibadh gan
2. Time theory in Indian Music sceintific & unscientific.
3. Biographical Sketches and Contributions of the following:(i) V.N. Bhartkhande
(ii) Dalip Chander Bedi
(iii) Pt. Jasraj
(iv) Ustad Amir Khan
4. Detailed description and notation of prescribed Ragas:i) Kalyan
ii) Kafi
iii) Bhairav
iv) Desh
5. Talas: Teental, Ektal, Jhaptal
6. Elementary Knowledge of following Ragas:- Asa, Tilang, in
sorath.
Unit-III
1. Contribution of Shri Guru Nanak Dev Ji towards Indian Music.
2. Definition and explanation of the following terms in the context
of Gurmat Sangeet: Raga, Mohalla, Rahao, Ank Rababi,
Astpadi, Pada, Jatti, Kirtaniya.
Music Vocal
Paper-B
(Practical)
Time : 20 Minutes
Practical Max.Marks : 100
Internal Assessment based on the Computer Marks : 20
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
347
Total Marks : 120
1. One Drut khayal in each of the following Ragas with simple
alaps and tanas: Kalyan, Kafi, Bhairav, Desh.
2. One Vilambit Khayal in any one of the ragas prescribed in
the course with simple alaps and tanas.
3. One Shabad in Nirdharit Raga.
4. Ability to play five Alankars on the harmonium based of the
Thatas of prescribed Ragas in the course.
5. Ability of play, Teental, Dadra on Tabla.
6. Ability to play, Ektal, Teental Japtal by hand in Ekgun, Dhugan,
Lalykarries.
7. Introduction of the following Ragas:- Asa, Sorath, Tilang and
Kalingra.
Books Recommended
1. Rag Parichaya, Parts I, II, III. H.C. Srivastava. Sangeet
Sadan Parkashan Allahabad, 2006.
2. Sangeet Vishard, Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras (U.P.) 2004
3. Hamare Sangeet Rattan, Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras. 1978.
4. Gurmat Sangeet (Vishesh Ank) Sangeet Karyalaya, Hathras
(U.P.) 1997.
5. Gurmat Sangeet Parbandh Ate Parsar Dr. Gurnam Singh,
Published by Punjabi University, Patiala, 2000.
Internal Assessment based on the Computer
* It will be based on Computer Aided Programme in
the form of presentation relating to any field of music. (Approx. 3
to 5 pages) using computers. (MS-Office) which will be evaluated
by the external examiner at the time of examination. Separate mark
348
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
sheet should be used for Internal Assessment based on the
Computer.
Indian Classical Dance
Paper-A Theory : 3 Hours Duration
Max.Marks : 80
Paper-B Practical : 20 minutes
100 Marks
Internal Assessment based on the Computer
20 Marks
Total : 200 Marks
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
349
Teaching work load :
Theory 3 periods per week.
Practical - 9 period per week.
Note: There should not be more than ten students in a group
of practical class.
Instructions given to the examiners are as under :1. There should not be more than ten students in one batch for
practical examinations.
2. Harmonium will be allowed as accompaniment to perform
Nagma.
3. While sending the syllabus to paper setter in theory the
syllabus prescribed for the practical paper should also be sent.
4. Separate practical paper should be set for each class from
practical paper-B of prescribed syllabus.
5. The paper-setter will set nine questions in all. Three in unit-I,
four in unit-II & two in unit-III. The candidate may be asked
to attempt five questions in all selecting at least, one question
from each part.
6. The practical paper will be of the 100 marks for the private
& regular candidates. 20 marks for the Internal Assessment
based on the Computer in the form of presentation relating to
any filed of music & dance (approx. 3 to 5 pages) using
computers. (MS-Office) which will be evaluated by the
external examiner at the time of examination. Separate marks
should ne used for Internal Assessment based on the
Computer.
Indian Classical Dance
Paper A :- (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours
Max.Marks : 80
Section-I
350
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
1. Definition of the following :-Kavit, Paran, Chakardar Paran,
Tora, Kasak, Masak, Vandana, Gat, Laya, Thaat, Theka,
Tatkar, Amad & Tehai.
2. Knowledge of :
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Four neck movements
Eight eye glances.
Seven eye-brow movements.
Nine head movements.
3. Study of Asmyukta Mudras based on Abhinaya Darpan.
4. Study of Rasa and their importance in Kathak Dance.
Section-II
1. Survey and essential characteristics of Bharat-Natyam and
Manipuri Dance.
2. Origin and development of Kathak Dance from Ancient to
Mughal period.
3. Historical background of the Folk Dances of Punjab.
4. Abhinaya and various kinds.
5. Essay on :
(i) Importance of Tal and Lehra in Kathak Dance.
(ii) Advantages of Dance.
Section-III
1. Writing notation of the following :
i) Teen Taal with its :
(a) Tatkar in Thaah, Dugan and Chaugun Layakaries.
(b) Thaat
-2
(c) Tehai
-1
(d) Amad
-1
(e) Salami
-1
(f) Tora
-2
(g) Paran
-1
(h) Chakardar Paran
-1
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
(i) Kavit
351
-1
ii. Jhaptal
a) Tatkar with its Thaah, Dugan, Tigun and Chaugun
Layakaries
-1
(b) Thaat
-1
(c) Tehai
-1
(d) Amad
-1
(e) Tora
-1
(f) Paran
-1
(g) Chakardar Paran
-1
2. Description of following talas with their Thaah, Dugun, Tigun
and Chaugun Layakaries of Thekas.
(i) Teentaal
(ii) Jhaptal
(iii) Tilwara
iv) Ektal
3. (a) Comparative study of following taals :
Taal-Tilwara
Jhaptal-Sooltaal.
(b) Recognition of the following taals through some bols
given by the examiner :
(a) Teentaal
(b) Jhaptaal
(c) Tilwara
(d) Dadra
(e) Kehrva
(f) Sooltaal.
(c) Notation of Nagma in Teen Taal and Jhap Taal.
Indian Classical Dance
Paper-B (Practical)
Time : 20 Minutes Practical
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment based on the Computer
20
352
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Marks
Total : 120 Marks
Practical demonstration of the following :
1. Teen Taal its :
(a) Tatkar in Thaah, Dugan, Tigun and Chaugun Layakaries.
(b) Thaat
-2
(c) Tehai
-1
(d) Amad
-1
(e) Salami
-1
(f) Tora
-2
(g) Paran
-1
(h) Chakardar Paran
-1
(i) Kavit
-1
2. Jhaptal :
(a) Tathar with its Thaah, Dugan, Tigun and Chaugun
Layakaries.
(b) Thaat
-1
(c) Tehai
-1
(d) Amad
-1
(e) Tora
-1
(f) Paran
-1
(g) Chakardar Paran
-1
3. Padhant of whole material by hand in all taals mentioned
above.
4. Recognition of the compositions such as Tehai, Layakaries
etc. composed by the Examiner.
5. Practice of (Hand movements with Tal).
6. (i)
Two Gat Nikas in Taal.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
(ii)
353
One Bhajan
7. Ability to demonstrate :
Panjabi or Rajasthani Folk Dance
8. Ability to play Nagma on Harmonium in Teen Taal &
Jhaptaal.
Books Recommended
1. Kathak Nritya Ka Prichey
2. Kathak Sundaryatmak
Subhashni Kapoor
Radha Publications,
New Delhi. 1997
Shikhakharey
Shashtriya Nritya
Krishka Publishers. New
Delhi. 2005
3. Atihasik Pripeksh Mein
Kathak Naritya
Maya Tak
Knishka Publishers. New
Delhi, 2006
4. Nibandh Sangeeet
Laxmi Naryan Garg
Sangeet Karyalya Hathras.
2004.
Internal Assessment based on the Computer
* Based on Computer aided Programme in the form
of presentation relating to any field of music. (Approx. 3 to 5 pages)
using compters. (MS-Office) which will be evaluated by the external
examiner at the time of examination. Separate mark sheet should
be used for Internal Assessment based on the Computer.
Tabla
Paper-A Theory : 3 Hours Durations
Max.Marks : 80
Paper-B Practical :
100 Marks
Internal Assessment based on the Computer
20 Marks
354
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Total Marks
200 Marks
Teaching work load :
Theory : 3 periods per week
Practical -9 periods per week
Note : There should not be more than ten students in one group of
practical class.
Instructions given to the examiners are as under :
1. There should not be more than ten students in a batch for
practical examinations.
2. Harmonium will be allowed as accompaniment to perform
the Nagma.
3. While sending the syllabus to paper setter in theory the
syllabus prescribed for practical paper should also be sent.
4. Separate practical paper should be set for each class from
practical paper-B prescribed syllabus.
5. The paper-setter will set nine questions in all. (There questions
in each unit) The candidate may be asked to attempt five
questions in all selecting at least, one question from each
part.
6. The practical paper will be of the 100 marks for the private
& regular candidates. 20 marks for the Internal Assessment
based on the Computer in the form of presentation relating to
any field of music approx. 3 to 5 pages) using computers.
(MS-Office) which will be evaluted by the external examiner
at the time of examination. Separate mark sheet be used for
Internal Assessment based on the Computer.
7. Candidate can take Tabla subject with Vocal & Instrumental
music (Sitar, Sarangi, Veena, Sarood, Dilruba, Violin, Guitar,
Bansuri, Shahnai, Rabab, Saranda, Taus, Santoor and any
other Swar Vadhya to the played on the basis of Indian
Classical Music).
Tabla
Paper-A (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 80
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
355
Section-I
1. Definitions with full explanations of Dayan, Bayan, Kinds of
Laya, Avartan, Sum, Taali, Vibhag, Mukhra, Qayada, Rella,
Paran, Tihai, Laggi, Tipali, Gat, Kayada.
2. Ten parans of talas.
3. Importance of tala in Music and Dance.
Section-II
1. Knowledge of Tabla, Dholak, Pakhawaj, Mridang, Khol.
2. Life sketch of the following :Alla Rakha Khan,
Habbiudin Khan,
Zakir Husain Khan.
3. A short history of Tabla and its parts.
4. Comparative study of the following Taals :Teentaal, Tilwara, Ektaal, Chautal, Tivra and Rupak.
5. The Place of Tabla in Light Music
Section-III
1. Notation and description of the following :(i) Trital (Pashkara, Four Paltas, two quadas, two mukhras,
Two Porans, Mohras.
(ii) Ektal-(One Quayada, two tukra & Tehai)
(iii) Dhammar-Pashkar Quadas, Tukra, Tihai
2. Notations of above mentioned taals with Dugun & Chaugun
laykaries
3. Ability to prepare small Tihai and paltas based on the bols set
by the examiner.
Tabla
Paper-B (Practical)
356
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Time : 20 Minutes
Practical
Max. Marks : 100
Internal Assessment based on the Computer
20
Total
Marks :
Marks : 120
1. Tals Prescribed : Dadra, Kaharva, Trital, Chautal and Ektal.
2. Laggis in Dadra and Kaharva.
3. Trital Peshkara-Four Paltas Two quadas, Two Mukhras, Two
Mohras Two Parans.
4. Ektal - One quada, Two Tukra, Two tehai, One paran.
5. Chutal theka in Ekgun, Digun and Chugan Layakaries.
6. Practice of playing the above taals with Vocal and Instrumental
performance.
7. Practice of Dholak playing in Kaharva Tal.
8. Ability to play Nagma on harmonium in Tall :- Dadra, and
Ektaal.
9. Tuning of Tabla.
Books Recommended
1. Sangeet Visharad
: Basant, Sangeet Karyalaya
Hathras. 2004
2. Tal Prabandh
: Pt. Chhote Lal Misher Knishka
Publisher, New Delhi. 2006
3. Bharti Sangeet Vadhya
: Lal Muni Misher, Bhartiya
Gayan Peeth Parkashan. 1973
4. Hamare Sangeet Rattan : Sangeet Karyalaya Hathras 1978
5. Tal Martand
: Sataya Narayan Vishesht
Sangeet Karyalaya Hathras
1994.
Internal Assessment based on the Computer
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
357
* It will be based on computer aided programme in the
form of presentation relating to any field of Music. (Approx. 3 to 5
pages) using computers. (MS-Office) which will be evaluated by
the external examiner at the time of examination. Separate mark
sheet should be used for Internal Assessment based on the
Computer.
Fine Arts
(Drawing & Painting)
Instructions for paper setters :
Paper-A : Theory
60 marks
358
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Paper-B : Practical
Paper-C
Paper-D
Internal Assessment : for three
Practical/Sessional Works
Still Life
Design
Head Study
40 marks
40 marks
40 marks
20 marks
Grand Total : 200 marks
Outlines of Test
Note :
(a) 60 marks for the theory paper and 40 marks per
practical papers and 20 marks for internal assessment
on the basis of session work submitted by the student
shall be assessed by the teacher concerned.
(b) The question paper will cover the entire syllabus.
(c) Questions should be based on world famous paintings
and sculptures whose slides are easily available.
(d) Question paper should cover the syllabus uniformly.
(e) The paper setter should set the paper in three
sections, Section A, B and C.
(f) The division of the marks will be as under :Section A—20 marks for 10 short answer questions. Each question
carries 2 marks.
Section B—20 marks 4 questions. The examiner will be set 6 question;
the candidate will attempt 4 questions of 5 marks each.
Section C—20 marks for essay type questions. The examiner will
set 4 questions; the candidates will attempt 2 questions of 10
marks each. Compartment candidates in the subject of Fine
Arts will appear only in theory Paper during the supplementary
examinations. Previous Marks of Practical paper will be
considered for the aggregate.
Fine Arts
Paper-A (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
History of Indian Sculpture and Painting
(From the earliest times to C. 500 A.D.)
Part-A
1. Indus Valley
2. Mauryan :
1. Lion Capital at Sarnath
2. Bull Capital at Rampurva
3. Didarganj Yakshi
4. Yaksha from Parkham
3. Bharhut Stupa under Shungas :
Sanchi Stupa under The Early Satavahanas
4. The Kushans :
* Gandhara Phase
* Mathura Phase
Part-B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Pre-historic paintings :
* Bhim Batika cave
* Hoshangabad and Panchmarhi.
Ajanta Paintings :
* Padampani Bodhisattva
* The Mother and Child before Buddha
* Chhadanta Jataka
* Dying Princess
* Dream of Maya
* Mar Vijaya
* Hansa Jataka
Canons of Indian Painting (Shandangas)
Elements of Art
Principals of Art
359
360
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Suggested Readings
Part-A
Rowland, Benjamin,
Saraswati, S.K.,
Zimmer, Heinrich,
Chawla, S.S.,
Stella Kramrisch,
Roy C Craven
Thomas & Hudson
Vasudeva S. Agrawala
The Art and Architecture of India.
A Survey of Indian Sculpture.
The Art of Indian Asia, Vol. 02.
‘Bhartya Murtikala’ Punjab State
University Text Book
Indian Sculptures Publisher - Thames and
Hudson, London, 1997.
Indian Art, A Concise History
The Heritage of Indian Art. Publications
Division, Ministry of Information and Broad
casting Govt. of India. Printed by Pyarelal
Sah at the times of India Press Bombay,
India.
Part-B
Rawson, Philip
Barrett, D and Grey
B. Majumdar, R.C.
Percy Brown
Tagore, R.N.
Read Herbert
Nihar Ranjan Roy
L.C. Sharma
Indian Painting
Painting of India
Bhartya Vidya Bhawan Series, The
History and Culture of Indian People, VolII, Sculpture and Painting section only.
Indian Painting
Six Limbs of Indian Painting
Meaning of Art
Appreciation of Art
Brief History of Indian Painting, PublisherKrishana Goel House, Meerut (U.P.)
Fine Arts
Paper-B
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
361
Still Life Study
Practicals
Time : 5 Hours
Max. Marks : 40
Objects to Study - Proportion, Volume, Texture, Study of
light and shade and rhythmic relationship of masses.
Number of objects - Three objects excluding drapery
Medium - Oil, Water and Pastel colours.
Size ½ Imperial
Six selected works will be submitted. Out of six, three
monochromic and three coloured works are required to be submitted.
Paper-C DESIGN
Time : 5 Hours
Max. Marks : 40
Design should be based on natural, decorative and
geometrical motifs.
Corner, allover and border designs should be submitted.
Medium - Poster Colors/ Fabric Colors
Size
- 1/2 Imperial
4 Selected works in Poster Colors on paper and 2 works in
Fabric Colors on cloth measuring 1/2 Imperial will be submitted.
Paper-D HEAD STUDY
Time : 5 Hours
Max. Marks : 40
Rendering of Human Head from life/caste. Emphasis should
be given on structure, volume, proportion, light, shade and texture.
Medium - Charcoal or pencil.
Size - ½ Imperial
Five selected Works will be assessed by the teacher
concerned.
50 sketches of the size ¼th imperial based on paper B,C &
D in any medium wiil be submitted
History of Art
Paper - A
362
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Time : 3 Hours.
Max. Marks : 100
Outlines of Test, Syllabi and Courses of Reading
Note:
(a) The question paper should cover entire syllabus. It
may contain very specific short answer questions.
(b) The paper-setter should set 30 questions in all.
Students will attempt 20 questions.
(c) The questions can be repeated from the previous
question paper.
Part-I
History of Indian Mural Painting from earliest time to C
9th Century A.D.
Pre-historic painting : the cave shelters of Central India;
Ajanta, Bagh, Badami, Sittanavasal and Ellora.
Part-II
History of Indian sculpture from the earliest times to 3rd
century A.D. Indus Valley; Mauryas; Bharhut; Sanchi; Amaravati;
Nagar Junikonda; Mathura under the Kushana, Gandhara.
History of Art
Paper-B
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Time : 3 Hours.
Note:
363
Max. Marks : 100
(a) The question paper should cover entire syllabus. It
may contain very specific short answer questions.
(b) The paper-setter should set 30 questions in all.
Students will attempt 20 questions.
(c) The questions can be repeated from the previous
question paper.
Part-I
History of European Painting & Sculpture from the earliest
times to C. 1300 A.D. Egypt; Greek; Rome, Art of Early Christian
period and Gothic Period.
Part-II
Theory and Principles of Art appreciation, Explanation
through illustrations, the concepts of space, line, colour, form, texture,
light and shade design, balance, harmony, composition, perspective;
foreshortening, Mural technique : Fresco & Tempera.
Commercial Art
Paper I : Theory : Art Appreciation and Advertising
40 Marks
Paper II : Lettering
50 Marks
364
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Paper III : Labels
40 Marks
Paper IV : Illustration (Story based and object drawing)
50 Marks
Internal Assessment for Regular Students
20 Marks
Total : 200 Marks
Students will have to complete five works of each subject
for internal assessment.
Paper-I (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours.
Max. Marks : 40
Note : Paper-setter will set ten questions in all. A candidate will
attempt five questions. Two questions from each part
will be compulsory.
Part-A
Elements of colours primary colours, secondary colours
tertiary tint. Tore in colours. Give the detail and significance of
each colour. What is Commercial Art ?
Part-B
Definitions :-Principles of Commercial Art. Poster and its
qualities, layout and its types, Role of Commercial Art in Modern
age. Display of art object in exhibition.
Paper-II
Lettering
Time : 5 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 50
Size ¼ imperial
Medium : Ink
Block Letter, Condensed letters, Free hand Letter.
Paper-III
Time : 5 Hours
Max. Marks : 40
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
365
Labels/Monograms, Logo Letter Heads
Maximum Colours
:
4
Medium
:
Poster colours
Size : Greeting Card Size 5”x7”, for others as required. Simple and
creative approach will be appreciated.
Paper-IV
Illustration (Sketching)
Practical
Time : 5 Hours
Max. Marks : 50
Size : 1/4 imperial
Still life, Nature Study and Story based illustration.
Medium : Pencil Charcoal Ink and Water Colours.
Add : Life Sketches/Portraits, Nature Study
Internal Assessment :
Note :
20 Marks
Internal Assessment will be assessed by the teacher
concerned and shall be submitted to the University through
the Principal of the College.
Sculptures
Outlines of Tests
366
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Paper-I
Theory
Time : 3 Hours
60 Marks
Paper-II
Practical
Time : 10 Hours
60 Marks
Paper-III
Practical
Time : 8 Hours
60 Marks
Internal Assessment
20 Marks
Total : 200 Marks
Syllabus and Courses of Reading
Paper-I (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 60
Note : (1) The question paper should cover the entire syllabus.
It may contain very specific short-answer questions.
(2) The paper-setter should set 30 questions in all and
students will have to attempt 20 questions in all.
(3) The question can be repeated from the previous
quesion paper.
Part-A
Appreciation of Sculpture
What is Sculpture, Canons of Indian Art (Shadanga) Bhangas.
Detailed description Form, composition, proportion, texture.
Appreciation of some selected works of Artists (only with
reference to sculpture) :
The Triumph of labour
D.P. Choudhary
Santal Family
Ramkinkar Baij
Skating the Stag
Chintamoni Kar
Volume in three Masses
Prodosh Das Gupta
Standing Figure
Sankho Choudhary
Flute Player
Dhanraj Bhagat.
Part-B
Method of Material
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
367
How to prepare clay, process of Terracotta, Plaster Casting,
Method of modelling in clay, Importance of armature, Colouring of
sculpture, Importance of Pedestal. Meanings of Relief, Round of
three dimensional sculpture, totso, bust (Portrait), figure, plasticity,
contours.
Paper-II (Practical)
Time : 10 Hours
Max. Marks : 60
(in two days)
Note :
Student will submit two portraits done in the class as a
sessional work.
Size : Life Size.
(10 Marks)
Portrait study from life in clay.
Paper-III (Practical)
Time : 8 Hours
Max. Marks : 60
(in two sessions)
Creative Composition based on human figures and forms in Nature.
Every student will submit three compositions done in the class as a
sessional work.
Size : Not less than 45 Cms.
Note :
a) Internal assessment will be assessed by the teacher concerned
and will be submitted to the University through the Principal
of the college.
b) In the case of private candidates there will be no internal
assessment and the marks obtained in the practical
examinations shall be proportionately increased.
Dramatic Art
Theatre Art
368
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Time : 3 Hours
Paper-A : Theory
80 Marks
Paper-B : Practical
100 Marks
Int. Ass. for regular students
20 Marks
Total : 200 Marks
Teaching load work
Theory
: 3 Periods per week
Practical
: 9 Periods per week
Instructions given to the examiners are as under :1. There should not be more than 10 students in a batch for
practical examination
2. Separate practical paper should be set for each class from
practical paper B prescribed syllabus.
3. Paper setter will set ten questions and the candidate may be
asked to attempt five questions. 10 should be based on play
production. While selecting the compulsory question, the
paper setter will ensure adequate choice to the students.
Dramatic Art
Sr. Subject
Max. Theory Practical Duration
No.
Marks
1.
Theatre Art
200
Internal Assessment
-
External Assessment
of Exam.
100
100
20
100
Paper-A
Theory
80
3 Hrs.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
369
Marks : 100
1. Introduction to Indian Theatre
2. Introduction to Folk Theatre forms of India
3. Basics of Natyashastra
4. Principles of play productions
5. Introduction of Greek and Elizabethan Theatre
Paper-B
Practical
Marks : 100
1. Glossary of Stage Terms -Prosceinium, Apron, Tormentor,
Teaser, Sighteines, Cyclorama, Pivot point, Pivrole, Flies,
Curtain etc.
2. Simple exercises in Yoga
3. Rhythmic movements and improvisation
4. Enactment of simple roles.
5. Exercises in Mime
6. Production of small skits.
7. Theatre Managements.
8. Introduction to Set Design – Simple sketches
9. Introduction to Make-up
10. Introduction to Stage lighting
Human Genetics
Scheme of Courses
370
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Paper-I
Introduction to Human Genetics
75
-
75
60
Human Anatomy, Physiology
and Embryology
75
-
75
60
Fundamentals of Human
Anatomy, Physiology and
Genetics (Practical)
-
50
50
100
150
50
200
Total
Human Genetics
Paper-I
-
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
371
Introduction to Human Genetics
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 75
Total Hours : 60
Instructions for Paper-Setters
1. The Question Paper should be set strictly according to the
syllabus.
2. A total of nine questions should be set.
3. The candidates will be required to attempt five questions in
all.
4. Section-A : It should comprise one question to be compulsorily
attempted and cover the entire syllabus. There should be ten
parts, each part carrying one and half marks, the toal weightage
being 15 marks. Each part is to be attempted in 50 words
(1½ pages).
5. Section-B : The other eight questions should be so designed
that two questions are set from each unit. The candidates
are required to attempt four questions i.e. one question from
each unit. Each question will be divided into two parts and
each part will carry 7.5 marks and should be attempted in
500 words (3 pages), total weightage being 60 marks. These
questions can be subdivided into parts at the discretion of the
examiner.
Unit-I
Definition of growth, Laws of growth and development,
Assessment of growth, Growth curves, Factors affecting growth,
Classification of physique by external body form-Viola, Kretschmer,
Sheldon and Health-Carter system in brief, Methods of studying
body composition.
Unit-II
Mendel's principles, Modes of inheritance, Gene interactionEpistasis, Modifying, Lethal genes, Codominance with reference to
372
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
ABO, MN system, Segregation ratios, Phenocopy, Concordance
and Disconcordance, Cytoplasmic inheritance, Sex chromatin, Sex
linkage, Basic concepts of linkage, Recombination and gene mapping.
Unit-III
Blood group substances (ABO and secretor factor), Amino
acid substitutions with reference to haemoglobin variants, Garrod's
inborn errors of metabolism (Alkaptonuria, Pheynylkeptonuria,
Galactossemia, G6PD deficiency and β-thalassemia).
Hardy-Weinberg law, Factors affecting it and its
applications, Basic concepts of genetic polymorphism.
Unit-IV
Chromosome structure, Molecular organization, Variation
in number and structure. Cell division-Mitosis, Meiosis, Difference
in male and female meiosis.
Somatic cell hybridization, Introduction to prenatal diagnosis,
Forensic analysis from blood group markers, Paternity exclusion,
DNA fingerprinting, Pedigree analysis.
Books Recommended
Brown, T.A. (1992). Genetics : A Molecular Approach. Van
Nostrand Reinhold Co., Amesterdam.
Cummings, M.R. (2005). Human Heredity : Principles and Issues.
Brooks/Coe Pub. Co.
Gardner, E.J., Simmons, M.J. and Snustad, D.P. (2004). Principles of
Genetics. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York.
Ghai, O.P., Gupta, P. and Paul, V.K. (2005). Essential Pediatrics.
CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi.
Griffiths, A.J.F., Wessler, S., Lewontin, R. and Carrol, S. (2006).
Introduction to Genetic Analysis. W.H. Freeman and Co.
Harris, H. (1990). The Principles of Human Biochemical Genetics.
Elsevier-North Holland, New York.
Illingworth, R.S. (1987). The Development of the Infant and Young
Child. Churchill Livingstone, New York.
Lewis, R. (2007). Human Genetics. W.C.B. Publishers, England.
Mange, E.J. and Mange, A.P. (1994). Basic Human Genetics.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
373
Sinaur Associates, Inc., Massachusetts.
Ulijaszek S.J., Johnson and Preece, M.A. (1998). Human Growth
and Development; The Cambridge Encyclopedia. Cambridge
University Press.
Human Genetics
374
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Paper-II
Human Anatomy, Physiology and Embryology
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 75
Total Hours : 60
Instructions for Paper-Setters
1. The Question Paper should be set strictly according to the
syllabus.
2. A total of nine questions should be set.
3. The candidates will be required to attempt five questions in
all.
4. Section A : It should comprise one question to be compulsorily
attempted and cover the entire syllabus. There should be ten
parts, each part carrying one and half marks, the toal weightage
being 15 marks. Each parts is to be attempted in 50 words
(1½ pages).
5. Section-B : The other eight questions should be so designed
that two questions are set from each unit. The candidates are
required to attempt four questions i.e. one question from each
unit. Each question will be divided into two parts and each part
will carry 7.5 marks and should be attempted in 500 words (3
pages), total weightage being 60 marks. These questions can be
subdivided into parts at the discretion of the examiner.
Unit-I
Anatomical positions - Superior, inferior, anterior, posterior,
medial, lateral, proximal, distal, external, internal, parietal, visceral,
cavities and planes of human body.
Skeletal system - Type of bones, histology, ossification,
growth, repair of bone, types of joints, and types of movements at
joints.
Muscular system-Structure of cardiac, skeletal, smooth
muscle, neuromuscular junction and physiology of muscular
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
375
contraction.
Digestive system - Gross anatomy constituent parts,
physiology of digestion and absorption, taste receptors and gustatory
pathway.
Unit-II
Heart and circulatory system - Structure of heart, cardiac
cycle, relation of cardiac output and blood pressure, types of blood
vessels, overview of arterial and venous blood supply.
Respiratory system - Gross anatomy constituent parts, pulmonary
ventilation, external and internal respiration, role of hemoglobin in oxygen
and carbon dioxide transport, regulation of respiration, olfactory receptors
and olfactory pathway.
Lymphatic system - Overview of system and functions.
Unit-III
Nervous system - Gross anatomy spinal cord, brain,
anatomic nervous system, reflex action, ascending and descending
tracts, functions of brain, spinal cord, autonomic nervous system.
Special senses - Structure and function of eye, ear, touch
receptor.
Endocrine gland - Brief description of structure and function
of Pineal, Pituitary, Thyroid, Parathyroid, Adrenal, Pancreas.
Unit-IV
Urinary system - Anatomy of urinary system, structure of
nephron and function of kidney in urine formation and maintaining
acid-base balance.
Reproductive system - Anatomy of male and female
reproductive system, Hormonal control of male and female
reproductive physiology.
Embryology - Fertilization, conception, development of
embryo till somite formation and fate of three germ layers.
Books Recommended
Guyton, A.C. and Hall J.E. (2004) Textbook of Medical Physiology.
376
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
W.B. Saunders Co., USA.
Singh, I.B. (2000). Human Embryology, Macmillan Co., New Delhi.
Tortora, G.J. and Grabowski, S.R. (2004). Principles of Anatomy
and Physiology. Harper Collins College Publisher, USA.
Waugh, A.R. and Grant A.W. (2006). Human Anatomy and Physiology
in Health and illness. Churchill Livingstone, USA.
Fundamentals of Human Anatomy, Physiology and
Genetics (Practical)
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Time : 3 Hours
377
Max. Marks : 50
Skull - different views, Vertebrae, Sternum, Scapula, Bones
of upper and lower limbs, Innominate, Clavicle, Sex differentiation
in skull, innominate, sacrum, Slides of embryological stages.
Estimation of Hb, BT, CT, TLC, Blood pressure and pulse rate.
Numericals based on Mendelian and Hardy-Weinberg principles.
Human morphogenetic traits, Barr body analysis in buccal smear.
Scheme of Examination for Clinical Nutrition
3.
2.
1.
3 Hours.
3 Hours.
3 Hours.
Duration
50
50
50
1
1
-
Papers
Marks Practical
No. of
2 Hours.
3 Hours.
-
Duration
75
75
50
Total : 200
25
25
-
Marks G. Total
Scheme of Studies for Clinical Nutrition and Dietetics (Vocational)
1
1
1
No. of
Theory
Nutrition Biochemistry
Paper-C
Basic Nutrition &
Meal Management
Paper-B
Food Microbiology
Paper-A
Paper
and Dietetics (Vocational)
378
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Paper
(Periods)
1 Paper – A
Food Microbiology
2 Paper – B
Basic Nutrition Meal
Management
3 Paper – C
Nutritional Biochemistry
Theory
379
Practical
2
-
4
6 Periods/
Group/Week
3
3 Groups
Note : According to latest syllabus there will be practical in
Nutritional Biochemistry.
380
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Clinical Nutrition and Dietetics (Vocational)
Paper-A
Food Microbiology (Theory)
Time: 3 Hours
Max. Marks: 50
Instructions for the Paper Setters:Note : The question paper shall consist of three sections as follows:Section-A will consist of 8 questions. All questions are compulsory.
Each question will carry 1½ marks. Answers upto 5 lines.
(Total 12 marks).
Section-B will consist of short answer type questions with answers to
each question upto two pages in length. Eight questions will be set by
the examiner and six will be attempted by the candidates. Each question
will carry 4 marks (Total 24 marks).
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry 7 marks. (Total 14 marks).
Objectives :
To help the students to a) Acquire an elementary knowledge about micro-organisms.
b) Develop an understanding of the role of micro-organisms in
environment, industry & in maintenance of health.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
381
Course Outline
1. Introduction to microbiology & its relevance to everyday life,
General morphology of micro-organisms-general
characteristics of bacteria, fungi, virus, protozoa, algaes.
2. Control of micro-organisms-growth, curve-Effect of
environmental factors on growth of micro-organisms-pH,
water activity-oxygen 2 availability, temp. & others.
3. Microbiology of different foods- Spoilage and contaminationsources, types, effects on the following :
a)
Cereals & cereal products.
b)
Sugar & sugar products.
c)
Vegetables & fruits.
d)
Meat & meat Products.
e)
Fish & other sea foods.
f)
Eggs & poultry.
g)
Milk & milk products.
h)
Canned foods.
4. Environmental microbiology - water, air, soil & sewage. Other
agents of contamination Humans, domestic animals vermins
birds, Harmons, antibiotics, chemicals and metal contamination.
5. Microbial intoxications & Infections - sources of contamination
of foods, toxin production and physiological action. Sources
of infection of foods by pathogenic organisms - symptoms &
methods of control.
6. Beneficial effect of micro-organisms.
7. Relevance of microbiological standards for food safety.
382
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
References:
1. Frazier, W.C., Food Microbiology, 4th ed. 2006, McGraw
Hill, New York.
2. Kawata K., Environmental Sanitation in India, 1963. Lucknow
Pub. House.
3. Pelczar M.J. and Rober D., Microbiology, 5th ed. 1990,
McGraw Hill. New York.
4. Barwart G.T., Basic Food Microbiology, 2000 CBS Publ. New
Delhi.
5. Jay, J.M., Modern Food Microbiology, CBS Pub. New Delhi.
(2005).
6. Ray, Fundamentals of Food Microbiology, 4th Edition, 2006,
CRC Pub (Routledge).
7. Blackburn, Food Spoilage Microorganism 3rd Edition, 2006,
WoodHeal, New York.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
383
Clinical Nutrition & Dietetics (Vocational)
Paper-B
Basic Nutrition and Meal Management
(Theory)
Part-I
Time: 3 Hours
Max.Marks : 50
Practical Marks : 25
Instructions for the paper setters :Note : The question paper shall consist of three sections as follows:Section-A will consist of 8 questions. All questions are compulsory.
Each question will carry 1½ marks. Answers upto 5 lines.(Total 12
marks).
Section-B will consist of short answer type questions with answers to
each question upto two pages in length. Eight questions will be set by
the examiner and six will be attempted by the candidates. Each question
will carry 4 marks (Total 24 marks).
Section-C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each question will carry 7 marks. (Total 14 marks).
Objectives:
To enable the students to 1. Understand the relationship between nutrition and human well
being.
2. Know and understand the functions, importance of all nutrients
for different age groups and special groups.
Course Outline
1. Introduction to nutrition - food as a source of nutrients,
function of foods, definition of nutrition, nutrients, adequate,
optimum and good nutrition, malnutrition.
2. Inter-relationship between nutrition and health-visible
symptoms of good health.
3. Food guide - basic five food groups - how to use food guide.
4. Use of food in body-digestion, absorption transport, utilization
384
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
of nutrients in the body.
5. Water - as a nutrient function, sources requirement water
balance - effect of deficiency.
6. Carbohydrates -composition, classification food sources,
functions, storage in body.
7. Fat and oils - composition, saturated, unsaturated fatty acids,
classification food sources, functions of fats.
8. Proteins - composition, sources, essential, non-essential amino
acids, sources of proteins, functions, protein deficiency (very
brief).
9. Energy - unit of energy, food as a source of energy, energy
value of food. The body’s need of energy B.M.R. activities,
for utilization of food to fat energy requirement.
10. Acid - base balance.
11. Minerals - Functions, sources, Bio-availability, and deficiency
of following
minerals - calcium, iron, iodine, fluorine,
sodium, potassium (in very brief)
12. Vitamins - classification, units of measurement, sources,
functions and deficiency (very brief) about following vitamins:
a) Fat soluble vitamins D vitamin A
b) Vitamin D
c) Vitamin E
d) Vitamin K
Water soluble vitamins:
a) Ascorbic acid
b) Thia Min
c) Riboflalvin
d) Niacin
e) Other member of B-complex such as B-6, Folic acid and
B-12. Total - 37
References :
1. Lehnunger A.L., Nelson. D. Cox MM, Principles of
Biochemistry, 1993, 2nd Edition, CBS Publication.
2. Murray RK and Granner DK. Harper's illustrated
Biochemistry International 26e, (McGraw Hill) Appleton &
Lange publication Calefornia (2005).
3. Singh Sukhdev, Dr. Om Prakash, PV's Bio-chemistry and
Clinical Pathology, 2005 Edition, S. Vikas & Co.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
385
Meal Management (Theory)
Part-II
Objectives:
To enable the students to
a) Acquire knowledge of the principles of planning diets for various
stages of life cycles.
b) Develop ability to plan balanced diets for various activity groups
and for various socio-economic levels.
Course Outline
1. Introduction to meal management - Balanced diet-Food guide
- Basic 5 food groups.
2. Basic principles of meal planning - objectives - steps in meal
planning - Food cost.
3. Nutrition in Pregnancy - physiological stages of pregnancy.
4. Nutritional requirements - Food selection - Complications of
pregnancy.
5. Nutrition during Lactation - physiology of lactation nutritional
requirements.
6. Nutrition during Infancy - Growth & development nutritional
requirements-Breast feeding-Infant formula Introduction of
supplementary foods.
7. Nutrition during Early Childhood (Toddler/Preschool) Growth
& nutrient needs - Nutrition related problems - Feeding pattern.
8. Nutrition of school children - Nutritional requirement Importance of snacks - school, lunch.
9. Nutrition during Adolesscence Growth & nutrient needs food
choices - Eating habits - factors influencing.
10. Geriatrics - Role of Diet.
References :
1. Text book of Nutrition and Dietetics, Kumud Khanna, K and
Gupta S. (2005), Elite Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
2. Nutritive Value of Indian Foods.
Gopalen, C and Rama Shastri, B.V. et. al (2007). Nutritive
value of Indian Foods. National Institute of Nutrition,
Hyderabad, 2007.
3. Swaminathan, M. (2007), Essentials of food and Nutrition Vol
I, II.
386
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Meal Management (Practical)
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 25
Course Description
The student will acquire the ability to plan & prepare meals
for the various income levels & family members.
Objectives :
To enable the students to
1) Learn the principles of meal planning.
2) Plan & prepare meals for the family members at different
income levels.
3) Plan meals for special groups - infants, pre-schoolars,
adolescents, pregnant & nursing mothers & aged.
Course Outline
1. Basic principles of meal & menu planning keeping in mind
different socio - economic groups, Planning of meals for
middle income family, important considerations in planning
meals.
2. Daily food guide - Basic five food groups, use of food groups,
Food costing.
3 Planning for adultman & women during different physical activities-sedantary, moderate, heavy worker. Preparation
of above diet.
4. Planning & preparation of a balanced diet for a pregnant
woman - Nutritional requirements modification of dietary
pattern - complications during various stages of pregnancy.
5. Planning & preparation of a balanced diet for a nursing mother
- modification of normal meal pattern – special foods given
during lactation - nutritional requirements.
6. Nutrition during infancy - nutritional requirements during
infancy - advantages of breast feeding-disadvantages of bottle
feeding.
Supplementary feeding - preparation of weaning foods.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
387
7 . Planning & Preparation of diet for a toddler pre-school child
- nutritional requirements- food pattern – acceptance.
8. Nutrition during school age - nutritional considerations,
planning & preparation of meals/packed lunch.
9. Nutrition during adolescence - growth & development nutritional requirments. Factors influencing food habits preparation of meal.
10. Planning a diet for senior citizen - factors affecting food intake
& nutrient use - special needs - nutritional requirements
preparation of meals.
References
1. Recommended Dietary Intake for Indians, ICMR 2007.
2. Mudambi, S.R. & Rajagopal M.V. Fundamentals of Foods &
Nutrition, 3rd ed. Willey Eastern Ltd., New Delhi.
388
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Clinical Nutrition and Dietetics (Vocational)
Paper-C
Nutritional Biochemistry (Theory)
Time : 3 Hours
Max.Marks : 50
Period=3 week
Instructions for the paper setters :Note : The question paper shall consist of three sections as follows:
Section A will consist of 8 questions. All questions are compulsory.
Each question will carry 1½ marks. Answers upto 5 lines. (Total 12
marks).
Section B will consist of short answer type questions with answers to
each question upto two pages in length. Eight questions will be set by
the examiner and six will be attempted by the candidates. Each question
will carry 4 marks (Total 24 marks).
Section C will consist of essay type questions with answers to
each question upto 5 pages in length. Four questions will be set by
the examiner and the candidates will be required to attempt two.
Each questions will carry 7 marks. (Total 14 marks).
Objectives
The course is designed to give a sound base for the study of Nutrition
and Dietetics and to help students to gain an understanding of the
application of Bio-chemistry to Foods, Nutrition and Diet Therapy.
Course Outline
1. Molecular aspect of transport, passive diffusion, facilitated
diffusion, active transport, nutrients and energy needs.
Coupled reactions.
2. Biological oxidation Electron transport mechanism NADH,
dehydrogenase, cytochroms, electron transport chain,
oxidative phosphorylation, energy conservation, high energy
phosphate bond, storage and release of high energy phosphate,
myokinase reaction.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
389
3.Genetic Control of Metabolism: Nucleic acids- Compirents.
structure, replication, RNA - Compirents. types, structure,
replication. Genetic repair mechanisms. Genetic Code Protein bio-synthesis Viruses and recombinate DNA and
bioengineering.
4. Major Metabolic pathways:
a) Carbohydrate metabolism : Digestion, absorption. glucose
transport, Glycolysis, metabolism of lactate and pyruvate,
citric acid cycle, glucone ogenesis, pentose phosphate
pathway.
b) Lipid metabolism: Digestion, absorption, intestinal
resynthesis of friglycerides, transport oxidation of fatty
acids, biosynthesis of fatty acids, mobilisation of fat,
ketogenesis,, metabolism of phospholipids, glycolipids and
cholesterol (in brief).
c) Amino acid metabolism : Digestion, absorption, transport,
General pathways biochemical transformations and
metabolism.
5. Hormones - pituitary, adrenocortical thyroid and reproductive
hormones - Hormones of adrenal cortex. Mode of action.
Prostaglandins Control of homeostasis.
6. a) Enzymes-definition, classification specificity of enzymes
factors affecting enzyme activity.
b) Energy Metabolism method of estimation. Total value,
physiological value, gross value, Utilization of energy muscle
shifted in lipids & carbohydrate utilization. Basal MetabolismMethod determination factors affecting Basal Metabolism,
Specific Dynamic Action of food shifts.
c) Metabolism of Inorganic elements calcium phosphorous,
iron, magnesiums.
d) Review of digestion absorption and Metabolism of
Carbohydrate. Lipids, fats & fatty Acids. Energy yield
390
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
from dietary fat and carbohydrates.
e) Water and electrolyte balance.
7. (1) Review of digestion, absorption and metabolism of
(a) Carbohydrates, (b) Lipids-Fats and fatty acids (c)
Energy yield from dietary fats and Carbohydrates.
(2) Energy metabolism-utilization by muscle tissue, in lipids
and carbohydrates, Utilization in relation to excercise type,
intensity and duration.
(3) Water and electrolyte balance water and electrolyte losses
and their-replenishment effect of dehydration.
References :
1. Elementary Biochemistry, Jain JL, S. Chand Malhotra V.K.,
New Delhi, 1993.
2. Biochemistry for students, Malhotra V.K., JayPee Bros. Delhi,
1989.
3. Biochemistry, Pawa, Bombay Holidays, 1989.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
391
Clinical Nutrition & Dietetics (Vocational)
Paper-C
Biochemistry (Practical)
Time : 2 Hours.
Max. Marks : 25
Periods =3 Week
1. Qualitative analysis of mono-saccharides, disaccharides and
polysaccharides.
2. Qualitative estimation of Glucose
3. General reaction of fats and oil
4. Qualitative tests of amino acids, proteins
5. To test of protein fats and carbohydrates in milk, egg and
wheat flour.
6. Determination of acid value and sponification value of fats
and oils.
7. Quantitative estimation of Co.
8. Qualitative tests of normal and abnormal constituent of urine.
9. (a) To find out the adulteration in milk, by quantitative
estimation of lactose in milk.
(b) To find out the various adulteration of food stuffs.
392
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Cosmetology (Elective)
Scheme of Study
Name of Paper
Periods/Week
1. Cosmetology (Theory)
6
2. Cosmetology (Practical)
6
Scheme of Examination
Name of Paper
Cosmetology (Theory)
No. of Paper Time
1
3 Hrs.
Marks Total
75
Project (Internal Assessment)
Practical
1
100
25
4 Hrs.
100
Instructions for Theory Exam. :
Note : Question paper will consist of three sections as follows:
Section A : It will consist of 8 very short answer questions with
answers to each question upto 5 lines. All questions will be
compulsory. Each question will carry two marks total weightage
will be 16 marks.
Section B : It will consist of short answer questions with answers
upto two papers in length. Seven questions will be set by examiner
& seven will be attempted by the candidate. Each question will
carry 5 marks. The total weightage of the section will be 35 marks.
Section C : It will consist of essay type questions with answers
upto 5 pages. Four questions will be set by the examiner & candidate
will be required to attempt two. Each question will carry 12 marks.
Total weightage being 24 marks.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
393
Cosmetology (Elective)
Theory
Paper-A
Time : 3 Hours
Max. Marks : 75
Periods per week : 6
I. Cosmetology
Introduction
a) Aims and Objectives
b) Importance
II. Personal Grooming
a) Care of yourself – Mouth, Teeth, Eyes, Ears, Feet,
Removing Body hair, Skin care and cosmetics, Care of
hair, Nail and Hand Care, Care of your clothing.
b) Visual Poise : Standing, walking, sitting
c) Wardrobe planning, illusion, clothing inventory, how to
stay in fashion.
III. Skin
a) Structure of skin
b) Function of skin
c) Common skin Problems
IV. Nails
a) Structure of Nail
b) Disorders of the Nails
c) Diseases of Nail
V. Nutrition
1) Basic concept of proteins, carbohydrates, fats, vitamins,
minerals.
2) Concept of balanced diet
VI. Basic Knowledge Regarding
a) Digestive system
b) Circulatory system
VII. Role of Exercise and Yoga for Health
Value of Yoga and Disciplines of Yoga
394
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Internal Assessment based on the Computer
Max. Marks : 25
I. A comparative study in terms of cost and utility of various
Skin products with special reference to—
a) Brand names available in market
b) Locally available products
c) Herbal products
The students are required to conduct a survey and submit a
project report for assessment (to be assessed by 3 experts)
II. A consumer survey (sample size 20) to be conducted to assess
the utility and effectiveness of Home-remedies e.g. Besan,
oatmeal, curd etc.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
395
Cosmetology (Practical)
Time : 4 Hours
Max. Marks : 100
Period/Week : 6
I. Massage
a)
Theory of Massage
b)
Benefits of Massage
c)
Methods of Massage
d)
Massage Technique
II. Facial Massage - (at least five)
a)
Skin Analysis and Skin Care Routines
b)
Plain Facial
c)
Skin Treatment - Packs and Masks
d)
Preparation of 3 facial creams for differnt skin types
III. Nail and Hand Care
a)
Manicuring
b)
Special Manicure
c)
Massage for Manicure
d)
Nail Mending
e)
Artificial Nails
f)
Pedicure
IV. Yoga Asanas - Philosophy of Yoga
a)
Yoga for Health
b)
Importance of Yoga Practice
c)
Guidelines for Yoga Practice
d)
1)
Vrksasana
2)
Utt-lita Trikor asana
3)
Virabhadrasana
396
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
4)
Radmasana
5)
Janu Sirsasana
6)
Pascimottanasana
7)
Ardha Matsyendnasana
8)
Bhujangasana
9)
Dhanurasana
10)
Ustrasana
Note : Each candidate has to cater to atleast 5 clients.
Recommended Books :
1. The Prentice Hall Text Book of Cosmetology by Olive Scoll,
Marycalloharm Rose Paulkner, Margaret Jenkins Prentice
Hall Englewoods Cliff, New Jersey 07632.
2. The Beauty Principal Victoria Principal Hmlyn.
3. Yoga — The lyengar way — By Silva, Mira & Shyam Mehta
Dorling Kinder by London.
Family Resource Mgt.
Hygiene & Physiology
Subject
Hygiene & Physiology
2.
Hygiene A & Physiology
—
1
1
No. of
Paper
1
—
40
65
—
10
10
Marks
Int.
Assessment Marks
65
10
3 hrs/week
Practical
Total of Theory & Practical :
—
3
3
Time
in hrs.
3
Scheme of Examination
3 hrs./week or 4 period/week
3 hrs./week or 4 period/week
Theory
Note : Internal Assessment should be based on assessment/term test/seminar attendance.
2.
Practical
1. Home Mgt.
Family Resource
Management
1.
Theory Name of Paper
1.
2.
Sr. No.
Scheme of Studies
Home Science
200
—
50
75
75
Total
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
397
398
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Home Science
Paper-A
Family Resource Management
Time : 3 Hours/week
Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 65
Assess : 10
Instructions to the paper setters
The question paper will consist of five sections A,B,C,D &
E. Section A,B,C,D will have two questions from the respective
section of the syllabus & will carry 10 marks each. Section E will
consist of 10 short type questions which will cover the entire syllabus
uniformly.
Instructions for the Candidates
Candidates are required to attempt one question each from
the section A,B,C & D of the question paper and the entire
section E.
Section-A
1. Home : Meaning and importance of Home Science
a) Functions of Home
b) Renting v/s owning
c) Selection of site, soil, locality for a house
d) Principles of planning a house, orientation aspect, prospect,
privacy, roominess, grouping, flexibility, circulation,
sanitation, furniture, requirement and practical
considerations.
Section-B
1. Furniture : Basic considerations while, selection of furniture.
2. Element of Art : Line, form, shape, texture, size.
3. Principles of Art in relation to interior decoration, Harmony,
Balance, Rhythm, Proportion and Emphasis.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
399
Section-C
1. Colour
a)
Characteristic of colour
b)
Colour wheel
c)
Colour schemes
d)
Use of colour in Int. Decoration for various rooms.
3. Flower Arrangement, Types, Essential equipment used in
flower arrangement, Selection of material, Application of
elements and principles of Art in it.
Section-D
1. Resources : Classification of resources, Human & nonhuman, Factors affecting the use of resources.
2. Money Management : Types of income, budgeting, its
advantages and limitations.
(a)
Planning of Budget
(b)
Means of supplementing family income.
3. Time : Steps in making plans, tools in time management—
peak loads, work curves, rest periods.
4. Energy Management :
(a) Introduction
(b) Fatigue—types causes and effects of fatigue
(c) Principles of work simplification
d) List of major equipment required for Home Mgt.
Laboratories.
1) Geyser, 2) Refrigerator, 3) Vacuum Cleaner, 4) Food
Processor, 5) Mixer, 6) Oven, 7) Tea Kettles, 8) Gas
Stove, 9) Dinner sets, tea sets, cultery sets and other
accessories for table settings, 10) Cement, marble, mosaic,
tiles and wooden flooring for cleaning of different types
of floors.
400
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
List of References, recommended for Home Management
1. Anna Hong Rutt, “Home furnishing,” Wiley Eastern Ltd. New
Delhi, 1973.
2. Hazel Thompson, Criag Old Day Rush, “Home with
character.” Universal Books Stall, Delhi, Kanpur, 1969.
3. Betty Pepis, “Interior Decoration a to z” Doubleday & Co.,
Inc. New York, 1965.
4. Julia Elements, “101 Ideas for flower arrangement”, C.
Arthur Pearson Ltd. London, 1963.
5. Walter Ian Fischman, Richard Demsbe, William Bernard,
“Basic Home Repairs,” A Grosset Super Good life Book
Publishers, New York, 1975.
6. Ray Faulkner, Sarah Faulkner “Inside Today’s Home.” Holt,
Rnehart & Winston, 1973.
7. R.S. Deshpandae, “Modern Ideal Home for India” United
Book Corporation, Poona, 1983.
8. R.S. Deshpandae, Build your own home, United Book
Corporation Poona, 1983.
9. Paulena Nickell & He Jean Muir Dorsey, “Management in
Family Living,” Wiley Eastern Ltd. 1983.
10. M.A. Varghese, N.M. Ogale, K. Srinivasan, “Home
Management”, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1985.
11. The Educational Planning Group, Delhi, “Home Management,”
Arya Publishing House, New Delhi, 1986.
12. Stella Sounderaj, “A Text Book of House hold Arts”, Orient
Longman Ltd. 1974.
13. Irna H. Gross & Elizabeth Walbert Crandall, Management
for Modern families, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
14. A Margaret Kaye, “A Student's Hand Book of Housewifery.”
J.M. Dent & Sons Ltd. London, 1958.
15. Amella Leaitt Hill, “Complete Book of Table setting and flower
arrangement,” Greystone Press.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
401
16. Ball, Vetrio Kloss, “Art of Interior Design”, The Macmillan
Co., New York, 1962.
17. Goldstein 11.1. and Goldstein V. “Art in Everyday Life,
Macmillan, New York, 1964.
18. Halse A.O. The use of colour in Interior, McGraw Hill Book
Co. New York, 1961.
19. Swanson, Betty, “Introduction to Home Management”
Macmillan Co., New York, 1981.
Journals
1. Indian Journal of Home Science, Home Science Association
of India, Sri Avinashilingam Home Science College for Women,
Coimbatore.
2. Inside Outside, Edited and published by Malliaka Sarabhai,
Wadia Building, 19/21 Dalal Street, Bombay.
3. Journal of Home Economics, American Home Avenue, NW
Washington.
4. Journal of Indian Housewife.
402
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Home Science
Paper-A
Family Resource Management
(Practical)
Time : 3 hrs./week
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Max. Marks-40
Int. Ass.-10
Cleaning & Polishing of household metals, brass, copper, silver,
gold, aluminium, iron, steel, non stick pans.
Cleaning of leather.
Cleaning of glass window panes.
Care and cleaning of refrigerators, food processors micro
ovens.
Cleaning and polishing of wooden furniture.
Floor decoration-making of Alpana and Rangoli for different
occasions.
Making of flower arrangement for different rooms.
Table setting, table manners and napkin foldings.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
403
Home Science
Paper-B
Hygiene & Physiology
Time : 3 Hrs.
Max. Marks : 75
Theory : 65
Int. Assess : 10
Instructions for the paper setter :
The question paper will consist of five sections A,B,C,D,
& E. Section A,B,C,D, will have two questions from the respective
sections of the syllabus and will carry 13 marks each. Section E
will consist of very short type questions and will cover the entire
syllabus uniformly.
Instructions for the Candidates
Candidates are required to attempt one question each from
the section A,B,C, & D of the question paper and entire section E.
Section-A
1. Hygiene
a) Definition of hygiene.
b) Definition of infection, sources, carrier and control.
c) Definition and types of immunity.
2. Causes and spread of following diseases
a) Caused by insects-malaria dengue.
b) Conveyed by ingestion-Enteric fever, cholera, dysentery,
and diarrhea.
c) Spread by drople infection, chicken pox, measles, in umps
tuberculosis.
d) Sexually transmitted diseases-AIDS.
Section-B
1. Food Hygiene
a) Definition
b) Hygiene during preparation, service and storage of food.
c) Food poisoning, causes and prevention.
2. Purification and storage of Water for home.
404
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Section-C
1. Circulatory system
1. Blood and its composition
2. Coagulation of blood
3. Structure and functions of heart.
2. Digestive system : Structure and functions of the alimentary
canal.
Section-D
1. Reproduction system-male and female sex organs and their
functions.
2. Structure & Functions of lungs, kidney & skin.
References
1. Pearce Evelyn C.
Anatomy and Physiology for
Nurses, Oxford University.
2. Best, Charles H. and
Tylor N.B.
The Living Body–A Text in
Human Physiology, Asia
Publishing House.
3. Bedi, Y.P.
Hygiene and Public Health.
4. Phadke, Aids to Hygiene
5. Saxena, R.R. (1990)
Social and Prevention
Medicines, CBS Publishers and
Distributors, Delhi.
6. Selman, A.C. (1992)
Health and Longevity; Oriental
Watchman Publishing House,
Poona, India.
7. Bhatia B.C. and Sri P.N.
(1968)
Elementary Hygiene, Oriental
Longman.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
405
Tourism and Travel Management (Vocational)
Year
Paper
Periods per week
L
T
1st Year 1. Tourism Business 3
3
2. Tourism Product 3
3
Marks
Ext.
Int.
50
50
50
50
‘On the Job Training’ of 8 weeks
1. In each paper 10 questions will be set and the candidates will
be expected to attempt 5 questions. Each question will carry
10 marks.
2. The Internal assessment shall be based on periodical tests,
written assignments and class-participation.
3. A consolidated Report on ‘On the Job Training’ after Ist
year and IInd year shall be prepared by every student and
must be submitted in the college concerned upto September
30. The Consolidated Roport will be evaluated by the external
examiner and shall be given the grades as follows.
O
Outstanding
A
Very Good
B
Good
C
Average
D
Unsatisfactory
In case the training report is rated as unsatisfactory, the
candidate shall have to submit it again incorporating the changes
suggested by the examiner, within one month from the date of
intimation to the candidate by the concerned college.
406
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Tourism and Travel Management
Paper A
Tourism Business
Time: 3 Hours
Max. Marks : (External) : 50
Internal : 50
Note :—The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-Scientific)
Calculators.
Introduction :This paper covers the history of tourism both International
and Domestic. Its development with organizational and regulatory
methodology. The concept dimensions trends world over and its
futuristic study.
Part-II
Definition, nature, importance and components of tourism
are also included in the study. This paper is designed to cover in
prospects of Tourism. Insulation, organization both national and
international in world in promotion & development- WTO, IATA,
UPTADA, IA TATC, etc.
Part-II
1. Definition, nature, Importance, components and typology of
Tourism.
2. Concepts of Domestic and International Tourism recent trends.
3. Tourism as an industry, visitor, tourist, excursionist.
4. Growth and development of Tourism in India.
5. Impacts of Tourism—Economics, Social, Physical and
Environmental.
Suggested Readings :
1. Chritopher J. Holloway: The Business of Tourism:
McDonald and Evans,1983.
2. A.K. Bhatia:
Tourism Development, Principles
and Practices: SterlingPublished
(P) Ltd., New Delhi, 1983.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
3. Anand, M.M.:
407
Tourism and Hotel Industry in
India; Sterling Published (P) Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1990
4. Kaul, R.H.:
Dynamics of Tourism; A
Terminology; Sterling Published
(P) Ltd., New Delhi, 1996
5. IITTM
Growth of Modern Tourism,
Monograph IITTM, New Delhi,
1989.
6. IITTM:
Tourism as an industry
Monograph IITTM, New Delhi,
1989.
7. Burkart & Madlik
Tourism – Past, Present and
Future, Heinemann, London, 1974
8. Wahab, S.E.:
Tourism Management : Tourism
International Press, London, 1986.
9. Brymer, Robert A:
Introduction to Hotel and
Restaurant Management : Hub
Publication, Co., I/OWA, 1984.
10. Riccline J.R. Brent: Travel and Tourism Hospitality,
Research, London,1982.
11. Surinder Aggarwal: Travel Agency Management
Communication India, 1983.
408
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
Tourism and Travel Management (Vocational)
Paper B
Tourism Product
Time: 3 Hours
External : 50
Internal: 50
Note :- The candidates are allowed to use simple (Non-Scientific)
calculators.
Introduction
This paper is for the study of the Product-India covering
the resources both nature and man-made. Historical and
Geographical background. The people, the heritage, Ancilliary
activities like arts, crafts, flora fauna environmental ecology and a
study of the suitable development of Tourism connected with
planning and area development.
Tourist Resources – Definition and Differentiation
Tourist Resources of India – types and typologies, cultural
resource Art and architecture, Historical monument, religious and
spiritual centres, fairs and festivals, craftsmanship, folk customs,
costumes and dress museum monument and art Natural tourist
Resources Rich diversity. In Land form and Landscape outstanding
geographic features, climate.
Socio-Cultural Resources: I
Architectural Heritage of India: Glimpses of India’s
Architectural styles adopted over the ages. Historical: monuments
of touristic significance-ancient medieval and modern-their spatial
and regional dimensions. Important historical/archaeological sites.
Important historical/archaeological sites, Museum, art gallaries and
libraries-their location, assets and characterisitcs.
Popular Religious shrines/centers—Hindu Buddhist, Jain,
Sikh, Muslim, Christian and others Yoga, meditation and other
centres:
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
409
Socio-Cultural Resources: II
Performing arts of India, Classical Dances and Dance
Styles: Centres of learning and performances. Indian folk dances.
Music and musical instruments: Different schools of Indian
music status of vocal and instrumental music; new experiments.
Handicrafts of India as a potential tourist resources..
Fairs, and Festival-Social religious and commercial fairs: Festivals;
promotional (tourism) fairs, viz: Kite festival White waterfestival
sanke best race etc.
Indian folk culture- folk custom and costumes, settlement
patterns, religious observations, folk-lore and legends.
Created tourist destinations, Academic, Scientific and
industrial institutions.
Natural Tourist Resource-I
* Tourist resource potential in mountain with special reference
to Himalayas : Resources and resource use patterns in the
past present and future perspective.
* Indicate main desert areas, their geological structure:
development as desert tourism-existing trends and facilities
available, desert fair and desert festival.
Coastal areas, beaches and Islands : Resources and
resource pattern.
Resources in Islands with special reference to Andaman and
Nicobar Islands. Overview on Tourism Development
strategies.
Books Recommended
1. Percy Brown Indian Architecture-Hindu and Budhist period.
2. Harla, J. C. The Art and Architecture of Indian sub continent.
3. Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan Imperial Unity
4. do-Classical age
5. Acharya Ram Tourism & Cultural Heritage of India Rousa
Publications (Jaipur, 1986).
410
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
6. Basham Al. L.The Wonder that was India: Rupa and Co.,
Delhi-1988.
7. -do- The Gazettee of India ; History and Culture, Vol. 2,
Publication Division Ministry of Information &
Broadcasting, Government of India, 1988.
8. Hussain, A.A, The National Culture of India, National
Book Trust New Delhi 1987.
9. Mukerji, R.K.The Culture and Art of India: George Allen
Unwin Ltd.; London, 1959.
10. The Treasure of Indian Museums Marg Publications,
Bombay.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3
(i)System of Education)
411
412
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3 System of Education)
FACULTY OF ARTS & SOCIAL SCIENCES AND SCIENCES
S Y L LA B U S
For
B.A./B.Sc. Part-I
(12+3 SYSTEM OF EDUCATION)
EXAMINATIONS - 2012
GURU NANAK DEV UNIVERSITY
AMRITSAR
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3
(ii)System of Education)
413
B.A./B.Sc. Pass Course Examination
(12+3 System of Education)
PART-I
The Part-I examination shall be open to a candidate who
has passed, not less than one academic year previously, any of the
following examinations :i) Senior Secondary Certificate Part-II (12th Class) examination
of the Punjab School Education Board.
OR
ii) Pre-Medical/Pre-Engineering examination of this University.
OR
iii) Any other examination recognised by this University as
equivalent to any of the examinations, mentioned under (i) to (ii)
above shall also be admitted to the Part-I examination if he
fulfils other conditions such as combination of subjects and/or
minimum percentage of marks required for that examination.
iv) A candidate who has passed +2 examination under 10+2
System of Education from P.S.E.B. or any other examination
recognized by the University as equivalent thereto (with
English as Compulsory Subject) shall be eligible for admission
to 1st year (Part-I) class of B.Sc. Home Science.
Note : The candidates having compartment in +2 examination
shall not be eligible for admission to any undergraduate
course.
NOTE: DETAILED ORDINANCES RELATING TO
EXAMINATION FOR THIS CLASS ARE
CONTAINED IN THE GURU NANAK DEV
UNIVERSITY CALENDAR, VOL. II, READ WITH
SYNDICATE DECISIONS/AMENDMENTS MADE
FROM TIME TO TIME.
414
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3
(iii)System of Education)
Combination of Subjects for B.A./B.Sc. Part-I
(12+3 System of Education)
Compulsory Subjects : Two
1. English (compulsory)
2. Punjabi (compulsory)/Punjab History & Culture
Elective Subjects : Three
(A candidate shall select three subjects in all selecting not
more than one subject from any of the following sets of
combinations)
Group
Subjects
1. English/Hindi/Punjabi/Sanskrit/Bangla/Urdu/Persian/
Tamil/Assamese/French/Arabic/Russian/German.
2. Economics/Defence Studies/Sociology/Fine Arts/
Education/Adult Education/History of Arts/Commercial
Arts/Sculpture.
3. History/Mathematics/Psychology/Ancient Indian History
& Culture/Folk Arts and Culture/Quantitative Techniques/
Religious Studies.
4. Political Science/Indian Classical Dance/Stat./App. Stat/
Commerce/Electronics.
5. Public Admn./Home Science/Physical Education/
Computer Science/Dramatic Arts.
6. Philosophy/Geography/Music Vocal/Music Inst./Tabla/
Rural Development/Agri. Economics and Marketing/Ind.
Economics.
Note :1. The candidates shall be asked to offer both Hindi &
Sanskrit as elective subjects from Group No. 1.
2. The candidates shall also be allowed to offer both Music
(Vocal) & Music (Instrumental) as Elective Subjects from
Group No. 6.
3. The combination of Home Science with Computer Science
as Elective subject is allowed.
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3
(iv)System of Education)
415
4. The blind candidates shall be allowed to offer any two
elective subjects out of Music (Vocal), Music
(Instrumental) and Tabla from Group No. 6.
5. The subject of Environmental Studies will be taught in
2nd year of all the undergraduate degree classes from
the Session 2007-08. However, if a candidate fails to
pass this paper in the 2nd year, two consecutive chances
i.e. one supplementary and other along with 3rd year
may be given to him/her. The marks obtained by the
candidate in this paper will not be added to the total marks
obtained, and the result will be entered as "Pass" in the
DMC of the third year certificate if he/she obtains at
least 35% marks in the paper.
Vocational course subjects : Functional English, Office
Management and Secretarial Practice, Computer Equipment
Maintenance, Clinical Nutrition Dietetics, Tax Procedure and
Practices, Functional Sanskrit, Functional Punjabi, Functional Hindi,
Still Photography and Audio Products, Advertisement Sales
Promotion and Sales Management, Computer Applications, Industrial
Chemistry, Food Science and Quality Control, Microbiology, Tourism
and Travel Management, Early Childhood Care & Education.
Refrigeration & Air Conditioning, Dairy Farming, NonConventional Energy Sources, Journalism & Mass Communication,
Automobile Maintenance, Fashion Design & Garment Construction,
Mass Communication & Video Production, Fundamentals of
Industrial Microbiology, Biotechnology, Information Technology,
Jewellery Design, Cosmetology.
Note: The subject of 'Human Genetics' may be offered as
an elective subject in combination with any other Life
Sciences subject, with English, Punjabi and Chemistry
being compulsory subjects.
Note : Tourism & Hotel Management should not be taken
alongwith Tourism and Travel Management.
416
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3
(v)System of Education)
CONTENTS
1. English (Compulsory)
1
2. English (Elective)
3
3. Functional English (Vocational)
7
4. pµj`bI (l`zmI)
12
5. Punjab History & Culture
13
6. pµj`bI ielYkitv
15
7. k`rjI (PMkSnl) pµj`bI
17
8. Sanskrit (Elective)
21
9. Functional Sanskrit (Vocational)
26
10. Hindi (Elective)
27
11. Functional Hindi
30
12. Russian
46
13. French
48
14. Urdu (Elective)
50
15. Persian (Elective)
53
16. History
57
17. Political Science
61
18. Sociology
65
19. Public Administration
68
20. Psychology
72
21. Defence and Strategic Studies
78
22. Geography
86
23. Journalism and Mass Communication
96
24. Mass Communication and Video
100
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3
(vi)System of Education)
417
Production
25. Food Science and Quality Control
(Vocational)
104
26. Information Technology (Vocational)
112
27. Electronics
116
28. Computer Science
124
29. Computer Applications (Vocational)
131
30. Computer Maintenance
138
31. Refrigeration & Air Conditioning (Vocational)
142
22. Automobile Maintenance (Vocational)
148
33. B.Sc. Geography
151
34. Physics
156
35. Chemistry
170
36. Botany
184
37. Zoology
190
38. Microbiology
200
39. Industrial Microbiology (Vocational)
205
40. Biotechnology (Vocational)
211
41. Bioinformatics (Vocational)
222
42. Microbial & Food Technology
232
43. Statistics
236
44. Applied Statistics
240
45. Mathematics
244
46. Early Childhood Care and
Education (Vocational)
47. Fashion Designing and Garments Construction
(Vocational)
249
48. Still Photography and
Audio Production (Vocational)
256
252
418
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3
(vii)System of Education)
49. Gemology and Jewellery Design (Vocational)
262
50. Office Management and Secretarial Practice
(Vocational)
265
51. Travel and Tourism (Elective)
275
52. Tourism and Hotel Management (Vocational)
281
53. Tax Procedure and Practice
286
54. Advertising Sales Promotion and
293
Sales Management (Vocational)
55. Commerce
299
56. Economics
303
57. Industrial Economics
307
58. Quantitative Techniques
311
59. Agricultural Economics and Marketing
315
60. Rural Development
319
61. Dairy Farming (Vocational)
323
62. Physical Education
326
63. Education
329
64. Drm EiDEYn
333
65. Philosophy
337
66. Music (Instrumental)
341
67. Music (Vocal)
345
68. Indian Classical Dance
349
69. Tabla
354
70. Fine Arts
358
71. History of Art
362
72. Commercial Art
364
73. Sculptures
366
B.A./B.Sc Part-I (12+3
(viii)System of Education)
419
74. Dramatic Art
368
75. Human Genetics
370
76. Clinical Nutrition and Dietetics (Vocational)
378
77. Cosmetology (Elective)
392
78. Home Science
397
79. Tourism and Travel Management (Vocational)
405